SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

[X]     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
        OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

          FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

                               OR
[ ]     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
        OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                       FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM
                                 TO

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-6159

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                 DELAWARE                                      63-0589368
     (State or Other Jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
      Incorporation or Organization)                      Identification No.)

417 NORTH 20TH STREET, BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA                       35203
 (Address of Principal Executive Offices)                      (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (205) 944-1300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     TITLE OF EACH CLASS                    NAME OF EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
     -------------------                    ------------------------------------
Common Stock, $0.625 par value                    New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes [X] No [ ]

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

COMMON STOCK, $0.625 PAR VALUE -- $7,432,825,971 AS OF JUNE 28, 2002.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.

COMMON STOCK, $0.625 PAR VALUE -- 221,754,135 SHARES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING

AS OF FEBRUARY 28, 2003.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the annual proxy statement to be dated approximately April 14, 2003 are incorporated by reference into Part III.



FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, other periodic reports filed by Regions under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of Regions may include forward looking statements which reflect Regions' current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Such forward looking statements are based on general assumptions and are subject to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from the views, beliefs, and projections expressed in such statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to those described below.

Some factors are specific to Regions, including:

- The cost and other effects of material contingencies, including litigation contingencies.

- Regions' ability to expand into new markets and to maintain profit margins in the face of pricing pressures.

- Regions' ability to keep pace with technological changes.

- Regions' ability to develop competitive new products and services in a timely manner and the acceptance of such products and services by Regions' customers and potential customers.

- Regions' ability to effectively manage interest rate risk and other market risk, credit risk and operational risk.

- Regions' ability to manage fluctuations in the value of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposure so as to maintain sufficient capital and liquidity to support Regions' business.

- Regions' ability to achieve the earnings expectations related to the businesses that were recently acquired or that may be acquired in the future, which in turn depends on a variety of factors, including:

- Regions' ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements with respect to the acquired operations;

- the assimilation of the acquired operations to Regions' corporate culture, including the ability to instill Regions' credit practices and efficient approach to the acquired operations; and

- the continued growth of the markets that the acquired entities serve, consistent with recent historical experience.

Other factors which may affect Regions apply to the financial services industry more generally, including:

- Further easing of restrictions on participants in the financial services industry, such as banks, securities brokers and dealers, investment companies and finance companies, may increase competitive pressures.

- Possible changes in interest rates may increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields, thus reducing margins.

- Possible changes in general economic and business conditions in the United States and the South in general and in the communities Regions serves in particular may lead to a deterioration in credit quality, thereby increasing provisioning costs, or a reduced demand for credit, thereby reducing earning assets.

- The threat or occurrence of war or acts of terrorism and the existence or exacerbation of general geopolitical instability and uncertainty.

- Possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws, and regulations, and other activities of governments, agencies, and similar organizations, including changes in accounting standards, may have an adverse effect on business.

- Possible changes in consumer and business spending and saving habits could affect Regions' ability to increase assets and to attract deposits.

The words "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "project," and similar expressions signify forward looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward looking statements made by or on behalf of Regions. Any such statement speaks only as of the date the statement was made. Regions undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward looking statements.

1

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Regions Financial Corporation (together with its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, "Regions"), is a financial holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama, which operates primarily within the southeastern United States. Regions' operations consist of banking, brokerage and investment services, mortgage banking, insurance brokerage, credit life insurance, commercial accounts receivable factoring and specialty financing. At December 31, 2002, Regions had total consolidated assets of approximately $47.9 billion, total consolidated deposits of approximately $32.9 billion, and total consolidated stockholders' equity of approximately $4.2 billion.

Regions is a Delaware corporation which began operations in 1971. Regions' principal executive offices are located at 417 North 20th Street, Birmingham, Alabama 35203, and its telephone number at such address is (205) 944-1300.

BANKING OPERATIONS

Regions Financial Corporation conducts its banking operations through Regions Bank, an Alabama chartered commercial bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2002, Regions Bank operated 689 full service banking offices in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas.

The following chart reflects the distribution of total assets, loans, deposits and branches in each of the states in which Regions conducts its banking operations.

                                                        ASSETS   LOANS   DEPOSITS   BRANCHES
                                                        ------   -----   --------   --------
Alabama...............................................    29%      29%      32%       171
Arkansas..............................................    13       13       13        116
Florida...............................................     7        7        8         66
Georgia...............................................    24       24       21        137
Louisiana.............................................    10       10       12         88
North Carolina........................................     1        1        1          3
South Carolina........................................     5        5        3         37
Tennessee.............................................     5        5        5         36
Texas.................................................     6        6        5         35
                                                         ---      ---      ---        ---
          Totals......................................   100%     100%     100%       689
                                                         ===      ===      ===        ===

BANKING RELATED OPERATIONS

In addition to its banking operations, Regions provides additional financial services through the following banking-related subsidiaries:

- Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., acquired in 2001 and a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, is a regional full-service brokerage and investment banking firm. Morgan Keegan offers products and services including securities brokerage, asset management, financial planning, mutual funds, securities underwriting, sales and trading, and investment banking. Morgan Keegan, one of the largest investment firms based in the South, employs approximately 900 financial advisors offering products and services from 142 offices located in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Mississippi, New York, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, and Virginia.

- Regions Mortgage, Inc. ("RMI") and EquiFirst Corporation ("EquiFirst"), subsidiaries of Regions Bank, are engaged in mortgage banking. RMI's primary business and source of income is the origination and servicing of mortgage loans for long-term investors. EquiFirst typically originates mortgage loans which are sold to third-party investors with servicing released. RMI's servicing portfolio totaled approximately $17.3 billion and included approximately 218,000 real estate mortgages at December 31, 2002. RMI and EquiFirst operate from loan production offices in

2

Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas and from wholesale operations throughout much of the United States.

- Rebsamen Insurance, Inc., acquired in 2001 and a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, acts as a general insurance broker for a full-line of insurance products, primarily focusing on commercial property and casualty insurance customers.

- Regions Agency, Inc., a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, acts as an insurance agent or broker with respect to credit life and accident and health insurance and other types of insurance relating to extensions of credit by Regions Bank or Regions' banking-related subsidiaries.

- Regions Life Insurance Company, a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, acts as a re-insurer of credit life and accident and health insurance in connection with the activities of certain affiliates of Regions.

- Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc. ("RIBS"), a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, factors commercial accounts receivable and performs billing and collection services. RIBS primarily serves clients related to the trucking and automotive service industry.

ACQUISITION PROGRAM

A substantial portion of the growth of Regions since commencing operations in 1971 has been through the acquisition of other financial institutions, including commercial banks and thrift institutions, and the assets and deposits thereof. Since it began operations as a bank holding company, Regions has completed 102 acquisitions of financial institutions and financial service providers representing in aggregate (at the time the acquisitions were completed) approximately $28.2 billion in assets. During 2002, Regions' acquisition activity was substantially slower than in prior years. As part of its ongoing strategic plan, Regions continually evaluates business combination opportunities. As a result, business combination discussions and, in some cases, negotiations take place, and future business combinations involving cash, debt, or equity securities can be expected. Any future business combination or series of business combinations that Regions might undertake may be material, in terms of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, to Regions' financial condition. Recent business combinations in the financial services industry have typically involved the payment of a premium over book and market values. This practice could result in dilution of book value and net income per share for the acquirer.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

Reference is made to Note W "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information required by this item.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General. Regions Financial Corporation is a financial holding company, registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended ("BHC Act"). As such, Regions Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to the supervision, examination, and reporting requirements of the BHC Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, adopted in 1999, significantly relaxed previously existing restrictions on the activities of banks and bank holding companies. Under such legislation, an eligible bank holding company may elect to be a "financial holding company" and thereafter may engage in a range of activities that are financial in nature and that were not previously permissible for banks and bank holding companies. A financial holding company may engage directly or through a subsidiary in the statutorily authorized activities of securities dealing, underwriting, and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking, and insurance company portfolio investments. A financial holding company also may engage in any activity that the Federal Reserve determines by rule or order to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activity, or complementary to a financial activity and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of an institution or to the financial system generally.

In addition to these activities, a financial holding company may engage in those activities permissible for a bank holding company including factoring accounts receivable, acquiring and servicing loans, leasing personal property,

3

performing certain data processing services, acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and certain other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions, and conducting certain insurance underwriting activities. The BHC Act does not place territorial limitations on permissible nonbanking activities of bank holding companies. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety, or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also permits securities brokerage firms and insurance companies to own banks and bank holding companies. The Act also seeks to streamline and coordinate regulation of integrated financial holding companies, providing generally for "umbrella" regulation of financial holding companies by the Federal Reserve, and for functional regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities regulators, and insurance activities by insurance regulators.

For a bank holding company to be eligible for financial holding company status, all of its subsidiary financial institutions must be well-capitalized and well-managed. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company by filing a declaration with the Federal Reserve that it elects to become a financial holding company. The Federal Reserve must deny expanded authority to any bank holding company that received less than a satisfactory rating on its most recent Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the "CRA") review as of the time it submits its declaration. If, after becoming a financial holding company and undertaking activities not permissible for a bank holding company, the company fails to continue to meet one of the prerequisites for financial holding company status, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may discontinue or divest its non-permissible activities.

The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (i) it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5.0% of the voting shares of the bank; (ii) it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or (iii) it may merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

The BHC Act further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the United States, or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and consideration of convenience and needs issues includes the parties' performance under the CRA, both of which are discussed below.

Regions Bank is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), and as such, its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. Regions Bank is also subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect its business activities and operations, and is supervised and examined by one or more state or federal bank regulatory agencies.

Regions Bank is a state-chartered bank. Regions Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and is subject to supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve and the state banking authority of Alabama, the state in which it is headquartered. The Federal Reserve and the Alabama Department of Banking regularly examine the operations of Regions Bank and are given authority to approve or disapprove mergers, consolidations, the establishment of branches, and similar corporate actions. Regions Bank is also subject to oversight and examination by the appropriate regulators in the other states in which it operates. The federal and state banking regulators also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law.

4

Community Reinvestment Act. Regions Bank is subject to the provisions of the CRA. Under the terms of the CRA, Regions Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires each appropriate federal bank regulatory agency, in connection with its examination of a subsidiary depository institution, to assess such institution's record in assessing and meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The regulatory agency's assessment of the institution's record is made available to the public. The assessment also is part of the Federal Reserve's consideration of applications to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new branch office that will accept deposits or to relocate an office. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant bank holding company, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. Regions Bank received a "satisfactory" CRA rating in its most recent examination.

Patriot Act. On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed into law comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation known as the USA Patriot Act. Title III of the USA Patriot Act requires financial institutions, including Regions' banking, broker-dealer, and insurance subsidiaries, to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. During 2002, the Secretary of the Treasury issued additional regulations to implement Title III affecting Regions' banking and broker-dealer subsidiaries. Regions' banking, broker-dealer and insurance subsidiaries have augmented their systems and procedures to meet the requirements of these regulations. Additionally, during 2002, the Secretary of the Treasury issued proposed further regulations to implement Title III that would affect Regions' banking, broker-dealer and insurance subsidiaries. Although Regions cannot predict when and in what form these additional regulations will be adopted, Regions believes that the cost of compliance with Title III of the USA Patriot Act is not likely to be material to Regions.

Payment of Dividends. Regions Financial Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. The principal source of cash flow of Regions Financial Corporation, including cash flow to pay dividends to its stockholders, is dividends from Regions Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by Regions Bank to Regions Financial Corporation as well as by Regions Financial Corporation to its stockholders.

As to the payment of dividends, Regions Bank is subject to the laws and regulations of the state of Alabama and to the regulations of the Federal Reserve.

If, in the opinion of a federal regulatory agency, an institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the institution, could include the payment of dividends), such agency may require, after notice and hearing, that such institution cease and desist from such practice. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete an institution's capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"), an insured institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. See "Prompt Corrective Action." Moreover, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued policy statements stating that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

At December 31, 2002, under dividend restrictions imposed under federal and state laws, Regions Bank, without obtaining governmental approvals, could declare aggregate dividends to Regions Financial Corporation of approximately $538 million.

The payment of dividends by Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank may also be affected or limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines.

Capital Adequacy. Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve. There are two basic measures of capital adequacy for bank holding companies that have been promulgated by the Federal Reserve: a risk-based measure and a leverage measure. All applicable capital standards must be satisfied for a financial holding company to be considered in compliance.

5

The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in credit and market risk profile among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance-sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

The minimum guideline for the ratio of total capital ("Total Capital") to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) is 8.0%. At least half of the Total Capital must be composed of common equity, undivided profits, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, and a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets ("Tier 1 Capital"). The remainder may consist of subordinated debt, other preferred stock, and a limited amount of allowance for loan losses. The minimum guideline for Tier 1 Capital is 4.0%. At December 31, 2002, Regions' consolidated Tier 1 Capital ratio was 8.98% and its Total Capital ratio was 13.84%.

In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for financial holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average assets, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (the "Leverage Ratio"), of 3.0% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a Leverage Ratio of at least 3.0%, plus an additional cushion of 100 to 200 basis points. Regions' Leverage Ratio at December 31, 2002, was 6.92%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the Federal Reserve has indicated that it will consider a "tangible Tier 1 Capital leverage ratio" (deducting all intangibles) and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

Regions Bank is subject to substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital requirements as those applicable to Regions. Regions Bank was in compliance with applicable minimum capital requirements as of December 31, 2002. Neither Regions nor Regions Bank has been advised by any federal banking agency of any specific minimum capital ratio requirement applicable to it.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies, including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, and to certain restrictions on its business. See "Prompt Corrective Action."

Support of Subsidiary Banks. Under Federal Reserve policy, Regions Financial Corporation is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, Regions Bank. This support may be required at times when, absent such Federal Reserve policy, Regions Financial Corporation may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by a financial holding company to its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Prompt Corrective Action. FDICIA establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, which became effective in 1992, the federal banking regulators are required to establish five capital categories ("well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized," and "critically undercapitalized") and to take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories, the severity of which will depend upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, FDICIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category.

Under the agency rule implementing the prompt corrective action provisions, an institution that (i) has a Total Capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a Leverage Ratio of 5.0% or greater and
(ii) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by the appropriate federal banking agency is deemed to be "well capitalized." An institution with a Total Capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a Leverage Ratio of 4.0% or greater is considered to be "adequately capitalized." A depository institution that has a Total Capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than

6

4.0%, or a Leverage Ratio of less than 4.0% is considered to be "undercapitalized." An institution that has a Total Capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.0% is considered to be "significantly undercapitalized," and an institution that has a tangible equity capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be "critically undercapitalized." For purposes of the regulation, the term "tangible equity" includes core capital elements counted as Tier 1 Capital for purposes of the risk-based capital standards plus the amount of outstanding cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minus all intangible assets with certain exceptions. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating.

An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. Under FDICIA, a bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution meets its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The obligation of a controlling bank holding company under FDICIA to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of an undercapitalized subsidiary's assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches, or engaging in any new line of business, except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with the approval of the FDIC. In addition, the appropriate federal banking agency is given authority with respect to any undercapitalized depository institution to take any of the actions it is required to or may take with respect to a significantly undercapitalized institution as described below if it determines "that those actions are necessary to carry out the purpose" of FDICIA.

For those institutions that are significantly undercapitalized or undercapitalized and either fail to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fail to implement an approved capital restoration plan, the appropriate federal banking agency must require the institution to take one or more of the following actions: sell enough shares, including voting shares, to become adequately capitalized; merge with (or be sold to) another institution (or holding company), but only if grounds exist for appointing a conservator or receiver; restrict certain transactions with banking affiliates as if the "sister bank" exception to the requirements of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act did not exist; otherwise restrict transactions with bank or nonbank affiliates; restrict interest rates that the institution pays on deposits to "prevailing rates" in the institution's "region"; restrict asset growth or reduce total assets; alter, reduce, or terminate activities; hold a new election of directors; dismiss any director or senior executive officer who held office for more than 180 days immediately before the institution became undercapitalized, provided that in requiring dismissal of a director or senior officer, the agency must comply with certain procedural requirements, including the opportunity for an appeal in which the director or officer will have the burden of proving his or her value to the institution; employ "qualified" senior executive officers; cease accepting deposits from correspondent depository institutions; divest certain nondepository affiliates which pose a danger to the institution; or be divested by a parent holding company. In addition, without the prior approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, a significantly undercapitalized institution may not pay any bonus to any senior executive officer or increase the rate of compensation for such an officer without regulatory approval.

At December 31, 2002, Regions Bank had the requisite capital levels to qualify as well capitalized.

FDIC Insurance Assessments. Pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC adopted a risk-based assessment system for insured depository institutions that takes into account the risks attributable to different categories and concentrations of assets and liabilities. The risk-based system, which went into effect in 1994, assigns an institution to one of three capital categories: (1) well capitalized;
(2) adequately capitalized; and (3) undercapitalized, as determined by capital reported by the institution in the quarterly report issued before each assessment period. Each institution also is assigned by the FDIC to one of three supervisory subgroups within each capital group. The supervisory subgroup to which an institution is assigned is based on a supervisory evaluation provided to the FDIC by the institution's primary federal regulator and information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution's financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit insurance funds (which may include, if applicable, information provided by the institution's state supervisor). An institution's insurance assessment rate is then determined based on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned. Under the final risk-based assessment system, there are nine assessment risk classifications (i.e., combinations of capital groups and supervisory subgroups) to which different assessment rates are applied.

Regions Bank is assessed at the well-capitalized level where the premium rate is currently zero. Like all insured banks, Regions Bank also must pay a quarterly assessment of approximately $.02 per $100 of assessable deposits to pay

7

off bonds that were issued in the late 1980's by a mixed-ownership government corporation, the Financing Corporation, to raise funds to cover costs of the resolution of the savings and loan crisis.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"), insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC.

Safety and Soundness Standards. The FDIA, as amended by FDICIA and the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. In 1995, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards pursuant to FDICIA, as amended. The guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the "prompt corrective action" provisions of FDICIA. See "Prompt Corrective Action." If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties. The federal bank regulatory agencies also proposed guidelines for asset quality and earnings standards.

Depositor Preference. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 provides that deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution in the "liquidation or other resolution" of such an institution by any receiver.

Regulation of Morgan Keegan. As a registered investment adviser and broker-dealer, Morgan Keegan is subject to regulation and examination by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), the National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD"), the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), and other self regulatory organizations ("SROs"), which may affect its manner of operation and profitability. Such regulations cover a broad range of subject matters. Rules and regulations for registered broker-dealers cover such issues as:
capital requirements; sales and trading practices; use of client funds and securities; the conduct of directors, officers, and employees; record-keeping and recording; supervisory procedures to prevent improper trading on material non-public information; qualification and licensing of sales personnel; and limitations on the extension of credit in securities transactions. Rules and regulations for registered investment advisers include the limitations on the ability of investment advisers to charge performance-based or non-refundable fees to clients, record-keeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on principal transactions between an adviser or its affiliates and advisory clients, and anti-fraud standards.

Morgan Keegan is subject to the net capital requirements set forth in Rule 15c3-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"). The net capital requirements measure the general financial condition and liquidity of a broker-dealer by specifying a minimum level of net capital that a broker-dealer must maintain, and by requiring that a significant portion of its assets be kept liquid. If Morgan Keegan failed to maintain its minimum required net capital, it would be required to cease executing customer transactions until it came back into compliance. This could also result in Morgan Keegan losing its NASD membership, its registration with the SEC, or require a complete liquidation.

The SEC's risk assessment rules also apply to Morgan Keegan as a registered broker-dealer. These rules require broker-dealers to maintain and preserve records and certain information, describe risk management policies and procedures, and report on the financial condition of affiliates whose financial and securities activities are reasonably likely

8

to have a material impact on the financial and operational condition of the broker-dealer. Certain "material associated persons" of Morgan Keegan, as defined in the risk assessment rules, may also be subject to SEC regulation.

In addition to federal registration, state securities commissions require the registration of certain broker-dealers and investment advisers. Morgan Keegan is registered as an investment adviser in the following states: Alabama, Arkansas, California, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Mississippi, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, and Wisconsin. Morgan Keegan is registered as a broker-dealer with the following states: Alaska, Alabama, Arkansas, Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Maryland, Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Mississippi, Montana, North Carolina, North Dakota, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, Nevada, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Vermont, Washington, Wisconsin, West Virginia, and Wyoming.

Violations of federal, state, and SRO rules or regulations may result in the revocation of broker-dealer or investment adviser licenses, imposition of censures or fines, the issuance of cease and desist orders, and the suspension or expulsion of officers and employees from the securities business firm. In addition, Morgan Keegan's business may be materially affected by new rules and regulations issued by the SEC or SROs as well as any changes in the enforcement of existing laws and rules that affect its securities business.

Other. The United States Congress continues to consider a number of wide-ranging proposals for altering the structure, regulation, and competitive relationships of the nation's financial institutions. It cannot be predicted whether or in what form further legislation may be adopted or the extent to which Regions' business may be affected thereby.

COMPETITION

All aspects of Regions' business are highly competitive. Regions' subsidiaries compete with other financial institutions located in Alabama, Arkansas, northwest and central Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and other adjoining states, as well as large banks in major financial centers and other financial intermediaries, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, investment companies, mutual funds, other mortgage companies and financial service operations of major commercial and retail corporations.

Customers for banking services and other financial services offered by Regions' subsidiaries are generally influenced by convenience, quality of service, personal contacts, price of services, and availability of products. Although the ranking of Regions' position varies in different markets, Regions believes that its affiliates effectively compete with other financial services companies in their relevant market areas.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2002, Regions and its subsidiaries had a total of 15,695 full-time-equivalent employees.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Regions maintains a website at www.regions.com. Regions makes available on its website free of charge its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports which are filed or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. These documents are made available on Regions' website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning Regions at the following address:

ATTENTION: Investor Relations
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

417 North 20th Street
Birmingham, Alabama 35203
(205) 944-1300

9

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Regions' corporate headquarters occupy several floors of the main banking facility of Regions Bank, located at 417 North 20th Street, Birmingham, Alabama 35203.

Regions and its subsidiaries, including Regions Bank and Morgan Keegan, operate through 928 office facilities, of which 692 are owned by Regions or one of its subsidiaries and 236 are subject to building or ground leases. Of the 689 branch office facilities operated by Regions Bank at December 31, 2002, 520 are owned by Regions Bank and 169 are subject to building or ground leases. Of the office facilities operated by Morgan Keegan at December 31, 2002, 79 are owned by Regions or Morgan Keegan and 63 are subject to building or ground leases.

For offices in premises leased by Regions and its subsidiaries, annual rentals totaled approximately $36.1 million as of December 31, 2002. During 2002, Regions and its subsidiaries received approximately $9.1 million in rentals for space leased to others. At December 31, 2002, there were no significant encumbrances on the offices, equipment and other operational facilities owned by Regions and its subsidiaries.

See ITEM 1. BUSINESS of this annual report for a description of the states in which Regions Bank's branches and Morgan Keegan's offices are located.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Reference is made to Note M "Commitments and Contingencies," to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Regions continues to be concerned about the general trend in litigation in state and other courts involving large damage awards against financial service company defendants. Regions directly or through its subsidiaries is party to approximately 135 cases in the ordinary course of business, some of which seek class action treatment or punitive damages.

Notwithstanding these concerns, Regions believes, based on consultation with legal counsel, that the outcome of pending litigation will not have a material effect on Regions' consolidated financial position but could impact operating results for a particular reporting period.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to security holders for a vote during the fourth quarter of 2002.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SECURITY HOLDER MATTERS

Common Stock Market Prices and Dividend information for the year ended December 31, 2002, is included under Item 8 of this Annual Report filed on Form 10-K in Note Y to the consolidated financial statements.

10

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

HISTORICAL FINANCIAL SUMMARY

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

                                                                                                                        COMPOUND
                                                                                                             ANNUAL      GROWTH
                                                                                                             CHANGE       RATE
                               2002(A)        2001         2000         1999         1998         1997      2001-2002   1997-2002
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ---------
                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS, YIELDS, AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
SUMMARY OF OPERATING RESULTS
Interest income:
 Interest and fees on
   loans....................  $1,986,203   $2,458,503   $2,588,143   $2,201,786   $2,072,204   $1,837,392    -19.21%       1.57%
 Income on federal funds
   sold.....................       8,377       17,890        5,537        4,256       17,610       16,882    -53.17      -13.08
 Taxable interest on
   securities...............     400,705      445,919      561,974      524,935      417,121      355,591    -10.14        2.42
 Tax-free interest on
   securities...............      29,967       40,434       41,726       39,484       39,981       42,836    -25.89       -6.90
 Other interest income......     111,737       92,891       36,863       84,225       50,870       23,883     20.29       36.15
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Total interest
       income...............   2,536,989    3,055,637    3,234,243    2,854,686    2,597,786    2,276,584    -16.97        2.19
Interest expense:
 Interest on deposits.......     652,765    1,135,695    1,372,260    1,056,799    1,065,054      954,782    -42.52       -7.32
 Interest on short-term
   borrowings...............     128,256      188,108      276,243      329,518      174,906      108,617    -31.82        3.38
 Interest on long-term
   borrowings...............     258,380      306,341      196,943       42,514       33,008       33,977    -15.66       50.04
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Total interest
       expense..............   1,039,401    1,630,144    1,845,446    1,428,831    1,272,968    1,097,376    -36.24       -1.08
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Net interest
       income...............   1,497,588    1,425,493    1,388,797    1,425,855    1,324,818    1,179,208      5.06        4.90
Provision for loan losses...     127,500      165,402      127,099      113,658       60,505       89,663    -22.92        7.29
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Net interest income
       after provision for
       loan losses..........   1,370,088    1,260,091    1,261,698    1,312,197    1,264,313    1,089,545      8.73        4.69
Non-interest income:
 Brokerage and investment
   banking income...........     499,685      358,974       41,303       36,983       27,987       24,727     39.20       82.43
 Trust department income....      62,197       56,681       57,675       53,434       55,218       44,227      9.73        7.06
 Service charges on deposit
   accounts.................     277,807      267,263      231,670      194,984      171,344      151,618      3.95       12.88
 Mortgage servicing and
   origination fees.........     104,659       97,082       82,732      103,118      111,555       93,327      7.80        2.32
 Securities gains
   (losses).................      51,654       32,106      (39,928)         160        7,002          498     60.89      153.03
 Other......................     262,876      192,675      223,767      138,941       87,610       89,693     36.43       23.99
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Total non-interest
       income...............   1,258,878    1,004,781      597,219      527,620      460,716      404,090     25.29       25.52
Non-interest expense:
 Salaries and employee
   benefits.................   1,026,569      879,688      588,857      551,569      528,409      480,842     16.70       16.38
 Net occupancy expense......      97,924       86,901       70,675       61,635       62,887       61,933     12.68        9.60
 Furniture and equipment
   expense..................      90,818       87,727       74,213       72,013       68,595       56,304      3.52       10.03
 Merger and consolidation
   expense..................          -0-          -0-          -0-          -0-     121,438           -0-       NM          NM
 Other......................     544,415      492,605      383,446      369,574      308,398      299,805     10.52       12.67
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Total non-interest
       expense..............   1,759,726    1,546,921    1,117,191    1,054,791    1,089,727      898,884     13.76       14.38
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Income before income
       taxes................     869,240      717,951      741,726      785,026      635,302      594,751     21.07        7.88
Applicable income taxes.....     249,338      209,017      214,203      259,640      213,590      197,222     19.29        4.80
                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Net income...........  $  619,902   $  508,934   $  527,523   $  525,386   $  421,712   $  397,529     21.80%       9.29%
                              ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Average number of shares
 outstanding................     224,312      224,733      220,762      221,617      220,114      209,781     -0.19%       1.35%
Average number of shares
 outstanding -- diluted.....     227,639      227,063      221,989      223,967      223,781      213,750      0.25        1.27
Per share:
       Net income...........  $     2.76   $     2.26   $     2.39   $     2.37   $     1.92   $     1.89     22.12%       7.87%
       Net income,
       diluted..............        2.72         2.24         2.38         2.35         1.88         1.86     21.43        7.90
       Cash dividends
       declared.............        1.16         1.12         1.08         1.00         0.92         0.80      3.57        7.71

11

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

HISTORICAL FINANCIAL SUMMARY -- (CONTINUED)

                                                    2002(A)         2001          2000          1999          1998          1997
                                                    -------        ------        ------        ------        ------        ------
YIELDS AND COSTS (TAXABLE EQUIVALENT BASIS)
Earning assets:
  Taxable securities..............................    5.16%          6.17%         6.51%         6.35%         6.42%         6.50%
  Tax-free securities.............................    7.96           7.95          7.64          7.91          8.26          8.42
  Federal funds sold..............................    1.46           3.21          6.27          4.49          5.45          5.99
  Loans (net of unearned income)..................    6.59           8.13          8.63          8.33          8.88          8.98
  Other earning assets............................    5.17           5.58          8.95          7.06          6.59          7.32
          Total earning assets....................    6.19           7.61          8.15          7.83          8.27          8.42
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Interest-bearing deposits.......................    2.47           4.30          5.03          4.32          4.61          4.63
  Short-term borrowings...........................    2.88           4.55          6.26          5.07          5.16          5.67
  Long-term borrowings............................    5.01           6.39          6.42          6.33          7.32          6.69
          Total interest-bearing liabilities......    2.89           4.61          5.31          4.52          4.73          4.76
          Net yield on interest earning assets....    3.73           3.66          3.55          3.94          4.25          4.41
RATIOS
Net income to:
  Average stockholders' equity....................   15.27%         13.49%(b)     16.31%(c)     17.13%        14.62%(d)     15.38%
  Average total assets............................    1.34           1.14(b)       1.23(c)       1.33          1.24(d)       1.35
Efficiency(e).....................................   63.35          62.21(b)      54.27(c)      53.38         60.52(d)      55.83
Dividend payout...................................   42.03          49.56         45.19         42.19         47.92         42.33
Average loans to average deposits.................   98.46          99.71         94.63         91.35         86.93         84.94
Average stockholders' equity to average total
  assets..........................................    8.80           8.45          7.54          7.74          8.47          8.75
Average interest-bearing deposits to average total
  deposits........................................   84.26          85.07         85.67         84.40         85.83         85.25


The ratios disclosed in the following footnotes exclude certain non-recurring items which management believes aid the reader in evaluating normalized trends.
(a) In 2002, Regions adopted Statement 142 which eliminated amortization of excess purchase price. See Note X to the consolidated financial statements for comparisons with prior years.
(b) Ratios for 2001 excluding $17.8 million in after-tax merger and other non-recurring charges are as follows: Return on average stockholders' equity 13.96%, Return on average total assets 1.18%, and Efficiency 60.91%.
(c) Ratios for 2000 excluding $44.0 million in after-tax gain from sale of credit card portfolio and $26.2 million in after-tax loss from sale of securities are as follows: Return on average stockholders' equity 15.76%, Return on average total assets 1.19%, and Efficiency 56.19%.
(d) Ratios for 1998 excluding $80.7 million in after-tax charges for merger and consolidation charges are as follows: Return on average stockholders' equity 17.42%, Return on average total assets 1.48%, and Efficiency 54.13%.
(e) The efficiency ratio is the quotient of non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (on a tax equivalent basis) and non-interest income (excluding securities gains and losses). This ratio is commonly used by financial institutions as a measure of productivity.

12

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

HISTORICAL FINANCIAL SUMMARY -- CONTINUED

                                        2002          2001          2000          1999          1998          1997
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                           (AVERAGE DAILY BALANCES IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
Earning assets:
  Taxable securities...............  $ 7,929,950   $ 7,357,832   $ 8,651,052   $ 8,244,603   $ 6,473,392   $ 5,443,877
  Tax-exempt securities............      585,768       787,219       801,330       745,064       728,511       769,516
  Federal funds sold...............      573,050       556,843        88,361        94,875       323,293       282,006
  Loans, net of unearned income....   30,871,093    30,946,736    30,130,808    26,478,349    23,379,317    20,535,989
  Other earning assets.............    2,176,308     1,685,237       413,548     1,195,729       773,077       327,265
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total earning assets.......   42,136,169    41,333,867    40,085,099    36,758,620    31,677,590    27,358,653
  Allowance for loan losses........     (431,000)     (384,645)     (360,353)     (328,188)     (313,521)     (284,606)
  Cash and due from banks..........      957,893       932,787     1,094,874     1,237,318       981,930     1,003,864
  Other non-earning assets.........    3,476,810     2,773,123     2,069,717     1,940,182     1,711,042     1,460,675
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total assets...............  $46,139,872   $44,655,132   $42,889,337   $39,607,932   $34,057,041   $29,538,586
                                     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
  EQUITY
Deposits:
  Non-interest-bearing.............  $ 4,933,496   $ 4,634,198   $ 4,561,900   $ 4,520,405   $ 3,812,177   $ 3,565,848
  Interest-bearing.................   26,419,974    26,401,047    27,279,092    24,465,254    23,081,727    20,611,654
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total deposits.............   31,353,470    31,035,245    31,840,992    28,985,659    26,893,904    24,177,502
Borrowed funds:
  Short-term.......................    4,448,043     4,132,264     4,408,689     6,502,860     3,386,392     1,917,127
  Long-term........................    5,156,481     4,793,657     3,069,465       671,665       450,808       507,775
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total borrowed funds.......    9,604,524     8,925,921     7,478,154     7,174,525     3,837,200     2,424,902
  Other liabilities................    1,123,059       921,937       335,931       380,798       441,188       352,124
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total liabilities..........   42,081,053    40,883,103    39,655,077    36,540,982    31,172,292    26,954,528
  Stockholders' equity.............    4,058,819     3,772,029     3,234,260     3,066,950     2,884,749     2,584,058
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total liabilities and
          stockholders' equity.....  $46,139,872   $44,655,132   $42,889,337   $39,607,932   $34,057,041   $29,538,586
                                     ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

                                                      COMPOUND
                                     ANNUAL CHANGE   GROWTH RATE
                                       2001-2002      1997-2002
                                     -------------   -----------

ASSETS
Earning assets:
  Taxable securities...............       7.78%          7.81%
  Tax-exempt securities............     -25.59          -5.31
  Federal funds sold...............       2.91          15.24
  Loans, net of unearned income....      -0.24           8.49
  Other earning assets.............      29.14          46.07
        Total earning assets.......       1.94           9.02
  Allowance for loan losses........      12.05           8.65
  Cash and due from banks..........       2.69          -0.93
  Other non-earning assets.........      25.38          18.94
        Total assets...............       3.32%          9.33%
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
  EQUITY
Deposits:
  Non-interest-bearing.............       6.46%          6.71%
  Interest-bearing.................       0.07           5.09
        Total deposits.............       1.03           5.34
Borrowed funds:
  Short-term.......................       7.64          18.33
  Long-term........................       7.57          58.98
        Total borrowed funds.......       7.60          31.69
  Other liabilities................      21.82          26.11
        Total liabilities..........       2.93           9.32
  Stockholders' equity.............       7.60           9.45
        Total liabilities and
          stockholders' equity.....       3.32%          9.33%

13

                                        2002          2001          2000          1999          1998          1997
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR-END BALANCES
  Assets...........................  $47,938,840   $45,382,712   $43,688,293   $42,714,395   $36,831,940   $31,414,058
  Securities.......................    8,994,600     7,847,159     8,994,171    10,913,044     7,969,137     6,315,923
  Loans, net of unearned income....   30,985,774    30,885,348    31,376,463    28,144,675    24,365,587    21,881,123
  Non-interest-bearing deposits....    5,147,689     5,085,337     4,512,883     4,419,693     4,577,125     3,744,198
  Interest-bearing deposits........   27,778,512    26,462,986    27,509,608    25,569,401    23,772,941    21,266,823
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total deposits.............   32,926,201    31,548,323    32,022,491    29,989,094    28,350,066    25,011,021
  Long-term debt...................    5,386,109     4,747,674     4,478,027     1,750,861       571,040       445,529
  Stockholders' equity.............    4,178,422     4,035,765     3,457,944     3,065,112     3,000,401     2,679,821
  Stockholders' equity per share...  $     18.88   $     17.54   $     15.73   $     13.89   $     13.61   $     12.75
  Market price per share of common
    stock..........................  $     33.36   $     29.94   $     27.31   $     25.13   $     40.31   $     42.19

                                                      COMPOUND
                                     ANNUAL CHANGE   GROWTH RATE
                                       2001-2002      1997-2002
                                     -------------   -----------

YEAR-END BALANCES
  Assets...........................       5.63%          8.82%
  Securities.......................      14.62           7.33
  Loans, net of unearned income....       0.33           7.21
  Non-interest-bearing deposits....       1.23           6.57
  Interest-bearing deposits........       4.97           5.49
        Total deposits.............       4.37           5.65
  Long-term debt...................      13.45          64.62
  Stockholders' equity.............       3.53           9.29
  Stockholders' equity per share...       7.64%          8.17%
  Market price per share of common
    stock..........................      11.42%         -4.59%


Notes to Historical Financial Summary:

(1) Amounts in all periods have been restated to reflect significant business transactions accounted for as poolings of interests.

(2) All per share amounts give retroactive recognition to the effect of stock dividends and stock splits.

(3) Non-accruing loans, of an immaterial amount, are included in earning assets. No adjustment has been made for these loans in the calculation of yields.

(4) Yields are computed on a taxable equivalent basis, net of interest disallowance, using marginal federal income tax rates of 35% for 2002-1997.

(5) This summary should be read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements and notes thereto under Item 8 on pages 50 to 88 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

14

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions' financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on the years 2000, 2001 and 2002; however, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate.

Regions' primary business is providing traditional commercial and retail banking services to customers throughout the South. Regions' banking subsidiary, Regions Bank, operates as an Alabama state-chartered bank with operations in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas. In 2002, Regions Bank contributed approximately $573 million to consolidated net income.

In addition to providing traditional commercial and retail banking services, Regions provides other financial services in the fields of investment banking, asset management, trust, mutual funds, securities brokerage, mortgage banking, insurance, leasing and other specialty financing. Regions has no foreign operations, although it maintains an international department to assist customers with their foreign transactions. Regions provides investment banking and brokerage services through 142 offices of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. ("Morgan Keegan"), one of the largest investment firms based in the South. Regions acquired Morgan Keegan in March 2001, and it contributed approximately $51.5 million to net income in 2002. Regions mortgage banking subsidiaries, Regions Mortgage, Inc. ("RMI") and EquiFirst Corporation ("EquiFirst"), provide residential mortgage loan origination and servicing activities for customers. RMI services approximately $17.3 billion in mortgage loans and in 2002 contributed approximately $13.1 million to net income, while EquiFirst contributed $20.5 million to net income. Regions provides full-line insurance brokerage services through Rebsamen Insurance, Inc., one of the 50 largest insurance brokers in the country. Regions acquired Rebsamen in February 2001, and it contributed approximately $5.5 million to net income in 2002. Credit life insurance services for customers are provided through other Regions' affiliates.

The Company's principal market areas are located in the states of Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas. Morgan Keegan also operates offices in Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, New York, Massachusetts and Virginia.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to allowance for loan losses, intangibles, income taxes, securitizations and pensions and are summarized in the following discussion and notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management's determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which is based on the factors and risk identification procedures discussed in the following pages, requires the use of judgments and estimates that may change in the future. Changes in the factors used by management to determine the adequacy of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance for loan losses to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require that additions be made to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments and estimates.

Regions' excess purchase price (the amount in excess of book value of acquired institutions) is reviewed at least annually to ensure that there have been no events or circumstances resulting in an impairment of the recorded amount of excess purchase price. Adverse changes in the economic environment, operations of acquired business units, or other factors could result in a decline in projected fair values. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount, a loss would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to implied fair value.

For purposes of evaluating mortgage servicing impairment, Regions stratifies its mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics including loan type and contractual note rate. Changes in interest rates, prepayment

15

speeds or other factors could result in impairment of the servicing asset and a charge against earnings to reduce the recorded carrying amount.

Management's determination of the realization of the deferred tax asset is based upon management's judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including the timing and amount of future income earned by certain subsidiaries and the implementation of various tax plans to maximize realization of the deferred tax asset. Management believes that the subsidiaries will generate sufficient operating earnings to realize the deferred tax benefits. Regions' recent consolidated federal income tax returns are open for examination. From time to time Regions engages in business plans that may also have an effect on its tax liabilities. While Regions has obtained the opinion of advisors that the tax aspects of these plans should prevail, examination of Regions' income tax returns or changes in tax law may impact these plans and resulting provisions for income taxes.

Management is required to make various assumptions in valuing its pension assets and liabilities. These assumptions include the expected rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate, and the rate of increase in future compensation levels. Changes to these assumptions could impact earnings in future periods. Regions takes into account the plan asset mix and expert opinions in determining the expected rate of return on plan assets. Regions considers the Moody's AA Corporate Bond yields and other market interest rates in setting the appropriate discount rate. In addition, Regions reviews expected inflationary and merit increases to compensation in determining the rate of increase in future compensation levels.

During 2002, Regions securitized automobile loans as a source of funding. Regions accounted for this transaction as a sale in accordance with the guidance of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinquishments of Liabilities". When selling these financial assets, estimates of future cash flows are an integral part of determining the gain or loss and subsequently evaluating any impairment of any retained interest, such as a servicing asset or residual interest. The most critical assumptions in estimating cash flows and related fair value include prepayment speeds, expected credit losses, and discount rate. Management reviews these assumptions on a quarterly basis and the assumptions are adjusted if deemed appropriate.

ACQUISITIONS

The acquisitions of community banks and other financial service companies historically have contributed significantly to Regions' growth. The community bank acquisitions have enabled Regions to expand into new markets and strengthen its presence in existing markets. The acquisitions of other financial service companies have allowed Regions to better diversify its revenue stream and to offer additional products and services to its customers. Regions continues to evaluate potential bank and non-bank acquisition candidates; however, no transactions were pending at December 31, 2002.

In 2000, Regions consummated five acquisition transactions that strengthened its community banking franchise in Arkansas, Florida, Tennessee and Louisiana, and resulted in Regions' expansion into the Austin, Texas, market. These five acquisitions, described below, added a combined $885 million in assets, $494 million in loans and $753 million in deposits:

- In Arkansas, Regions acquired from AmSouth Bank five branches located in Fort Smith. This branch purchase added $186 million in assets.

- In Florida, Regions expanded into Ormond Beach through the acquisition of East Coast Bank Corporation, with assets of $108 million.

- Regions expanded its Tennessee presence through the acquisition of LCB Corporation in Fayetteville, with $173 million in assets.

- In Louisiana, Regions continued to strengthen its market presence through the acquisition of First National Bancshares of Louisiana, Inc., of Alexandria, with assets of $304 million.

- Regions expanded its Texas franchise by acquiring an institution in the Austin market area. The acquisition of Heritage Bancorp, Inc., of Hutto, added $114 million in assets.

In 2001, Regions significantly diversified its revenue stream and product offerings through the acquisitions of Morgan Keegan and Rebsamen Insurance. The Morgan Keegan acquisition in March 2001 greatly expanded Regions' abilities to

16

provide securities brokerage, investment banking, asset management and mutual fund services. The February 2001 acquisition of Rebsamen Insurance enabled Regions to offer insurance services to customers. Rebsamen, headquartered in Little Rock, Arkansas, is a full-line general insurance broker that provides primarily commercial property and casualty insurance brokerage services.

Also in 2001, Regions consummated two acquisition transactions that resulted in Regions expanding its community banking franchise into the Charlotte, North Carolina, and Houston, Texas, markets. These two acquisitions, described below, added a combined $499 million in assets, $325 million in loans and $391 million in deposits:

- In North Carolina, Regions expanded into Charlotte through the acquisition of Park Meridian Financial Corporation, with assets of $310 million.

- In Texas, Regions expanded into Houston through the acquisition of First Bancshares of Texas, Inc., with assets of approximately $189 million.

In 2002, Regions consummated two acquisitions, which strengthened its community banking franchise in Texas while adding an insurance firm headquartered in New Iberia, Louisiana. These acquisitions combined added $280 million in assets, $156 million in loans and $253 million in deposits:

- Regions expanded its insurance division though the acquisition of ICT Group, LLC, headquartered in New Iberia, Louisiana.

- Regions expanded into the Dallas, Texas, market through Brookhollow Bancshares, Inc., with $167 million in assets.

- Regions expanded its presence in the Houston, Texas, market through the acquisition of Independence Bank, National Association, with $112 million in assets.

Regions' business combinations over the last three years are summarized in the following charts. Each of these transactions was accounted for as a purchase.

   DATE                           COMPANY                         HEADQUARTERS LOCATION     TOTAL ASSETS
   ----                           -------                       -------------------------  --------------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
2002
April         ICT Group, LLC                                    New Iberia, Louisiana        $      900
April         Brookhollow Bancshares, Inc.                      Dallas, Texas                   166,916
May           Independence Bank, National Association           Houston, Texas                  112,408

2001
February      Rebsamen Insurance, Inc.                          Little Rock, Arkansas            32,082
March         Morgan Keegan, Inc.                               Memphis, Tennessee            2,008,179
November      Park Meridian Financial Corporation               Charlotte, North Carolina       309,844
December      First Bancshares of Texas, Inc.                   Houston, Texas                  188,953

2000
January       LCB Corporation                                   Fayetteville, Tennessee         173,157
May           Five Branches of AmSouth Bank                     Fort Smith, Arkansas            186,361
August        Heritage Bancorp, Inc.                            Hutto, Texas                    114,370
August        First National Bancshares of Louisiana, Inc.      Alexandria, Louisiana           303,793
September     East Coast Bank Corporation                       Ormond Beach, Florida           107,779

17

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Regions' financial condition depends primarily on the quality and nature of its assets, liabilities and capital structure, the market and economic conditions, and the quality of its personnel.

LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

LOAN PORTFOLIO

Regions' primary investment is loans. At December 31, 2002, loans represented 72% of Regions' earning assets.

Lending at Regions is generally organized along three functional lines:
commercial loans (including financial and agricultural), real estate loans and consumer loans. The composition of the portfolio by these major categories is presented below (with real estate loans further broken down between construction and mortgage loans):

                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       2002          2001          2000          1999          1998
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, NET OF UNEARNED INCOME)
Commercial........................  $10,667,855   $ 9,727,204   $ 9,039,818   $ 8,183,633   $ 7,119,093
Real estate -- construction.......    3,604,116     3,664,677     3,271,692     2,439,104     1,865,972
Real estate -- mortgage...........   11,039,552    11,309,126    13,114,655    11,728,601     9,608,147
Consumer..........................    5,674,251     6,184,341     5,950,298     5,793,337     5,772,375
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total...................  $30,985,774   $30,885,348   $31,376,463   $28,144,675   $24,365,587
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

As the above table demonstrates, over the last five years loans increased a total of $6.6 billion, a compound growth rate of 6%. Regions experienced significant loan growth in 1999 and 2000, with loans increasing $3.8 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively. In 2001, however, loan balances declined $491 million due primarily to increased prepayments of residential mortgage loans. In 2002, total loans increased $100 million primarily due to growth in the commercial portfolio, partially offset by the reclassification of $1.1 billion of indirect auto loans to the loans held for sale category on September 30, 2002. Excluding the effect of this reclassification, total loans would have increased $1.2 billion, or 4%, in 2002.

During 1999, Regions securitized $1.3 billion in single-family residential mortgage loans. These assets were transferred from the loan portfolio to the available for sale securities portfolio. The securitization of these loans gave Regions additional flexibility for funding purposes and results in a lower risk-weighted capital allocation for these assets. In 2000, Regions sold its credit card portfolio, which totaled $278 million. Adjusting for the effect of the securitization and sale, loans would have increased $5.1 billion, or 21%, in 1999 and $3.5 billion, or 12%, in 2000.

All major categories of loans have shared in the growth in the loan portfolio over the last five years, with the strongest growth occurring in commercial and real estate construction loans. Over the last five years, commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased $3.5 billion, or 50%. Real estate construction loans increased $1.7 billion, or 93%, over the same period. Real estate mortgage loans increased $1.4 billion, or 15%, but consumer loans decreased $98 million, or 2%, over the last five years. The decline in consumer loans is the direct result of the reclassification of $1.1 billion of indirect auto loans to the loans held for sale category in 2002 and the $278 million sale of the credit card portfolio in 2000. The increase in real estate mortgage loans is net of the $1.3 billion single-family residential mortgage loan securitization in 1999.

Although loans have increased over the past five years, growth has slowed over the past two years. In 2000, average total loans were $30.1 billion, compared to $30.9 billion in 2001 and 2002. This trend is a result of lower loan demand resulting from weaker economic conditions, significant prepayments of mortgage loans, management initiatives to focus on higher margin products, combined with the reclassification of indirect auto loans in 2002. Regions expects modest loan growth to continue in 2003.

Regions' residential real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2002, included $6.4 billion of mortgage loans originated by its mortgage subsidiaries and bank branches or obtained in various acquisitions. These loans decreased approximately $1.1 billion during 2002. The decline in 2002 reflects management initiatives to reduce capital allocated to lower margin products, to manage sensitivity to changing interest rate environments, as well as higher levels of prepayments due to lower interest rates. Based on outstanding balances, $4.2 billion of these loans are adjustable rate mortgages ("ARMs")

18

that have rates that reset approximately 242 basis points above market indices. The weighted average months to reprice on the ARM portfolio was 30 months on December 31, 2002, down from 40 months in 2001. The weighed average coupon of the portfolio was 6.02% on December 31, 2002, down from 6.97% in 2001.

Residential real estate portfolio loans totaling $2.1 billion (based on outstanding balances) are fixed rate loans with a weighted average coupon of 7.05% and a weighted average remaining maturity of 133 months.

The amounts of total gross loans (excluding residential mortgages on single-family residences and consumer loans) outstanding at December 31, 2002, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, due in (1) one year or less, (2) more than one year but less than five years and (3) more than five years, are shown in the following table. The amounts due after one year are classified according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates.

                                                                     LOANS MATURING
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                  WITHIN       AFTER ONE BUT     AFTER FIVE
                                                 ONE YEAR    WITHIN FIVE YEARS     YEARS         TOTAL
                                                ----------   -----------------   ----------   -----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
Commercial, financial and agricultural........  $4,647,196      $4,382,269       $1,812,099   $10,841,564
Real estate -- construction...................   2,133,419       1,318,157          162,563     3,614,139
Real estate -- mortgage.......................     697,005       2,490,861        1,139,040     4,326,906
                                                ----------      ----------       ----------   -----------
          Total...............................  $7,477,620      $8,191,287       $3,113,702   $18,782,609
                                                ==========      ==========       ==========   ===========

                                                               SENSITIVITY OF LOANS TO
                                                              CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
                                                              --------------------------
                                                              PREDETERMINED    VARIABLE
                                                                  RATE           RATE
                                                              -------------   ----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
Due after one year but within five years....................   $2,630,714     $5,560,573
Due after five years........................................    1,117,899      1,995,803
                                                               ----------     ----------
          Total.............................................   $3,748,613     $7,556,376
                                                               ==========     ==========

A sound credit policy and careful, consistent credit review are vital to a successful lending program. All affiliates of Regions operate under written loan policies that attempt to maintain a consistent lending philosophy, provide sound traditional credit decisions, provide an adequate risk-adjusted return and render service to the communities in which the banks are located. Regions' lending policy generally confines loans to local customers or to national firms doing business locally. Credit reviews and loan examinations help confirm that affiliates are adhering to these loan policies.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Every loan carries some degree of credit risk. This risk is reflected in the consolidated financial statements by the allowance for loan losses, the amount of loans charged off and the provision for loan losses charged to operating expense. It is Regions' policy that when a loss is identified, it is charged against the allowance for loan losses in the current period. The policy regarding recognition of losses requires immediate recognition of a loss if significant doubt exists as to principal repayment.

Regions' provision for loan losses is a reflection of actual losses experienced during the year and management's judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Some of the factors considered by management in determining the amount of the provision and resulting allowance include: (1) detailed reviews of individual loans; (2) gross and net loan charge-offs in the current year; (3) the current level of the allowance in relation to total loans and to historical loss levels; (4) past due and non-accruing loans; (5) collateral values of properties securing loans; (6) the composition of the loan portfolio (types of loans) and risk profiles; and (7) management's analysis of economic conditions and the resulting impact on Regions' loan portfolio.

A coordinated effort is undertaken to identify credit losses in the loan portfolio for management purposes and to establish the loan loss provision and resulting allowance for accounting purposes. A regular, formal and ongoing loan review is conducted to identify loans with unusual risks or possible losses. The primary responsibility for this review rests with the management of the individual banking offices. Their work is supplemented with reviews by Regions' internal audit staff and corporate loan examiners. This process provides information that helps in assessing the quality of the portfolio,

19

assists in the prompt identification of problems and potential problems, and aids in deciding if a loan represents a probable loss that should be recognized or a risk for which an allowance should be maintained.

If, as a result of Regions' loan review and evaluation procedures, it is determined that payment of interest on a loan is questionable, it is Regions' policy to reverse interest previously accrued on the loan against interest income. Interest on such loans is thereafter recorded on a "cash basis" and is included in earnings only when actually received in cash and when full payment of principal is no longer doubtful.

Although it is Regions' policy to immediately charge off as a loss all loan amounts judged to be uncollectible, historical experience indicates that certain losses exist in the loan portfolio that have not been specifically identified. To anticipate and provide for these unidentifiable losses, the allowance for loan losses is established by charging the provision for loan losses expense against current earnings. No portion of the resulting allowance is in any way allocated or restricted to any individual loan or group of loans. The entire allowance is available to absorb losses from any and all loans.

Regions' determination of its allowance for loan losses is determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 114 and 5. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, management uses information from its ongoing loan review process to stratify the loan portfolio into risk grades. The higher-risk-graded loans in the portfolio are assigned estimated amounts of loss based on several factors, including current and historical loss experience of each higher-risk category, regulatory guidelines for losses in each higher-risk category and management's judgment of economic conditions and the resulting impact on the higher-risk-graded loans. All loans deemed to be impaired, which include non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more, excluding loans to individuals, are evaluated individually. Impaired loans totaled approximately $142 million at December 31, 2002 and $180 million at December 31, 2001. The vast majority of Regions' impaired loans are dependent upon collateral for repayment. For these loans, impairment is measured by evaluating collateral value as compared to the current investment in the loan. For all other loans, Regions compares the amount of estimated discounted cash flows to the investment in the loan. In the event a particular loan's collateral value is not sufficient to support the collection of the investment in the loan, a charge is immediately taken against the allowance for loan losses. The amount of the allowance for loan losses related to the higher-risk loans (including impaired loans) was approximately 72% at December 31, 2002, compared to approximately 80% at December 31, 2001.

In addition to establishing allowance levels for specifically identified higher-risk-graded loans, management determines allowance levels for all other loans in the portfolio for which historical experience indicates that certain losses exist. These loans are categorized by loan type and assigned estimated amounts of loss based on several factors, including current and historical loss experience of each loan type and management's judgment of economic conditions and the resulting impact on each category of loans. The amount of the allowance for loan losses related to all other loans in the portfolio for which historical experience indicates that certain losses exist was approximately 28% of Regions' allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2002, compared to approximately 20% at December 31, 2001. The amount of the allowance related to these loans is combined with the amount of the allowance related to the higher-risk-graded loans to evaluate the overall level of the allowance for loan losses.

Over the last five years, the year-end allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans ranged from a low of 1.20% at December 31, 2000 and 1999 to a high of 1.41% at December 31, 2002. Management considers the current level of the allowance for loan losses adequate to absorb possible losses from loans in the portfolio. Management's determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which is based on the factors and risk identification procedures previously discussed, requires the use of judgments and estimations that may change in the future. Changes in the factors used by management to determine the adequacy of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance for loan losses to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require that additions be made to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments and estimates.

20

The following table presents information on non-performing loans and real estate acquired in settlement of loans:

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------
NON-PERFORMING ASSETS                             2002       2001       2000       1999       1998
---------------------                           --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                           (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
Non-performing loans:
  Loans accounted for on a non-accrual
     basis....................................  $226,470   $269,764   $197,974   $169,904   $124,718
  Loans contractually past due 90 days or more
     as to principal or interest payments
     (exclusive of non-accrual loans).........    38,499     46,845     35,903     71,952    134,411
  Loans whose terms have been renegotiated to
     provide a reduction or deferral of
     interest or principal because of a
     deterioration in the financial position
     of the borrower (exclusive of non-accrual
     loans and loans past due 90 days or
     more)....................................    32,280     42,807     12,372      8,390      4,550
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans
  ("other real estate").......................    59,606     40,872     28,443     12,662     17,273
                                                --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
          Total...............................  $356,855   $400,288   $274,692   $262,908   $280,952
                                                ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Non-performing assets as a percentage of loans
  and other real estate.......................      1.15%      1.29%       .87%       .93%      1.15%

The analysis of loan loss experience, as reflected in the table below, shows that net loan losses, over the last five years ranged from a high of $126.8 million in 2001 to a low of $66.4 million in 1998. Net loan losses were $111.8 million in 2002, $94.1 million in 2000 and $99.2 million in 1999. Over the last five years, net loan losses averaged 0.35% of average loans and were 0.36% of average loans in 2002. Compared to the prior year, in 2002 Regions experienced lower charge-offs of commercial and consumer credits, partially offset by higher levels of losses in the real estate category.

The following analysis presents a five-year history of the allowance for loan losses and loan loss data:

                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       2002          2001          2000          1999          1998
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                       (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance at beginning of year......  $   419,167   $   376,508   $   338,375   $   315,412   $   304,223
Loans charged off:
  Commercial......................       83,562        95,584        51,617        35,589        24,214
  Real estate.....................       16,731        11,705        13,673        15,781        13,366
  Consumer........................       56,010        61,760        66,456        77,867        56,159
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total...................      156,303       169,049       131,746       129,237        93,739
Recoveries:
  Commercial......................       14,892        11,138        15,639        12,934        10,473
  Real estate.....................        5,031         5,027         2,750         1,109         1,655
  Consumer........................       24,549        26,043        19,249        16,006        15,201
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total...................       44,472        42,208        37,638        30,049        27,329
Net loans charged off:
  Commercial......................       68,670        84,446        35,978        22,655        13,741
  Real estate.....................       11,700         6,678        10,923        14,672        11,711
  Consumer........................       31,461        35,717        47,207        61,861        40,958
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total...................      111,831       126,841        94,108        99,188        66,410
Allowance of acquired banks.......        2,328         4,098         5,142         8,493        17,094
Provision charged to expense......      127,500       165,402       127,099       113,658        60,505
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Balance at end of year............  $   437,164   $   419,167   $   376,508   $   338,375   $   315,412
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

21

                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       2002          2001          2000          1999          1998
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                       (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
Average loans outstanding:
  Commercial......................  $10,329,482   $ 9,567,538   $ 8,811,864   $ 7,661,595   $ 7,060,917
  Real estate.....................   14,571,345    15,598,488    15,595,695    13,144,153    10,479,084
  Consumer........................    5,970,266     5,780,710     5,723,249     5,672,601     5,839,316
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total...................  $30,871,093   $30,946,736   $30,130,808   $26,478,349   $23,379,317
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Net charge-offs as percent of
  average loans outstanding:
  Commercial......................          .66%          .88%          .41%          .30%          .19%
  Real estate.....................          .08           .04           .07           .11           .11
  Consumer........................          .53           .62           .82          1.09           .70
          Total...................          .36%          .41%          .31%          .37%          .28%
Net charge-offs as percent of:
  Provision for loan losses.......         87.7%         76.7%         74.0%         87.3%        109.8%
  Allowance for loan losses.......         25.6          30.3          25.0          29.3          21.1
Allowance as percentage of loans,
  net of unearned income..........         1.41%         1.36%         1.20%         1.20%         1.29%
Provision for loan losses (net of
  tax effect) as percentage of net
  income..........................         14.7%         20.3%         15.1%         13.5%          9.0%

RISK CHARACTERISTICS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO

In order to assess the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, it is appropriate to consider the three major categories of loans -- commercial, real estate and consumer.

Commercial. Regions' commercial loan portfolio is highly diversified within the markets it serves. Geographically, the largest concentration is the 27% of the portfolio in the state of Alabama. Loans in Georgia and Arkansas account for 22% and 19%, respectively, of the commercial loan portfolio, followed by Louisiana with 10%, Tennessee with 7%, Texas with 6%, Florida and South Carolina with 4% each, and North Carolina with 1%. A small portion of these loans is secured by properties outside Regions' banking market areas.

The Alabama economy has experienced relatively stable growth over the last several years. Industries important in the Alabama economy include vehicle and vehicle parts manufacturing and assembly, lumber and wood products, health care services, and steel production. High technology and defense-related industries are important in the northern part of the state. Agriculture, particularly poultry, beef cattle and cotton, are also important to the state's economy.

The economy of northern Georgia, where the majority of Regions' Georgia franchise is located, is diversified with a strong presence in poultry production, carpet manufacturing, automotive manufacturing-related industries, tourism, and various service sector industries. A well-developed transportation system has contributed to the growth in north Georgia. This area has experienced rapid population growth and has very favorable household income characteristics relative to many of Regions' other markets.

In the southern region of Georgia, while agriculture is important, other industries play a significant role in the economy as well. Georgia ranks as one of the nation's top producers of paper and paper board products. Albany and Valdosta, Regions' primary market areas in southern Georgia, are hubs for retail trade and health care for the entire South Georgia market. These markets are also home to numerous manufacturing and production facilities of Fortune 500 Companies.

The Arkansas economy is supported in part by the forest products industry, due to the abundance of corporate-owned forests and public forest lands. In recent years, retail trade, transportation and steel production have become increasingly important to the state's economy.

Natural resources are very important to the Louisiana economy. Energy and petrochemical industries play a significant role in the economy. Shipping, shipbuilding, and other transportation equipment industries are strong in the

22

state's durable goods industries. Tourism, amusement and recreation, service, and health care industries are also important to the Louisiana economy. Cotton, rice and sugarcane are among Louisiana's most important agricultural commodities, while Louisiana's fishing industry is one of the largest in the nation.

The North Carolina economy is diversified with manufacturing, agriculture, financial services and textiles as its primary industries. North Carolina has experienced population growth well in excess of the national average in recent years. The economy is further supported by three state universities, which provide stable employment and serve as research centers in the area.

The economy along the I-85 corridor in South Carolina is home to numerous multinational manufacturers, resulting in one of the highest per capita foreign investment areas in the nation. Auto manufacturing has become increasingly important in recent years.

Tennessee's economy is heavily influenced by automobile manufacturing, tourism, entertainment and recreation, health care and other service industries. With one out of four Tennesseeans employed in service industries, the state's economy is very dependent on this sector.

The economy in the state of Texas has been among the strongest in the nation in recent years. In addition to oil, gas and agriculture, the Texas economy is supported by telecommunications, computer and technology research, and the health care industry.

Northwestern and central Florida have also experienced excellent economic growth during the last several years. Tourism and space research are very important to the Florida economy, and military payrolls are significant in the panhandle area. Florida has experienced strong in-migration, contributing to strong construction activity and a growing retirement-age population. Citrus fruit production is also important in the state.

The economy in the markets served by Regions continues to be among the best in the nation. However, general economic conditions deteriorated throughout the nation in 2001. Slower economic growth, combined with the unprecedented events of September 11, 2001, resulted in a weaker economy than in recent years and did not show significant recovery in 2002. This weakening resulted in higher loan losses in 2001 and 2002 than in 2000.

Included in the commercial loan classification are $508 million of syndicated loans. Syndicated loans are typically made to national companies and are originated through an agent bank. Regions' syndicated loans are primarily to national companies with operations in Regions' banking footprint.

From 1998 to 2002, net commercial loan losses as a percent of average loans outstanding ranged from a low of 0.19% in 1998 to a high of 0.88% in 2001. Commercial loan losses in 2002 totaled $68.7 million, or 0.66% of average commercial loans. The lower level of commercial loan losses in 2002 compared to 2001 resulted primarily from lower losses related to customers in agriculture and the steel industry. Future losses are a function of many variables, of which general economic conditions are the most important. Assuming moderate to slow economic growth during 2003 in Regions' market areas, net commercial loan losses in 2003 are expected to be near the 2002 level.

Real Estate. Regions' real estate loan portfolio consists of construction and land development loans, loans to businesses for long-term financing of land and buildings, loans on one- to four-family residential properties, loans to mortgage banking companies (which are secured primarily by loans on one- to four-family residential properties and are known as warehoused mortgage loans) and various other loans secured by real estate.

Real estate construction loans decreased 1.6% in 2002 to $3.6 billion or 11.6 % of Regions' total loan portfolio. At the end of 1998 real estate construction loans represented 7.7% of Regions' total loan portfolio. Strong economic growth and new development in Regions' market areas have enabled Regions to steadily increase construction loans through 2001. During 2002, construction loan demand declined as the economy continued to exhibit signs of weakness. Most of the construction loans relate to shopping centers, apartment complexes, commercial buildings and residential property development. These loans are normally secured by land and buildings and are generally backed by commitments for long-term financing from other financial institutions. Real estate construction loans are closely monitored by management, since these loans are generally considered riskier than other types of loans and are particularly vulnerable in economic downturns and in periods of high interest rates. Regions generally requires higher levels of borrower equity investment in addition to other underwriting requirements for this type of lending as compared to other real estate lending. Regions has not been an active lender to real estate developers outside its market areas.

23

The loans to businesses for long-term financing of land and buildings are primarily to commercial customers within Regions' markets. Total loans secured by non-farm, non-residential properties totaled $7.0 billion at December 31, 2002. Although some risk is inherent in this type of lending, Regions attempts to minimize this risk by generally making a significant amount of these type loans only on owner-occupied properties, and by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount, adequate cash flow to service the debt, and in most cases, the personal guaranties of principals of the borrowers.

Regions also attempts to mitigate the risks of real estate lending by adhering to standard loan underwriting policies and by diversifying the portfolio both geographically within its market area and within industry groups.

Loans on one- to four-family residential properties, which total approximately 61% of Regions' real estate mortgage portfolio, are principally on single-family residences. These loans are geographically dispersed throughout the southeastern states, and some are guaranteed by government agencies or private mortgage insurers. Historically, this category of loans has not produced sizable loan losses; however, it is subject to some of the same risks as other real estate lending. Warehoused mortgage loans, since they are secured primarily by loans on one- to four-family residential properties, are similar to these loans in terms of risk.

From 1998 to 2002, net losses on real estate loans as a percent of average real estate loans outstanding ranged from a high of 0.11% in 1998 and 1999, to a low of .04% in 2001. In 2002 real estate loan losses were .08% of average real estate loans, primarily as a result of higher commercial real estate loan charge-offs. These losses depend, to a large degree, on the level of interest rates, economic conditions and collateral values, and thus, are very difficult to predict. Management expects 2003 net real estate loan losses to be near the 2002 level.

Consumer. Regions' consumer loan portfolio consists of $4.5 billion in consumer loans and $1.2 billion in personal lines of credit (including home equity loans). Consumer loans are primarily borrowings of individuals for home improvements, automobiles and other personal and household purposes. Regions' consumer loan portfolio includes $30 million in indirect installment loans at December 31, 2002, and $943 million at December 31, 2001. Indirect installment loans declined significantly due to the reclassification of $1.1 billion of indirect auto loans to the loans held for sale category. During the past five years, the ratio of net consumer loan losses to average consumer loans ranged from a low of 0.53% in 2002 to a high of 1.09% in 1999. The lower level of net consumer loan losses in 2001 and 2002 was primarily due to improvements in the collection and recovery process, standardizing and improvement of underwriting procedures, and reduced credit card charge-offs resulting from the sale of the credit card portfolio in 2000. Consumer loan losses are difficult to predict but historically have tended to increase during periods of economic weakness. Management expects net consumer loan losses in 2003 to be lower than the 2002 level (assuming moderate economic growth in 2003) because of the reduced size of Regions' consumer loan portfolio.

NON-ACCRUAL LOANS

At December 31, 2002, non-accrual loans totaled $226.5 million, or 0.73% of loans, compared to $269.8 million, or 0.87% of loans, at December 31, 2001. The decline in non-accrual loans at December 31, 2002, was primarily due to lower levels of commercial and real estate loans being placed on non-accrual status, combined with certain commercial credits returning to accrual status. Commercial loans comprised $106.4 million of the 2002 total, with real estate loans accounting for $116.0 million and consumer loans $4.1 million. Regions' non-performing loan portfolio is composed primarily of a number of small to medium-sized loans that are diversified geographically throughout its franchise. The 25 largest non-accrual loans range from $1.0 million to $11.3 million, with only one non-accrual loan greater than $10 million. These loans are widely dispersed among a number of industries and are generally highly collateralized. Of the $226.5 million in non-accrual loans at December 31, 2002, approximately $77.7 million (34% of total non-accrual loans) are secured by single-family residences, which historically have had very low loss ratios.

Loans contractually past due 90 days or more were 0.12% of total loans at December 31, 2002, compared to 0.15% of total loans at December 31, 2001. Since December 31, 2001, loan delinquencies in the commercial and real estate areas have declined. Loans past due 90 days or more at December 31, 2002, consisted of $7.5 million in commercial and real estate loans and $31.0 million in consumer loans.

24

Renegotiated loans as a percent of total loans was 0.10% at December 31, 2002 and 0.14% at December 31, 2001. Renegotiated loans decreased during the year primarily due to the repayment of certain real estate and commercial credits.

Other real estate declined from 1998 to 1999, but increased to $28.4 million at December 31, 2000, $40.9 million at December 31, 2001, and $59.6 million at December 31, 2002. Increases in other real estate in the last three years resulted primarily from weaker economic conditions. Regions' other real estate is composed primarily of a number of small to medium-size properties that are diversified geographically throughout its franchise. The 20 largest parcels of other real estate range in recorded value from $500,000 to $8.6 million, with only 1 parcel over $5 million. Other real estate is recorded at the lower of (1) the recorded investment in the loan or (2) fair value less the estimated cost to sell. Although Regions does not anticipate material loss upon disposition of other real estate, sustained periods of adverse economic conditions, substantial declines in real estate values in Regions' markets, actions by bank regulatory agencies, or other factors, could result in additional loss from other real estate.

The amount of interest income recognized in 2002 on the $226.5 million of non-accruing loans outstanding at year-end was approximately $6.5 million. If these loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, approximately $21.0 million would have been recognized on these loans in 2002. Approximately $1,114,000 in interest income would have been recognized in 2002 under the original terms of the $32.3 million in renegotiated loans outstanding at December 31, 2002. Approximately $1,066,000 in interest income was actually recognized in 2002 on these loans.

FUNDING COMMITMENTS

In the normal course of business, Regions makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to its customers. These commitments include (among others) revolving credit agreements, term loan agreements and short-term borrowing arrangements, which are usually for working capital needs. Letters of credit are also issued, which under certain conditions could result in loans. See Note M to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. The following table shows the amount and duration of Regions' funding commitments.

                                                                     FUNDING DUE BY PERIOD
                                                            ---------------------------------------
                                                                         LESS THAN 1   GREATER THAN
                                                              TOTAL         YEAR          1 YEAR
                                                            ----------   -----------   ------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Funding commitments:
  Home equity loan commitments............................  $  622,721   $       -0-    $  622,721
  Other loan commitments..................................   6,035,524    2,129,743      3,905,781
  Standby letters of credit...............................   1,089,452      470,381        619,071
  Commercial letters of credit............................      38,799       38,799             -0-

25

The commercial, real estate and consumer loan portfolios are highly diversified in terms of industry concentrations. The following table shows the largest concentrations in terms of the customer's Standard Industrial Classification Code at December 31, 2002 and 2001:

                                                           2002                          2001
                                                ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                            % OF    % NON-                % OF    % NON-
STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION               AMOUNT     TOTAL   ACCRUAL    AMOUNT     TOTAL   ACCRUAL
----------------------------------              ---------   -----   -------   ---------   -----   -------
                                                              (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
Individuals...................................  $14,025.8    44.9%    0.7%    $15,293.9    49.1%    0.7%
Services:
  Physicians..................................      252.5     0.8     0.2         265.5     0.9     0.3
  Business services...........................      142.0     0.5     0.5         138.2     0.4     0.3
  Religious organizations.....................      420.9     1.3     0.3         388.9     1.2     0.4
  Legal services..............................      110.7     0.4     0.9         108.0     0.3     0.9
  All other services..........................    3,547.2    11.3     0.8       3,243.1    10.4     1.4
                                                ---------   -----             ---------   -----
          Total services......................    4,473.3    14.3     0.8       4,143.7    13.2     1.2
Manufacturing:
  Electrical equipment........................       54.3     0.2     0.9          56.6     0.2     0.0
  Food and kindred products...................       99.7     0.3     0.6          77.2     0.2     0.1
  Rubber and plastic products.................       37.0     0.1     0.2          40.5     0.1     2.6
  Lumber and wood products....................      187.2     0.6     0.1         192.6     0.6     0.3
  Fabricated metal products...................      130.0     0.4     1.8         157.0     0.5     1.9
  All other manufacturing.....................      636.5     2.1     1.6         737.6     2.4     2.6
                                                ---------   -----             ---------   -----
          Total manufacturing.................    1,144.7     3.7     1.2       1,261.5     4.0     1.9
Wholesale trade...............................      757.7     2.4     1.1         765.0     2.5     0.5
Finance, insurance and real estate:
  Real estate.................................    4,441.5    14.2     0.4       4,048.9    13.0     0.8
  Banks and credit agencies...................      685.9     2.2     0.8         161.7     0.5     0.5
  All other finance, insurance and real
     estate...................................      624.8     2.0     1.1         791.7     2.5     0.4
                                                ---------   -----             ---------   -----
          Total finance, insurance and real
            estate............................    5,752.2    18.4     0.5       5,002.3    16.0     0.7
Construction:
  Residential building construction...........    1,270.7     4.1     0.6       1,013.6     3.3     0.8
  General contractors and builders............      360.1     1.2     1.1         424.3     1.4     0.9
  All other construction......................      423.7     1.3     2.7         439.5     1.4     2.1
                                                ---------   -----             ---------   -----
          Total construction..................    2,054.5     6.6     1.1       1,877.4     6.1     1.1
Retail trade:
  Automobile dealers..........................      450.0     1.4     0.1         391.6     1.3     0.5
  All other retail trade......................      921.7     3.0     1.2         826.1     2.7     1.1
                                                ---------   -----             ---------   -----
          Total retail trade..................    1,371.7     4.4     0.8       1,217.7     4.0     0.9
Agriculture, forestry and fishing.............      577.2     1.8     1.9         610.9     2.0     1.8
Transportation, communication, electrical, gas
  and sanitary................................      665.9     2.1     0.6         538.9     1.7     0.8
Mining (including oil and gas extraction).....       86.0     0.3     0.4          78.4     0.3     0.4
Public administration.........................       83.1     0.3     0.0          91.2     0.3     0.0
Other.........................................      238.2     0.8     0.1         256.1     0.8     1.2
                                                ---------   -----             ---------   -----
          Total...............................  $31,230.3   100.0%    0.7%    $31,137.0   100.0%    0.9%
                                                =========   =====             =========   =====

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS IN OTHER BANKS

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks are used primarily as temporary investments and generally have short-term maturities. This category of earning assets decreased from $667.2 million at December 31, 2001, to $303.6 million at December 31, 2002, as maturities were not reinvested in this earning asset category.

26

SECURITIES

The following table shows the carrying values of securities as follows:

                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------------------------------
                                                               2002         2001         2000
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
Securities held to maturity:
  U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities.............  $   30,571   $   30,541   $2,573,461
  Obligations of states and political subdivisions........       2,335        3,131      670,252
  Mortgage-backed securities..............................          -0-          -0-     295,477
  Other securities........................................           3          378           12
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
          Total...........................................  $   32,909   $   34,050   $3,539,202
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
Securities available for sale:
  U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities.............  $1,957,593   $  741,458   $  785,537
  Obligations of states and political subdivisions........     543,798      711,547      142,073
  Mortgage-backed securities..............................   6,147,946    6,065,222    4,255,433
  Other securities........................................      42,315        9,205        1,294
  Equity securities.......................................     270,039      285,677      270,632
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
          Total...........................................  $8,961,691   $7,813,109   $5,454,969
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========

In 2002, total securities increased $1.1 billion, or 15%. U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities increased $1.2 billion due to purchases of agency securities. Agency securities were purchased throughout 2002 to offset possible declines in the fair value of Regions' mortgage servicing asset, as security values respond inversely to a change in interest rates. Mortgage-backed securities increased $83 million due to purchases in 2002. Obligations of states and political subdivisions decreased $169 million or 24% in 2002 due to calls, sales and maturities. Other securities increased in 2002 due to an interest-only security retained in the auto loan securitization (see Note F to the consolidated financial statements).

In 2001, total securities decreased $1.1 billion, or 13%. U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities decreased $2.6 billion due primarily to calls and sales. A portion of the proceeds from the calls and sales of U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities were not reinvested in this category of securities as a part of management's initiative to allocate less capital to lower margin assets and to reduce sensitivity to changing interest rates. Mortgage-backed securities increased $1.5 billion due to purchases in 2001. Obligations of states and political subdivisions decreased $97.6 million, or 12%, in 2001 due to calls, sales and maturities. Other securities increased in 2001 due to acquisition activity.

In 2001, upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" (Statement 133), Regions elected to reclassify a significant portion of securities from the held to maturity category to the available for sale category to provide additional flexibility in managing the securities portfolio.

Regions' investment portfolio policy stresses quality and liquidity. At December 31, 2002, the average contractual maturity of U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities was 4.4 years and that of obligations of states and political subdivisions was 7.1 years. The average contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities was 15.6 years and their expected maturity was 2.1 years. Other securities had an average contractual maturity of 3.5 years. Overall, the average maturity of the portfolio was 12.5 years using contractual maturities and 2.9 years using expected maturities. Expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

The estimated fair market value of Regions' securities held to maturity portfolio at December 31, 2002, was $1.1 million above the amount carried on Regions' books. Regions' securities held to maturity at December 31, 2002, included unrealized gains of $1.1 million. Regions' securities available for sale portfolio at December 31, 2002, included net unrealized gains of $268.4 million. Regions' securities held to maturity and securities available for sale portfolios included gross unrealized gains of $269.8 million and gross unrealized losses of $320,000 at December 31, 2002. Market values of these portfolios vary significantly as interest rates change. Management expects normal maturities from the

27

securities portfolios to meet liquidity needs. Of Regions' tax-free securities rated by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., 99% are rated "A" or better. The portfolio is carefully monitored to assure no unreasonable concentration of securities in the obligations of a single debtor, and current credit reviews are conducted on each security holding.

The following table shows the maturities of securities (excluding equity securities) at December 31, 2002, the weighted average yields and the taxable equivalent adjustment used in calculating the yields:

                                                            SECURITIES MATURING
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    AFTER ONE    AFTER FIVE
                                       WITHIN ONE   BUT WITHIN   BUT WITHIN     AFTER
                                          YEAR      FIVE YEARS   TEN YEARS    TEN YEARS     TOTAL
                                       ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
Securities held to maturity:
  U.S. Treasury and Federal agency
     securities......................  $    6,531   $   18,388    $  4,813    $    839    $   30,571
  Obligations of states and political
     subdivisions....................          -0-       2,335          -0-         -0-        2,335
  Mortgage-backed securities.........          -0-          -0-         -0-         -0-           -0-
  Other securities...................           3           -0-         -0-         -0-            3
                                       ----------   ----------    --------    --------    ----------
          Total......................  $    6,534   $   20,723    $  4,813    $    839    $   32,909
                                       ==========   ==========    ========    ========    ==========
  Weighted average yield.............        4.80%        5.06%       4.97%       5.45%         5.00%
Securities available for sale:
  U.S. Treasury and Federal agency
     securities......................  $  314,833   $1,018,615    $624,145    $     -0-   $1,957,593
  Obligations of states and political
     subdivisions....................      49,604      125,921     259,963     108,310       543,798
  Mortgage-backed securities.........   1,228,687    4,855,573      60,168       3,518     6,147,946
  Other securities...................       4,971       35,370         663       1,311        42,315
                                       ----------   ----------    --------    --------    ----------
          Total......................  $1,598,095   $6,035,479    $944,939    $113,139    $8,691,652
                                       ==========   ==========    ========    ========    ==========
  Weighted average yield.............        5.27%        4.75%       5.68%       8.20%         4.99%
Taxable equivalent adjustment for
  calculation of yield...............  $    1,514   $    3,915    $  7,935    $  3,305    $   16,669


Note: The weighted average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the book value of each security. Weighted average yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35%. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have not been adjusted for the non-deductible portion of interest expense used to finance the purchase of tax-exempt obligations.

TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS

Trading account assets increased $44.1 million to $786.0 million at December 31, 2002. Trading account assets are held for the purpose of selling at a profit and are carried at market value.

The following table shows the carrying value of trading account assets by type of security.

                                                              DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  2002           2001
                                                              ------------   ------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
Trading account assets:
  U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities...............    $540,825       $355,346
  Obligations of states and political subdivisions..........     146,007        329,313
  Other securities..........................................      99,160         57,237
                                                                --------       --------
          Total.............................................    $785,992       $741,896
                                                                ========       ========

28

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Loans held for sale include both single-family real estate mortgage loans and indirect consumer auto loans. These loans totaled $1.5 billion ($1.0 billion of mortgage loans and $484 million of indirect auto loans) at December 31, 2002, an increase of $608 million compared to 2001. The increase from the prior year is due primarily to the reclassification of $1.1 billion of indirect auto loans to the loans held for sale category in September 2002, partially offset by the subsequent $800 million securitization and sale of indirect auto loans in December 2002. In periods prior to 2002, the loans held for sale category included only single-family real estate mortgage loans.

MARGIN RECEIVABLES

Margin receivables totaled $432.3 million at December 31, 2002, and $523.9 at December 31, 2001. Margin receivables represent funds advanced to brokerage customers for the purchase of securities that are secured by certain marketable securities held in the customer's brokerage account. The risk of loss from these receivables is minimized by requiring that customers maintain marketable securities in the brokerage account which have a fair market value substantially in excess of the funds advanced to the customer.

LIQUIDITY

GENERAL

Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions' ability to meet the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawal requirements of its customers. Assets, consisting principally of loans and securities, are funded by customer deposits, purchased funds, borrowed funds and stockholders' equity.

The securities portfolio is one of Regions' primary sources of liquidity. Maturities of securities provide a constant flow of funds available for cash needs (see previous table on Securities Maturing). Maturities in the loan portfolio also provide a steady flow of funds (see previous table on Loans Maturing). At December 31, 2002, commercial loans, real estate construction loans and commercial mortgage loans with an aggregate balance of $7.5 billion, as well as securities of $1.6 billion, were due to mature in one year or less. Additional funds are provided from payments on consumer loans and one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Historically, Regions' high levels of earnings have also contributed to cash flow. In addition, liquidity needs can be met by the purchase of funds in state and national money markets. Regions' liquidity also continues to be enhanced by a relatively stable deposit base.

The loan to deposit ratio at December 31, 2002, was 94.11%, representing a slight decrease compared to 97.90% at December 31, 2001, and 97.98% at December 31, 2000. This trend is a result of loan and deposit growth over the relevant periods.

As shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, operating activities provided significant levels of funds in 2000 and 2002, due primarily to high levels of net income. Operating activities were a net user of funds in 2001 as loans held for sale and other assets increased. During 2001, Regions' mortgage loan production increased $3.2 billion compared to 2000 as lower mortgage rates contributed to high levels of production. The lag between origination and sale requires warehousing a portion of these mortgage loans for short periods of time and therefore requires the use of greater levels of operating cash flows. Investing activities, primarily in loans and securities, were a net user of funds in 2000 and 2002 but were a net provider of funds in 2001 as loan and security balances declined. Loan and security balances declined in 2001 due to management's decision to reduce capital allocated to lower margin products. Significant prepayments of mortgage loans and securities were not reinvested, positively affecting cash flow in 2001. Loan growth in 2000 and 2002 required a significant amount of funds for investing activities. Funds needed for investing activities were provided primarily by deposits, purchased funds and borrowings.

In 2000, a significant portion of the short-term borrowings were repaid using proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale and from deposit growth. Financing activities were a net user of funds in 2001, as deposit balances declined and Regions (excluding borrowings added in connection with acquisitions) was less dependent on borrowed funds as a funding source. In 2002, financing activities were a significant provider of funds as a result of strong deposit growth and proceeds from long-term borrowings. Cash dividends and the open-market purchase of Regions' common stock also required funds in 2000, 2001 and 2002.

29

Regions' financing arrangement with the Federal Home Loan Bank adds additional flexibility in managing its liquidity position. The maximum amount that could be borrowed from the Federal Home Loan Bank under the current borrowing agreement is approximately $9.0 billion. Additional investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock is required with each advance. As of December 31, 2002, Regions' borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank totaled $4.5 billion.

Regions filed a $1.5 billion universal shelf registration statement in November 2001 and a $1.0 billion universal shelf registration statement in January 2001. Under these registration statements, Regions issued $600 million of subordinated notes in May 2002, $500 million of subordinated notes in February 2001 and $288 million of trust preferred securities in February 2001. Consequently, $1.1 billion of various debt securities could be registered and subsequently issued, at market rates, under these registration statements (see Note J to the consolidated financial statements).

In addition, Regions Bank has the requisite agreements in place to issue and sell up to $1 billion of its bank notes to institutional investors through placement agents. As of December 31, 2002, there were no outstanding bank notes under this program.

In 2002, Regions utilized an additional funding source through the $800 million securitization of indirect consumer auto loans. Securitizations provide additional flexibility to Regions in managing liquidity.

RATINGS

The table below reflects the most recent debt ratings of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by Standard & Poor's Corporation, Moody's Investors Service and Fitch IBCA:

                                                              S&P    MOODY'S   FITCH
                                                              ----   -------   -----
Regions Financial Corporation:
  Subordinated notes........................................   A-     A2        A
  Trust preferred securities................................  BBB+    A1        A
Regions Bank:
  Short-term certificates of deposit........................  A-1     P-1      F1+
  Short-term debt...........................................  A-1     P-1      F1+
  Long-term certificates of deposit.........................   A+     Aa3      AA-
  Long-term debt............................................   A+     Aa3      AA-

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings above are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

DEPOSITS

Deposits are Regions' primary source of funds, providing funding for 74% of average earning assets in 2002, 75% in 2001 and 79% in 2000. During the last five years, average total deposits increased at a compound annual rate of 4%.

Average deposits increased $318.2 million, or 1%, in 2002 and decreased $805 million, or 3%, in 2001. In 2000, average deposits increased $2.9 billion, or 10%. Acquisitions contributed average deposit growth of $176 million in 2002, $43 million in 2001 and $427 million in 2000.

Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions' ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on how effectively the company meets customers' needs. Regions employs both traditional and non-traditional means to meet customers' needs and enhance competitiveness. The traditional means include providing well-designed products, providing a high level of customer service, providing attractive pricing and expanding the traditional branch network to provide convenient branch locations for customers throughout the Southern United States. Regions also employs non-traditional approaches to enhance its competitiveness. These include providing centralized, high quality telephone banking services and alternative product delivery channels like Internet banking. Regions' success at competing for deposits is discussed below.

Average non-interest bearing deposits have increased at a compound growth rate of 3% since 1999. This category of deposits grew 6% in 2002, 2% in 2001 and 1% in 2000. Despite modest growth in 2001 and 2000, non-interest-bearing

30

deposits continue to be a significant funding source for Regions, accounting for 16% of average total deposits in 2002, 15% in 2001 and 14% in 2000.

During 2000 and 2001, the rate paid on savings accounts was less attractive to customers, relative to other investment alternatives. As a result, savings accounts have decreased at a 1% compound growth rate since 1999. Savings accounts increased 13% in 2002 as investors migrated to traditional, more liquid investments but declined 5% in 2001 and 10% in 2000. Management expects savings accounts to continue to be a stable-funding source, but does not expect any significant growth given the current interest rate environment. In 2002, savings accounts accounted for approximately 5% of average total deposits.

Interest-bearing transaction accounts have increased at a 28% compound growth rate since 1999. Interest-bearing transaction accounts increased 72% in 2002 and 37% in 2001 as investors migrated toward more liquid assets given recent market conditions. During 2000, interest-bearing transaction accounts decreased 12%, due to less attractive rates relative to other investment alternatives. Interest-bearing transaction accounts accounted for 3% of average total deposits in 2002 and 2% in 2001.

Money market savings products continue to be one of Regions' fastest growing deposits, increasing at a compound annual rate of 12% since 1999. Customers have responded to Regions' competitive money market savings products by continuing to invest in these accounts. The results are increases in average balances of 5% in 2002, 19% in 2001 and 12% in 2000. Money market savings products are one of Regions' most significant funding sources, accounting for 41% of average total deposits in 2002, 39% of average total deposits in 2001 and 32% of average total deposits in 2000.

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more declined 22% in 2002 and 9% in 2001 as these products were priced less aggressively than in prior years. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more increased 6% in 2000 due to their increased usage as a funding source.

Other interest-bearing deposits declined 3% in 2002 and 23% in 2001 as rates on these accounts were less attractive to investors and Regions' reduced utilization of certain wholesale deposits as a funding source. Other interest- bearing deposits (certificates of deposit of less than $100,000 and time open accounts) increased 18% in 2000. In 2000, new deposit products and higher rates resulted in higher balances in this category. This category of deposits continues to be one of Regions' primary funding sources; it accounted for 26% of average total deposits in 2002 and 27% of average total deposits in 2001.

The sensitivity of Regions' deposit rates to changes in market interest rates is reflected in Regions' average interest rate paid on interest-bearing deposits. In 2001 and 2002, market interest rates declined dramatically. The Fed reduced rates 11 times (475 basis points) in 2001 and 1 time (50 basis points) in 2002. While Regions' average interest rate paid on interest-bearing deposits follows these trends, a lag period exists between the change in market rates and the repricing of the deposits. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits decreased to 2.47% in 2002 compared to 4.30% in 2001 and 5.03% in 2000.

A detail of interest-bearing deposit balances at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the interest expense on these deposits for the three years ended December 31, 2002, is presented in Note I to the consolidated financial statements. The following table presents the average rates paid on deposits by category for the three years ended December 31, 2002:

                                                               AVERAGE RATES PAID
                                                              --------------------
                                                              2002    2001    2000
                                                              ----    ----    ----
Interest-bearing transaction accounts.......................  0.60%   1.95%   4.04%
Savings accounts............................................  1.13    1.12    1.51
Money market savings accounts...............................  1.34    3.03    4.20
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more.................  3.86    5.81    6.08
Other interest-bearing deposits.............................  4.21    6.05    5.84
          Total interest-bearing deposits...................  2.47%   4.30%   5.03%

31

The following table presents the details of interest-bearing deposits and maturities of the larger time deposits at December 31, 2002 and 2001:

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------
                                                                 2002          2001
                                                              -----------   -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
Interest-bearing deposits of less than $100,000.............  $23,998,367   $22,843,437

Time deposits of $100,000 or more, maturing in:
  3 months or less..........................................      791,331     1,161,763
  Over 3 through 6 months...................................      799,305       455,340
  Over 6 through 12 months..................................      744,420       669,104
  Over 12 months............................................    1,445,089     1,333,342
                                                              -----------   -----------
                                                                3,780,145     3,619,549
                                                              -----------   -----------
          Total.............................................  $27,778,512   $26,462,986
                                                              ===========   ===========

The following table presents the average amounts of deposits outstanding by category for the three years ended December 31, 2002:

                                                              AVERAGE AMOUNTS OUTSTANDING
                                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                          2002           2001           2000
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits.................  $ 4,933,496    $ 4,634,198    $ 4,561,900
Interest-bearing transaction accounts................      956,132        556,724        405,404
Savings accounts.....................................    1,429,837      1,261,294      1,329,580
Money market savings accounts........................   12,766,316     12,132,612     10,160,829
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more..........    3,165,020      4,062,631      4,464,330
Other interest-bearing deposits......................    8,102,669      8,387,786     10,918,949
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total interest-bearing deposits............   26,419,974     26,401,047     27,279,092
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total deposits.............................  $31,353,470    $31,035,245    $31,840,992
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========

BORROWED FUNDS

Regions' short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements, commercial paper, Federal Home Loan Bank structured notes, due to brokerage customers, and other short-term borrowings.

Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements are used to satisfy daily funding needs and, when advantageous, for rate arbitrage. Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements totaled $2.2 billion at December 31, 2002 and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2001. Balances in these accounts can fluctuate significantly on a day-to-day basis. The average daily balance of federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements, net of federal funds sold and security reverse repurchase agreements, decreased $146 million in 2002 and $1.5 billion in 2001. The declines in 2001 and 2002 resulted from paydowns of purchased fund positions funded by sales and maturities of available for sale securities and the $800 million securitization of the indirect auto loans, combined with increased utilization of alternative longer term funding.

Throughout 2001 and 2002, Federal Home Loan Bank structured notes were used as a short-term funding source, primarily due to their favorable interest rates. These structured notes have original stated maturities in excess of one year, but are callable, at the option of the Federal Home Loan Bank, at various times less than one year. Because of the call feature, the structured notes are considered short-term. The amount of structured notes outstanding was $850 million as of December 31, 2002 and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2001. During 2002, Regions prepaid $250 million of these advances. Regions incurred a $5.2 million charge related to the prepayment that is recorded in other non-interest expense (see Note P to the consolidated financial statements).

32

Morgan Keegan maintains certain lines of credit with unaffiliated banks. As of December 31, 2002, $56.0 million was outstanding under these agreements with an average interest rate of 1.7%, as compared to $151.3 million outstanding at December 31, 2001, with an average interest rate of 1.9%.

As of December 31, 2002, $17.3 million in commercial paper was outstanding, compared to $27.8 million at December 31, 2001. Regions issues commercial paper through its private placement commercial paper program. Regions policy limits total commercial paper outstanding, at any time, to $75 million. The level of commercial paper outstanding depends on the funding requirements of Regions and the cost of commercial paper compared to alternative borrowing sources.

Regions maintains a due to brokerage customer position through Morgan Keegan. This represents liquid funds in customers' brokerage account. The due to brokerage customers totaled $651.1 million at December 31, 2002, with an interest rate of 1.4%, as compared to $932.8 million at December 31, 2001, with an interest rate of 2.3%.

Regions holds cash as collateral for certain derivative transactions with customers and other third parties. Upon the expiration of these agreements, cash held as collateral will be remitted to the counter-party. As of December 31, 2002, these balances totaled $111.3 million with an interest rate of 1.3%.

Other short-term borrowings increased $113.1 million from December 31, 2001, to December 31, 2002, primarily due to an increase in the short-sale liability, which is frequently used by Morgan Keegan to offset other market risks, which are undertaken in the normal course of business.

Regions' long-term borrowings consist primarily of subordinated notes, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, trust preferred securities and other long-term notes payable.

As of December 31, 2002, Regions had subordinated notes of $1.2 billion, consisting of $100 million in total principle amount of 7.75% subordinated notes due 2024 (redeemable at the option of holder in 2004), $500 million in total principal amount of 7.00% subordinated notes due 2011 and $600 million in total principal amount of 6 3/8% subordinated notes due 2012. The 6 3/8% subordinated notes due 2012 were issued in May 2002.

During 2001 and 2002, Regions utilized Federal Home Loan Bank structured notes with original call periods in excess of one year. These structured notes have various stated maturities but are callable, at the option of the Federal Home Loan Bank, between one and two years. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, $3.6 billion of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances were outstanding.

Federal Home Loan Bank long-term advances decreased $53.0 million in 2002. Regions utilized other sources of funding with more favorable interest rates and terms during 2002. Membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank system provides access to an additional source of lower-cost funds.

Regions issued $288 million of trust preferred securities in February 2001. These securities, which qualify as Tier 1 capital, have an interest rate of 8.00% and a 30-year term, but are callable after five years. In addition, Regions assumed $4 million of trust preferred securities in connection with a 2001 acquisition.

Other long-term borrowings consist of redeemable trust preferred securities, notes issued to former stockholders of acquired banks, notes for equipment financing, mark-to-market adjustments related to hedged debt items, and miscellaneous notes payable.

33

The following table shows the amount and maturity of Regions long term borrowed funds as of December 31, 2002.

                                                        PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 2008 &
                               TOTAL        2003       2004        2005       2006     2007      BEYOND
                             ----------   --------   --------   ----------   ------   ------   ----------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
Obligations:
  Subordinated notes.......  $1,200,000   $     -0-  $100,000   $       -0-  $   -0-  $   -0-  $1,100,000
  Trust preferred
     securities............     291,792         -0-        -0-          -0-      -0-      -0-     291,792
  Federal Home Loan Bank
     borrowings............   3,682,553         16        161    2,550,093    3,728    3,746    1,124,809
  Other long term
     obligations...........     211,764    152,348      1,225        1,241    1,281      975       54,694
                             ----------   --------   --------   ----------   ------   ------   ----------
          Total............  $5,386,109   $152,364   $101,386   $2,551,334   $5,009   $4,721   $2,571,295
                             ==========   ========   ========   ==========   ======   ======   ==========

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Over the past three years, stockholders' equity has increased at a compound annual growth rate of 11%. Stockholders' equity has grown from $3.1 billion at the beginning of 2000 to $4.2 billion at year-end 2002. Internally generated retained earnings contributed $908 million of this growth and $53 million was attributable to the exercise of stock options and to the issuance of stock for employee incentive plans. In addition, treasury share repurchases, net of equity issued in connection with acquisitions used $147 million of equity while other components of equity added $299 million. The internal capital generation rate (net income less dividends as a percentage of average stockholders' equity) was 8.9% in 2002, compared to 6.9% in 2001 and 8.9% in 2000.

Regions' ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets was 8.72% at December 31, 2002, compared to 8.89% at December 31, 2001, and 7.92% at December 31, 2000.

Regions and its bank subsidiary are required to comply with capital adequacy standards established by banking regulatory agencies. Currently, there are two basic measures of capital adequacy: a risk-based measure and a leverage measure.

The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and interest rate risk, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with specified risk-weighting factors. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. Banking organizations that are considered to have excessive interest rate risk exposure are required to hold additional capital.

The minimum standard for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. At least 50% of that capital level must consist of common equity, undivided profits and non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other intangibles ("Tier 1 capital"). The remainder ("Tier 2 capital") may consist of a limited amount of other preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses. The sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital is "total risk-based capital."

The banking regulatory agencies also have adopted regulations that supplement the risk-based guidelines to include a minimum ratio of 3% of Tier 1 capital to average assets less goodwill (the "leverage ratio"). Depending upon the risk profile of the institution and other factors, the regulatory agencies may require a leverage ratio of 1% to 2% above the minimum 3% level.

The following chart summarizes the applicable bank regulatory capital requirements. Regions' capital ratios at December 31, 2002, substantially exceeded all regulatory requirements.

34

BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

                                                               MINIMUM     WELL CAPITALIZED    REGIONS AT
                                                             REGULATORY       REGULATORY      DECEMBER 31,
                                                             REQUIREMENT     REQUIREMENT          2002
                                                             -----------   ----------------   ------------
Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets.....................     4.00%            6.00%            8.98%
Total risk-based capital to risk-adjusted assets...........     8.00            10.00            13.84
Tier 1 leverage ratio......................................     3.00             5.00             6.92

At December 31, 2002, Tier 1 capital totaled $3.2 billion, total risk-based capital totaled $5.0 billion, and risk-adjusted assets totaled $36.1 billion.

Total capital at Regions Bank also has an important effect on the amount of FDIC insurance premiums paid. Institutions not considered well capitalized can be subject to higher rates for FDIC insurance. As of December 31, 2002, Regions Bank had the requisite capital levels to qualify as well capitalized.

Regions attempts to balance the return to stockholders through the payment of dividends, with the need to maintain strong capital levels for future growth opportunities. In 2002, Regions returned 43% of earnings to its stockholders in the form of dividends. Total dividends declared by Regions in 2002 were $259.2 million or $1.16 per share, an increase of 3.6% from the $1.12 per share in 2001.

In January 2003, the Board of Directors declared a 3.4% increase in the quarterly cash dividend from $.29 to $.30 per share. This is the 32nd consecutive year that Regions has increased quarterly cash dividends.

35

CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCES

The following table shows the percentage distribution of Regions' consolidated average balances of assets, liabilities and stockholders' equity as of the dates shown:

                                                                   AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------------------------
                                                          2002    2001    2000    1999    1998
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
                                            ASSETS
Earning assets:
  Taxable securities....................................   17.2%   16.5%   20.1%   20.8%   19.0%
  Non-taxable securities................................    1.3     1.8     1.9     1.9     2.1
  Federal funds sold....................................    1.2     1.2     0.2     0.2     0.9
  Loans (net of unearned income):
     Commercial.........................................   22.4    21.5    20.5    19.3    20.7
     Real estate........................................   31.6    34.9    36.4    33.2    30.8
     Installment........................................   12.9    12.9    13.3    14.4    17.1
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
          Total loans...................................   66.9    69.3    70.2    66.9    68.6
     Allowance for loan losses..........................   (0.9)   (0.9)   (0.8)   (0.8)   (0.9)
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
          Net loans.....................................   66.0    68.4    69.4    66.1    67.7
  Other earning assets..................................    4.7     3.8     1.0     3.0     2.3
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
          Total earnings assets.........................   90.4    91.7    92.6    92.0    92.0
Cash and due from banks.................................    2.1     2.1     2.6     3.1     3.0
Other non-earning assets................................    7.5     6.2     4.8     4.9     5.0
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
          Total assets..................................  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
                                                          =====   =====   =====   =====   =====

                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
  Non-interest-bearing..................................   10.7%   10.4%   10.6%   11.4%   11.2%
  Interest bearing......................................   57.3    59.1    63.6    61.8    67.8
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
          Total deposits................................   68.0    69.5    74.2    73.2    79.0
Borrowed funds:
  Short-term............................................    9.6     9.3    10.3    16.4     9.9
  Long-term.............................................   11.2    10.7     7.2     1.7     1.3
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
          Total borrowed funds..........................   20.8    20.0    17.5    18.1    11.2
Other liabilities.......................................    2.4     2.1     0.8     1.0     1.3
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
          Total liabilities.............................   91.2    91.6    92.5    92.3    91.5
Stockholders' equity....................................    8.8     8.4     7.5     7.7     8.5
                                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity....  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
                                                          =====   =====   =====   =====   =====

Please refer to Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a complete presentation of average balances, related interest, yields and rates paid.

OPERATING RESULTS

GENERAL

Net income increased 22% in 2002, decreased 4% in 2001 and increased less than 1% in 2000. Adjusting for the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (see Note X to the consolidated financial statements), net income increased 12% over 2001. The accompanying table presents the dollar amount and percentage change in the important components of income that occurred in 2001 and 2002.

36

SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN OPERATING RESULTS

                                                                    INCREASE (DECREASE)
                                                             ----------------------------------
                                                              2002 COMPARED      2001 COMPARED
                                                                 TO 2001            TO 2000
                                                             ---------------    ---------------
                                                              AMOUNT      %      AMOUNT      %
                                                             --------    ---    --------    ---
                                                               (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
Net interest income........................................  $ 72,095      5%   $ 36,696      3%
  Provision for loan losses................................   (37,902)   (23)     38,303     30
                                                             --------           --------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses........   109,997      9      (1,607)    -0-
Non-interest income:
  Brokerage and investment income..........................   140,711     39     317,671     NM
  Trust department income..................................     5,516     10        (994)    (2)
  Service charges on deposit accounts......................    10,544      4      35,593     15
  Mortgage servicing and origination fees..................     7,577      8      14,350     17
  Securities transactions..................................    19,548     61      72,034     NM
  Other....................................................    70,201     36     (57,979)   (25)
                                                             --------           --------
          Total non-interest income........................   254,097     25     380,675     63
Non-interest expense:
  Salaries and employee benefits...........................   146,881     17     290,831     49
  Net occupancy expense....................................    11,023     13      16,226     23
  Furniture and equipment expense..........................     3,091      4      13,514     18
  Other....................................................    51,810     11      82,272     21
                                                             --------           --------
          Total non-interest expense.......................   212,805     14     402,843     36
          Income before income taxes.......................   151,289     21     (23,775)    (3)
Applicable income taxes....................................    40,321     19      (5,186)    (2)
                                                             --------           --------
          Net income.......................................  $110,968     22%   $(18,589)    (4)%
                                                             ========           ========
          Net income adjusted for Statement 142............  $ 64,217     12%   $  5,252      1%
                                                             ========           ========

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income (interest income less interest expense) is Regions' principal source of income. Net interest income increased 5% in 2002 and 3% in 2001. On a taxable equivalent basis, net interest income increased 4% in 2002 and increased 7% in 2001. The table "Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income" on the following page provides additional information to analyze the changes in net interest income.

Modest growth in interest-earning assets, combined with higher spreads on those earning assets, resulted in increased net interest income in 2001 and 2002.

Regions measures its ability to produce net interest income with a ratio called the interest margin. The interest margin is net interest income (on a taxable equivalent basis) as a percentage of average earning assets. The interest margin increased from 3.55% in 2000 to 3.66% in 2001 and to 3.73% in 2002. Changes in the interest margin occur primarily due to two factors: (1) the interest rate spread (the difference between the taxable equivalent yield on earning assets and the rate on interest-bearing liabilities) and (2) the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities.

The first factor affecting Regions' interest margin is the interest rate spread. Regions' average interest rate spread was 2.84% in 2000, 3.00% in 2001 and 3.30% in 2002. Market interest rates, both the level of rates and the slope of the yield curve (the spread between short-term rates and longer-term rates), affect the interest rate spread by influencing the pricing on most categories of Regions' interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

In the first six months of 2000, the Fed raised the Federal Funds rate three times totaling 100 basis points, resulting in a rate of 6.50%. The Fed began reducing the Federal Funds rate in early 2001. Throughout 2001, the Fed lowered the rate eleven times totaling 475 basis points. In 2002, the Fed mandated a single, 50-basis-points rate reduction. These reductions resulted in a near record low Federal Funds rate of 1.25%.

37

Regions' interest-earning asset yields and interest-bearing liability rates were both lower in 2002 compared to 2001, reflecting the declining market interest rates experienced in 2001 and 2002. As market interest rates further declined in 2002, Regions' interest-bearing liability rates decreased faster than did interest-earning asset yields. The interest rate spread expanded in 2002 because interest-earning asset yields decreased 30 basis points less than did interest-bearing liability rates.

The mix of earning assets can also affect the interest rate spread. During 2002, loans, which are typically Regions' highest yielding earning asset, decreased slightly as a percentage of earning assets, partially mitigating the effects of changing earning asset yields and interest-bearing liability rates. Average loans as a percentage of earning assets were 74.9% in 2001 and 73.3% in 2002.

During 2002 and 2001, the Company used interest rate derivatives as cash flow and fair value hedges of certain liability positions. These contracts had the effect of reducing interest expense by $66.8 million in 2002 and $1.1 million in 2001.

The second factor affecting the interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. Funding for Regions' earning assets comes from interest-bearing liabilities, non-interest-bearing liabilities and stockholders' equity. The net spread on earning assets funded by non-interest-bearing liabilities and stockholders' equity is higher than the net spread on earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. The percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities was 87% in 2000, compared to 85% in 2001 and 2002. The change in the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities had a positive effect on net interest income in 2002 and 2001 as compared to 2000. In 2002 and 2001, equity, issued in connection with acquisitions and internally generated, funded a larger percentage of earning assets than in 2000. In prior years, the trend had been for a greater percentage of new funding for earning assets to come from interest-bearing sources. In the future, management expects that an increasing percentage of funding will be provided from interest-bearing liabilities.

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME

                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          2002 OVER 2001                      2001 OVER 2000
                                 ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                  VOLUME    YIELD/RATE     TOTAL      VOLUME    YIELD/RATE     TOTAL
                                 --------   ----------   ---------   --------   ----------   ---------
                                                     (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
Increase (decrease) in:
  Interest income on:
     Loans.....................  $ (5,995)  $(466,305)   $(472,300)  $ 68,691   $(198,331)   $(129,640)
     Federal funds sold........       506     (10,019)      (9,513)    16,255      (3,902)      12,353
     Taxable securities........    32,836     (78,050)     (45,214)   (80,119)    (35,936)    (116,055)
     Non-taxable securities....   (10,307)       (160)     (10,467)      (729)       (563)      (1,292)
     Other earning assets......    25,566      (6,720)      18,846     74,872     (18,844)      56,028
                                 --------   ---------    ---------   --------   ---------    ---------
          Total................    42,606    (561,254)    (518,648)    78,970    (257,576)    (178,606)
  Interest expense on:
     Savings deposits..........     1,689      (7,273)      (5,584)      (985)     (4,960)      (5,945)
     Other interest-bearing
       deposits................    (6,636)   (470,710)    (477,346)   (41,114)   (189,506)    (230,620)
     Borrowed funds............    35,355    (143,168)    (107,813)    84,665     (63,402)      21,263
                                 --------   ---------    ---------   --------   ---------    ---------
          Total................    30,408    (621,151)    (590,743)    42,566    (257,868)    (215,302)
                                 --------   ---------    ---------   --------   ---------    ---------
Increase in net interest
  income.......................  $ 12,198   $  59,897    $  72,095   $ 36,404   $     292    $  36,696
                                 ========   =========    =========   ========   =========    =========


Note: The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to change due to volume and change due to rate in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

38

MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, or the credit quality of debt securities.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

Regions' primary market risk is interest rate risk. To quantify this risk Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios as compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity (as measured over 12 months) is a useful short-term indicator of Regions' interest rate risk.

Sensitivity Measurement. Financial simulation models are Regions' primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of hypothetical deterministic and stochastic simulations, these tools provide management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates.

These models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of the many products both on and off Regions' balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, and about the changing composition of the balance sheet that result from both strategic plans and from customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate related risks are expressly considered, such as pricing spreads, the lag time in pricing administered rate accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior.

Off-balance sheet items are used in hedging the values of selected assets and liabilities from changes in interest rates. The effect of these hedges is included in the simulations of net interest income.

The primary objectives of Asset/Liability Management at Regions are balance sheet coordination and the management of interest rate risk in achieving reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. A standard set of alternate interest rate scenarios is compared to the results of the base case scenario to determine the extent of potential fluctuations and to establish exposure limits. The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes the traditional instantaneous parallel rate shifts of plus and minus 100 and 200 basis points. In addition, Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements that may more realistically mimic potential interest rate movements. The gradual scenarios include curve steepening, flattening, and parallel movements of various magnitudes phased in over 6-to 12-month periods.

Exposure to Interest Rate Movements. Based on the aforementioned discussion, management has estimated the potential effect of shifts in interest rates on net interest income. As of December 31, 2002, Regions maintains an almost balanced position to a gradual rate shift of plus or minus 100 basis points. The following table demonstrates the expected effect that a gradual
(over twelve months beginning at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively)
parallel interest rate shift would have on Regions' net interest income.

                                                              2002                          2001
                                                   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                   $ CHANGE IN    % CHANGE IN    $ CHANGE IN    % CHANGE IN
                                                   NET INTEREST   NET INTEREST   NET INTEREST   NET INTEREST
CHANGE IN INTEREST RATES                              INCOME         INCOME         INCOME         INCOME
------------------------                           ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(in basis points)
  +200...........................................    $  7,000          0.5%        $ 53,000          3.5%
  +100...........................................       5,000          0.4           30,000          2.0
  -100...........................................         200          0.0          (28,000)        (1.9)
  -200...........................................     (13,000)        (0.9)         (66,000)        (4.4)

Instantaneous shocks demonstrate slightly more sensitivity. Based on current modeling, a minus 100-basis point instantaneous shock would result in net interest income of approximately $10.8 million less than the base case, a 0.73% decline. A 100-basis point instantaneous increase would result in net interest income of approximately $16.6 million greater than the base case, a 1.12% increase.

39

DERIVATIVES

Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. The Asset and Liability Committee in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. The most common derivatives the Company employs are interest rate swaps, interest rate options, forward sale commitments, and interest rate and foreign exchange forward contracts.

Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of the interest payments. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or sell a financial instrument at a pre-determined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell money market instruments at a future date for an already agreed upon price. Foreign exchange forwards are contractual agreements to receive or deliver a foreign currency at an agreed upon future date and price.

Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and interest rate options to convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable rate. Regions also uses derivatives to manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. Futures contracts and forward sales commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline from changes in interest rates. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures and forward sale commitment positions are used to protect the Company from the risk of such adverse changes. The change in value of the hedging contracts is expected to be highly effective in offsetting the change in value of specific assets and liabilities over the life of the hedge relationship.

Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options, futures and forward commitments and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Positions with similar characteristics are used to offset the market risk and minimize income statement volatility associated with this portfolio. Those instruments used to service customers are entered into the trading account with changes in value recorded in the income statement. Refer to Note N of the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions' year-end derivatives positions in the trading portfolio.

BROKERAGE AND MARKET MAKING ACTIVITY

Morgan Keegan's business activities expose it to market risk, including its securities inventory positions and securities held for investment.

Morgan Keegan trades for its own account in corporate and tax-exempt securities and U.S. government, agency and guaranteed securities. Most of these transactions are entered into to facilitate the execution of customers' orders to buy or sell these securities. In addition, it trades certain equity securities in order to "make a market" in these securities. Morgan Keegan's trading activities require the commitment of capital. All principal transactions place the subsidiary's capital at risk. Profits and losses are dependent upon the skills of employees and market fluctuations. In some cases, in order to hedge the risks of carrying inventory, Morgan Keegan enters into a low level of activity involving U.S. Treasury note futures.

Morgan Keegan, as part of its normal brokerage activities, assumes short positions on securities. The establishment of short positions exposes Morgan Keegan to off-balance sheet risk in the event that prices increase, as it may be obligated to cover such positions at a loss. Morgan Keegan manages its exposure to these instruments by entering into offsetting or other positions in a variety of financial instruments.

Morgan Keegan will occasionally hedge a portion of its long proprietary inventory position through the use of short positions in financial future contracts, which are included in securities sold, not yet purchased at market value. At December 31, 2002, Morgan Keegan had no outstanding futures contracts. The contract amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

In the normal course of business, Morgan Keegan enters into underwriting and forward and future commitments. At December 31, 2002, the contract amounts of futures contracts were $24 million to purchase and $92 million to sell U.S. Government and municipal securities. Morgan Keegan typically settles its position by entering into equal but opposite contracts and, as such, the contract amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Settlement of the

40

transactions relating to such commitments are not expected to have a material effect on Regions' consolidated financial position. Transactions involving future settlement give rise to market risk, which represents the potential loss that can be caused by a change in the market value of a particular financial instrument. Regions' exposure to market risk is determined by a number of factors, including the size, composition and diversification of positions held, the absolute and relative levels of interest rates, and market volatility.

Interest rate risk at Morgan Keegan arises from the exposure of holding interest-sensitive financial instruments such as government, corporate and municipal bonds and certain preferred equities. Morgan Keegan manages its exposure to interest rate risk by setting and monitoring limits and, where feasible, hedging with offsetting positions in securities with similar interest rate risk characteristics. Securities inventories are marked to market, and accordingly there are no unrecorded gains or losses in value. While a significant portion of the securities inventories have contractual maturities in excess of five years, these inventories, on average, turn over in excess of twelve times per year. Accordingly, the exposure to interest rate risk inherent in Morgan Keegan's securities inventories is less than that of similar financial instruments held by firms in other industries. Morgan Keegan's equity securities inventories are exposed to risk of loss in the event of unfavorable price movements. The equity securities inventories are marked to market and there are no unrecorded gains or losses.

Morgan Keegan is also subject to credit risk arising from non-performance by trading counterparties, customers, and issuers of debt securities owned. This risk is managed by imposing and monitoring position limits, monitoring trading counterparties, reviewing security concentrations, holding and marking to market collateral and conducting business through clearing organizations that guarantee performance. Morgan Keegan regularly participates in the trading of some derivative securities for its customers; however, this activity does not involve Morgan Keegan acquiring a position or commitment in these products and this trading is not a significant portion of Morgan Keegan's business. Morgan Keegan does not participate in the trading of derivative securities that have off-balance sheet risk.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

The provision for loan losses is used to fund the allowance for loan losses. Actual loan losses, net of recoveries, are charged directly to the allowance. The expense recorded each year is a reflection of management's judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance. For an analysis and discussion of the allowance for loan losses, refer to the section entitled "-- Financial Condition -- Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses." During 2000, the provision for loan losses increased to $127.1 million (.42% of average loans) due to inherent losses associated with the loan portfolio and management's evaluation of current economic factors. The provision for loan losses totaled $165.4 million (.53% of average loans), in 2001, a $38.3 million increase compared to the prior year. The higher provision was due to increased loan losses in 2001, weaker economic conditions and management's assessment of economic trends. The 2002 provision for loan losses was decreased to $127.5 million (.41% of average loans) due to lower loan losses and management's assessment of current economic conditions. The resulting year-end allowance for loan losses increased $18.0 million to $437.2 million.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

BROKERAGE AND INVESTMENT BANKING

Income from brokerage and investment banking increased significantly in 2001 and 2002 due to Regions' acquisition of Morgan Keegan. Brokerage and investment income totaled $499.7 million in 2002 compared to $359.0 million in 2001 and $41.3 million in 2000. Morgan Keegan's results of operations were included with Regions for the full year 2002, but for only nine months in 2001. Brokerage and investment income is significantly affected by economic and market conditions. As of December 31, 2002, Morgan Keegan employed approximately 930 financial advisors. Customer assets totaled approximately $32.7 billion at year-end 2002.

The addition of Morgan Keegan significantly diversified Regions' revenue stream. Non-interest income as a percent of total revenue equaled 43% in 2002, compared to 39% in 2001 and 31% in 2000. Morgan Keegan contributed $51.5 million to net income in 2002. Revenues from the fixed income capital markets division totaled $228.3 million, or 40% of Morgan Keegan's total revenue in 2002, and was the top revenue-producing line of business. This line of business has benefited from significant fixed income issuance and refinance activity resulting from the historically low levels of interest rates in 2002, while other divisions have been negatively impacted by weaker market conditions. Private client

41

and equity capital markets revenue totaled $173.3 million and $55.7 million, respectively. Investment advisory services produced $54.4 million of revenue in 2002.

The following table shows the components of the contribution by Morgan Keegan for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. For comparison purposes, information for the year ended December 31, 2001, has been included in the following table, but only the nine months ended December 31, 2001, is reflected in Regions' consolidated financial statements.

                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                 2002         2001
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
  Commissions...............................................   $142,913     $128,129
  Principal transactions....................................    231,416      228,142
  Investment banking........................................     76,660       60,239
  Interest..................................................     52,361       79,872
  Investment advisory.......................................     53,938       41,503
  Other.....................................................     13,329       26,253
                                                               --------     --------
          Total revenues....................................    570,617      564,138
Expense:
  Interest..................................................     28,092       58,769
  Non-interest expense......................................    460,895      442,991*
                                                               --------     --------
          Total expenses....................................    488,987      501,760
                                                               --------     --------
Income before taxes.........................................     81,630       62,378
Income taxes................................................     30,100       22,770
                                                               --------     --------
Net income..................................................   $ 51,530     $ 39,608
                                                               ========     ========


* Excludes $19.7 million in amortization of excess purchase price.

The following table shows the breakout of revenue by division contributed by Morgan Keegan for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. For comparison purposes, information for the year ended December 31, 2001, has been included in the following table, but only the nine months ended December 31, 2001, is reflected in Regions consolidated financial statements.

MORGAN KEEGAN BREAKOUT OF REVENUE BY DIVISION

                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             FIXED INCOME   EQUITY
                                                               CAPITAL      CAPITAL   INVESTMENT   INTEREST
                                            PRIVATE CLIENT     MARKETS      MARKETS    ADVISORY    AND OTHER
                                            --------------   ------------   -------   ----------   ---------
                                                                 (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
2002
Gross revenue.............................     $173,347        $228,287     $55,708    $54,351      $58,924
Percent of gross revenue..................         30.4%           40.0%        9.8%       9.5%        10.3%
2001
Gross revenue.............................     $171,095        $207,109     $44,672    $44,141      $97,121
Percent of gross revenue..................         30.3%           36.7%        7.9%       7.8%        17.3%

TRUST INCOME

Trust income increased 10% in 2002 and 8% in 2000, but decreased 2% in 2001. Beginning in 2002, trust sales efforts were managed through Morgan Keegan. Morgan Keegan's expertise and experience in asset management and sales contributed to higher trust fees in 2002. In addition to sales efforts, trust fees are also affected by the securities markets, as many trust fees are calculated as a percentage of trust asset values. Strong market conditions and sales initiatives resulted in higher trust income in 2000. In 2001, weaker securities markets, combined with the extraordinary events of September 11 and their impact on the economy, had an adverse impact on trust income.

42

SERVICE CHARGES ON DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Service charge income increased 19% in 2000, 15% in 2001 and 4% in 2002 due to increases in the number of deposit accounts, management initiatives and standardization in the pricing of certain deposit accounts and related services. The collection rate of fees charged for deposit services continues to improve, but remains a focus of management.

MORTGAGE SERVICING AND ORIGINATION FEES

The primary source of this category of income is Regions' mortgage banking affiliates, Regions Mortgage, Inc. ("RMI") and EquiFirst Corporation ("EquiFirst"). RMI's primary business and source of income is the origination and servicing of mortgage loans for long-term investors. EquiFirst typically originates mortgage loans which are sold to third-party investors with servicing released. Net gains or losses related to the sale of mortgage loans are included in other non-interest income.

In 2002, mortgage servicing and origination fees increased 8%, from $97.1 million in 2001 to $104.7 million in 2002. Origination fees increased in 2002 due to an increase in the number of loans closed as the result of lower mortgage interest rates. Servicing fees were lower in 2002 as compared to 2001 due to a smaller servicing portfolio in 2002. At December 31, 2002, Regions' servicing portfolio totaled $17.3 billion and included approximately 218,000 loans. At December 31, 2001 and 2000, the servicing portfolio totaled $19.1 billion and $21.6 billion, respectively. The decline in the servicing portfolio during 2002 resulted from high levels of prepayments due to the low interest rate environment driving record mortgage refinance activity, partially offset by higher levels of production in 2002.

In 2001, mortgage servicing and origination fees increased 17%, from $82.7 million in 2000. Origination fees were higher due to an increase in the number of loans closed as a result of lower mortgage interest rates in 2001. Servicing fees were lower in 2001 as compared to 2000 due to lower numbers of loans serviced in 2001.

In 2000, mortgage servicing and origination fees decreased 20%, from $103.1 million in 1999 to $82.7 million in 2000. Origination fees were lower due to a decrease in the number of loans closed as a result of an increase in mortgage interest rates in 2000. Servicing fees were lower in 2000 as compared to 1999 due to lower numbers of loans serviced as a result of sales of blocks of mortgage servicing assets.

RMI and EquiFirst, through their retail and correspondent lending operations, produced mortgage loans totaling $6.6 billion, $5.6 billion and $2.4 billion in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. RMI and EquiFirst produce loans from 84 offices in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas, and from other wholesale operations located throughout much of the United States.

A summary of mortgage servicing rights, which are included in other assets in the consolidated statements of condition, is presented as follows. The balances shown represent the original amounts capitalized, less accumulated amortization and valuation adjustments, for the right to service mortgage loans that are owned by other investors. The carrying values of mortgage servicing rights are affected by various factors, including prepayments of the underlying mortgages. A significant change in prepayments of mortgages in the servicing portfolio could result in significant changes in the valuation adjustments.

                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
Balance at beginning of year................................  $140,369   $129,568   $144,276
  Additions.................................................    40,974     52,159     18,912
  Amortization..............................................   (33,856)   (41,358)   (33,620)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                              $147,487   $140,369   $129,568
Valuation adjustment........................................   (40,500)    (3,775)        -0-
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Balance at end of year......................................  $106,987   $136,594   $129,568
                                                              ========   ========   ========
Mortgage servicing asset as a percent of servicing
  portfolio.................................................      0.62%      0.72%      0.60%

43

SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES)

In 2002, net gains of $51.7 million were reported from sale of available for sale securities. These gains were primarily related to the sale of agency and mortgage-related securities. These gains were taken primarily as an offset against impairment of mortgage servicing assets.

In 2001, Regions reported net security gains of $32.1 million. These gains resulted from the sale of approximately $554 million of various available for sale agency, mortgage-related and municipal securities.

Regions recognized net losses, in 2000, of $39.9 million related to the disposition of securities available for sale. This loss primarily related to the sale of $1.2 billion in lower-yielding mortgage-related securities as part of a first quarter balance sheet repositioning.

OTHER INCOME

The components of other income consist mainly of fees and commissions, insurance premiums, customer derivative fees and gains related to the sale of mortgage loans. Beginning in 2002, Regions began reporting net gains/losses related to the sale of mortgage loans held for sale in the non-interest income category. In prior periods these net gains/losses were reported in other non-interest expense. All comparable periods have been adjusted to reflect this reclassification in reporting.

Fee and commission income increased in 2002 primarily due to higher money order, cashier check and other banking fees. In 2001 fee and commission income decreased primarily due to lower revenue from credit card referral fees. In 2000 fee and commission income increased from revisions in charges for certain services, an increased emphasis on charging customers for services performed and an increased customer base due to internal growth and acquisitions.

In 2002, insurance and commission income increased 49% due primarily to the acquisition of ICT Group LLC. Insurance premium and commission income also increased significantly in 2001, due to the acquisition of Rebsamen Insurance, Inc. This income results primarily from the sale of property and casualty, liability and workers compensation insurance to commercial customers as well as credit life and accident and health insurance to consumer loan customers.

In 2001, Regions began operations of a customer derivative division. This division primarily assists existing commercial customers with capital market products including interest rate swaps, caps and floors. Typically, Regions enters into offsetting derivative positions limiting the company's exposure related to customer derivative products. These exposures are marked to market on a daily basis. Capital market income totaled $14.3 million in 2002 and $8.6 million in 2001.

For the years ended December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2001, gains related to the sale of mortgage loans held for sale totaled $87.4 million and $22.9 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2000, Regions recognized losses on the sale of mortgage loans totaling $4.0 million.

In 2002, Regions recognized a $7.5 million gain from the securitization and sale of $800 million of indirect auto consumer loans.

In 2001 and 2000, Regions sold blocks of mortgage servicing assets that did not fit into Regions' long-term strategy for mortgage servicing operations. These sales resulted in pre-tax gains of $2.9 million in 2001 and $19.9 million in 2000.

A $1.9 million gain was recognized in 2001, which was associated with the sale of certain interests in an ATM network.

During 2000, Regions recognized a pre-tax gain of $67.2 million in connection with the sale of its $278 million credit card portfolio.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

The main components of non-interest expense are salaries and employee benefits, net occupancy expense, furniture and equipment expense and other non-interest expense. Total non-interest expense increased $212.8 million, or 14%, in 2002 on an as-reported basis. Morgan Keegan's non-interest expense was included with Regions for the full year 2002, but only for nine months in 2001. During the third and fourth quarters of 2002, Regions recognized impairment charges

44

related to mortgage servicing assets. The impairment charges totaled $36.7 million ($19.7 million in the third quarter and $17.0 million in the fourth quarter). Also in the fourth quarter of 2002, Regions incurred a $5.2 million charge related to the prepayment of higher cost Federal Home Loan Bank advances. In 2002, Regions discontinued amortizing excess purchase price upon the adoption of Statement 142 (see Note X to the consolidated financial statements). Amortization of excess purchase price in 2001 totaled $52.1 million. Regions also incurred $23.3 million in charges related to the acquisition of Morgan Keegan in 2001. On an as-adjusted basis, which excludes impairment, prepayment and acquisition charges and the affect of the adoption of Statement 142, total non-interest expense increased $246.3 million or 17% in 2002.

The following table shows the components of non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2002.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

                                                                             LESS:
                                                                        DEBT RETIREMENT
                                                                         & IMPAIRMENT
                                                          AS REPORTED       CHARGES       AS ADJUSTED
                                                          -----------   ---------------   -----------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Salaries and employee benefits..........................  $1,026,569        $    -0-      $1,026,569
Net occupancy expense...................................      97,924             -0-          97,924
Furniture and equipment expense.........................      90,818             -0-          90,818
Other expenses..........................................     544,415         41,912          502,503
                                                          ----------        -------       ----------
          Total.........................................  $1,759,726        $41,912       $1,717,814
                                                          ==========        =======       ==========

SALARIES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Total salaries and benefits increased 17% in 2002, 49% in 2001 and 7% in 2000. Salaries and benefits were higher in 2002 as Morgan Keegan's expenses were included for the full year in 2002 (versus nine months in 2001). Increased production at Morgan Keegan, RMI and EquiFirst resulted in increased incentive compensation in 2002. In addition to increased incentive compensation in 2002, normal merit and promotional adjustments, and higher benefit costs resulted in increased salaries and benefits in 2002. The significant increase in 2001 was primarily the result of the acquisition of Morgan Keegan, which added 2,307 employees to Regions' payroll. The 2000 increase resulted from normal merit and promotional adjustments, increased incentive payments tied to performance, the effects of inflation and higher benefit costs.

At December 31, 2002, Regions had 15,695 full-time equivalent employees, compared to 15,921 at December 31, 2001, and 14,390 at December 31, 2000. The increase in employees in 2001 resulted primarily from personnel added in connection with acquisitions. The decrease in employees in 2002 resulted primarily from streamlining and consolidating certain bank operations.

Salaries, excluding benefits, totaled $583.2 million in 2002, compared to $533.9 million in 2001 and $433.0 million in 2000. Higher employment levels in 2001, due to acquisitions, resulted in higher salaries. Increased salaries in 2002 were primarily the result of normal merit and promotional adjustments combined with increased business activity.

Regions provides employees who meet established employment requirements with a benefits package which includes pension, profit sharing, and medical, life and disability insurance plans. The total cost to Regions for fringe benefits, including payroll taxes, equals approximately 24% of salaries.

Beginning in 2001, employees could elect to have profit sharing paid in cash or contributed to their 401(k) plan. The combination of the cash payments and contributions to employee 401(k) plans was equal to approximately 2% of after-tax income in 2002, 3% in 2001, and 5% in 2000.

Commissions and incentives expense increased to $301.3 million in 2002, compared to $204.0 million in 2001 and $46.3 million in 2000. The significant increase in commissions and incentives were primarily the result of commissions paid at Morgan Keegan, RMI and EquiFirst related to increased production levels. At Morgan Keegan, commissions and incentives are the primary method of compensation, which is typical in the brokerage and investment banking industry. In general, incentives continue to be used to reward employees for selling products and services, for productivity

45

improvements and for achievement of other corporate goals. Regions' long-term incentive plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock and performance shares (see Note S to the consolidated financial statements). The long-term incentive plan is intended to assist Regions in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding employees who make a significant contribution to Regions' long-term success, and to encourage employees to acquire and maintain an equity interest in Regions. Regions also uses cash incentive plans to reward employees for achievement of various goals.

Pension expense totaled $7.1 million in 2002 compared to $538,000 in 2001. Higher pension costs in 2002 is the result of lower returns associated with pension plan assets. Pension expense in 2003 is expected to be approximately $18.7 million.

Payroll taxes increased 19% in 2002, 30% in 2001 and 4% in 2000. Increases in the Social Security tax base, combined with increased salary levels were the primary reasons for increased payroll taxes.

Group insurance expense decreased 1% in 2002, but increased 47% in 2001 and 54% in 2000. The prior year increases were the result of increased levels of covered employees and higher claims cost.

NET OCCUPANCY EXPENSE

Net occupancy expense includes rents, depreciation and amortization, utilities, maintenance, insurance, taxes and other expenses of premises occupied by Regions and its affiliates. Regions' affiliates operate offices throughout Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Texas.

Net occupancy expense increased 13% in 2002, 23% in 2001 and 15% in 2000 due to acquisitions, new and acquired branch offices, rising price levels, and increased business activity.

FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT EXPENSE

Furniture and equipment expense increased 4% in 2002, 18% in 2001 and 3% in 2000. These increases resulted from acquisitions, rising price levels, expenses related to equipment for new branch offices, and increased depreciation and service contract expenses associated with other new back office and branch equipment.

OTHER EXPENSES

The significant components of other expense include other non-credit losses, amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights and computer and other outside services. Increases in this category of expense generally resulted from acquisitions, expanded programs, increased business activity and rising price levels. In 2002, other expenses included $41.9 million of costs related to mortgage servicing impairment and debt retirement, previously discussed. Please refer to Note P to the consolidated financial statements for an analysis of the significant components of other expense.

Other non-credit losses decreased in 2002 from levels in 2001 and 2000. The 2002 decrease was primarily related to lower losses related to litigation. Other non-credit losses primarily include charges for items unrelated to the extension of credit such as fraud losses, litigation losses, write-downs of other real estate, insurance claims and miscellaneous losses.

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights decreased in 2002 and 2000, but increased in 2001. Lower balances of mortgage servicing rights combined with impairment taken in 2002, resulted in a decrease in the amortization of mortgage servicing rights in 2002. Accelerated amortization rates due to the low interest rate environment and increased prepayments of the underlying mortgages combined with the retention of servicing rights on much of Regions mortgage subsidiary's production resulted in additional amortization expense in 2001. Mortgage servicing rights amortization expense declined in 2000 due to slower prepayment activity on the underlying mortgages than in other years.

In 2002, Regions incurred charges totaling $36.7 million related to the impairment of mortgage servicing rights due primarily to the historically low interest rate environment.

Outside computer services increased $4.6 million while other outside services increased $20.1 million. Other outside services include safekeeping fees, credit investigations costs and equity asset line and other loan origination costs paid to third parties.

46

Also in 2002, in connection with the prepayment of $250 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, Regions incurred a $5.2 million charge.

Amortization of excess purchase price expense was eliminated in 2002 upon the adoption of Statement 142. Amortization of excess purchase price totaled $52.1 million in 2001 and $29.2 million in 2000.

Other non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2001, included a net gain of $819,000 attributable to cash flow hedge ineffectiveness. No gains or losses were recognized in 2002 related to cash flow hedge ineffectiveness.

APPLICABLE INCOME TAX

Regions' provision for income taxes increased 19% in 2002 but decreased 2% in 2001. The increase in 2002 was caused primarily by a 21% increase in income before taxes. Regions effective income tax rates for 2002, 2001 and 2000 were 28.7%, 29.1% and 28.9%, respectively. The effective tax rate decreased slightly in 2002 compared to 2001, primarily due to the elimination of non-deductible excess purchase price expense upon the adoption of Statement 142.

During the fourth quarter of 2000, Regions recapitalized a mortgage-related subsidiary by raising Tier 2 capital, which resulted in a reduction in taxable income of that subsidiary attributable to Regions. The reduction in the taxable income of this subsidiary attributable to Regions is expected to result in a lower effective tax rate applicable to the consolidated taxable income before taxes of Regions for future periods. The impact, on Regions' effective tax rate applicable to consolidated income before taxes, of the reduction in the subsidiary's taxable income attributable to Regions will, however, depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of assets in the subsidiary, the yield of the assets in the subsidiary, the cost of funding the subsidiary, possible loan losses in the subsidiary, the level of expenses of the subsidiary, the level of income attributable to obligations of states and political subdivisions, and various other factors.

Regions' consolidated federal income tax returns, for the years 1998 through 2002, are open for examination. From time to time Regions engages in business plans that may also have an effect on its tax liabilities. While Regions has obtained the opinion of advisors that the tax aspects of these plans should prevail, examination of Regions' income tax returns or changes in tax law may impact the tax benefits of these plans. Regions believes adequate provisions for income tax have been recorded for all years open for review.

Management's determination of the realization of the deferred tax asset is based upon management's judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including the timing and amount of future income earned by certain subsidiaries and the implementation of various tax plans to maximize realization of the deferred tax asset. Management believes that the subsidiaries will generate sufficient operating earnings to realize the deferred tax benefits.

Note Q to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the provision for income taxes.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories. However, inflation does have an important impact on the growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting need to increase equity capital at higher than normal rates in order to maintain an appropriate equity-to-assets ratio. Inflation also affects other expenses that tend to rise during periods of general inflation.

Management believes the most significant impact of inflation on financial results is Regions' ability to react to changes in interest rates. As discussed previously, management is attempting to maintain an essentially balanced position between rate-sensitive assets and liabilities in order to protect net interest income from being affected by wide interest rate fluctuations.

47

ITEM 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Reference is made to page 39 through 41 "Market Risk" included in Management's Discussion and Analysis under Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements and report of independent auditors of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries are set forth in the pages listed below.

Report of Independent Auditors..............................   49
Consolidated Statements of Condition -- December 31, 2002
  and 2001..................................................   50
Consolidated Statements of Income -- Years ended December
  31, 2002, 2001 and 2000...................................   51
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -- Years ended
  December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000..........................   52
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
  Equity -- Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000....   53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements -- December 31,
  2002......................................................   55

Schedules to the consolidated financial statements required by Article 9 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

48

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
Regions Financial Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

As discussed in Note X to the consolidated financial statements, in 2002 the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
February 28, 2003

49

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                                  2002            2001
                                                              -------------   -------------
                                                              (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                   EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                          ASSETS
Cash and due from banks.....................................   $ 1,577,536     $ 1,239,598
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks....................       303,562         667,186
Securities held to maturity (aggregate estimated market
  value of $34,021 in 2002 and $34,054 in 2001).............        32,909          34,050
Securities available for sale...............................     8,961,691       7,813,109
Trading account assets......................................       785,992         741,896
Loans held for sale.........................................     1,497,849         890,193
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements
  to resell.................................................       334,788          92,543
Margin receivables..........................................       432,337         523,941
Loans.......................................................    31,230,268      31,136,977
Unearned income.............................................      (244,494)       (251,629)
                                                               -----------     -----------
         Loans, net of unearned income......................    30,985,774      30,885,348
Allowance for loan losses...................................      (437,164)       (419,167)
                                                               -----------     -----------
         Net loans..........................................    30,548,610      30,466,181
Premises and equipment......................................       638,031         647,176
Interest receivable.........................................       242,088         249,630
Due from customers on acceptances...........................        60,320          63,854
Other assets................................................     2,523,127       1,953,355
                                                               -----------     -----------
                                                               $47,938,840     $45,382,712
                                                               ===========     ===========
                           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
  Non-interest-bearing......................................   $ 5,147,689     $ 5,085,337
  Interest-bearing..........................................    27,778,512      26,462,986
                                                               -----------     -----------
         Total deposits.....................................    32,926,201      31,548,323
Borrowed funds:
  Short-term borrowings:
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under
     agreements to repurchase...............................     2,203,261       1,803,177
    Commercial paper........................................        17,250          27,750
    Other short-term borrowings.............................     1,864,946       2,267,473
                                                               -----------     -----------
         Total short-term borrowings........................     4,085,457       4,098,400
  Long-term borrowings......................................     5,386,109       4,747,674
                                                               -----------     -----------
         Total borrowed funds...............................     9,471,566       8,846,074
Bank acceptances outstanding................................        60,320          63,854
Other liabilities...........................................     1,302,331         888,696
                                                               -----------     -----------
         Total liabilities..................................    43,760,418      41,346,947
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, par value $1.00 a share:
    Authorized 5,000,000 shares.............................            -0-             -0-
  Common stock, par value $.625 a share:
    Authorized 500,000,000 shares, issued 221,336,905 shares
     in 2002 and 230,081,087 shares in 2001.................       138,336         143,801
  Surplus...................................................       936,958       1,252,809
  Undivided profits.........................................     2,952,657       2,591,962
  Unearned restricted stock.................................       (13,620)        (11,234)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income....................       164,091          58,427
                                                               -----------     -----------
         Total stockholders' equity.........................     4,178,422       4,035,765
                                                               -----------     -----------
                                                               $47,938,840     $45,382,712
                                                               ===========     ===========


( ) Indicates deduction.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

50

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ---------------------------------------------
                                                                2002            2001            2000
                                                            -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                            (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Interest income:
  Interest and fees on loans..............................   $1,986,203      $2,458,503      $2,588,143
  Interest on securities:
     Taxable interest income..............................      400,705         445,919         561,974
     Tax-exempt interest income...........................       29,967          40,434          41,726
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Total interest on securities....................      430,672         486,353         603,700
  Interest on loans held for sale.........................       66,613          41,740          34,511
  Interest on margin receivables..........................       19,279          20,731              -0-
  Income on federal funds sold and securities purchased
     under agreements to resell...........................        8,377          17,890           5,537
  Interest on time deposits in other banks................          488          11,083           1,096
  Interest on trading account assets......................       25,357          19,337           1,256
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Total interest income...........................    2,536,989       3,055,637       3,234,243
Interest expense:
  Interest on deposits....................................      652,765       1,135,695       1,372,260
  Interest on short-term borrowings.......................      128,256         188,108         276,243
  Interest on long-term borrowings........................      258,380         306,341         196,943
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Total interest expense..........................    1,039,401       1,630,144       1,845,446
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Net interest income.............................    1,497,588       1,425,493       1,388,797
Provision for loan losses.................................      127,500         165,402         127,099
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Net interest income after provision for loan
            losses........................................    1,370,088       1,260,091       1,261,698
Non-interest income:
  Brokerage and investment banking........................      499,685         358,974          41,303
  Trust department income.................................       62,197          56,681          57,675
  Service charges on deposit accounts.....................      277,807         267,263         231,670
  Mortgage servicing and origination fees.................      104,659          97,082          82,732
  Securities gains (losses)...............................       51,654          32,106         (39,928)
  Other...................................................      262,876         192,675         223,767
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Total non-interest income.......................    1,258,878       1,004,781         597,219
Non-interest expense:
  Salaries and employee benefits..........................    1,026,569         879,688         588,857
  Net occupancy expense...................................       97,924          86,901          70,675
  Furniture and equipment expense.........................       90,818          87,727          74,213
  Other...................................................      544,415         492,605         383,446
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Total non-interest expense......................    1,759,726       1,546,921       1,117,191
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Income before income taxes......................      869,240         717,951         741,726
Applicable income taxes...................................      249,338         209,017         214,203
                                                             ----------      ----------      ----------
          Net income......................................   $  619,902      $  508,934      $  527,523
                                                             ==========      ==========      ==========
Average number of shares outstanding......................      224,312         224,773         220,762
Average number of shares outstanding, diluted.............      227,639         227,063         221,989
Per share:
  Net income..............................................   $     2.76      $     2.26      $     2.39
  Net income, diluted.....................................         2.72            2.24            2.38
  Cash dividends declared.................................         1.16            1.12            1.08

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

51

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------
                                                                 2002          2001          2000
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                      (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
Operating activities:
  Net income................................................  $   619,902   $   508,934   $   527,523
  Adjustments to reconcile net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Gain on securitization of auto loans....................       (7,489)           -0-           -0-
    Gain on sale of credit card portfolio...................           -0-           -0-      (67,220)
    Gain on sale of specialty finance division..............           -0-           -0-       (4,113)
    Depreciation and amortization of premises and
      equipment.............................................       73,095        69,260        63,838
    Provision for loan losses...............................      127,500       165,402       127,099
    Net amortization (accretion) of securities..............       27,262        (2,224)       (3,729)
    Amortization of loans and other assets..................      102,137       109,486        78,218
    Accretion of deposits and borrowings....................          953           941           714
    Provision for losses on other real estate...............        4,033         1,134         1,184
    Deferred income taxes...................................       29,002        23,690        95,094
    (Gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment...........         (261)        2,126        (1,165)
    Realized security (gains) losses........................      (51,654)      (32,106)       39,928
    (Increase) decrease in trading account assets...........      (44,096)     (138,461)        1,106
    (Increase) decrease in loans held for sale(1)...........     (300,099)     (663,797)      344,229
    Decrease (increase) in margin receivable................       91,604          (823)           -0-
    Decrease (increase) in interest receivable..............        8,205       102,477       (34,804)
    Increase in other assets................................     (672,811)     (282,164)     (160,253)
    Increase (decrease) in other liabilities................      320,583        99,140       (59,715)
    Stock issued to employees under incentive plan..........           -0-           -0-        3,088
    Other...................................................        9,712         4,872         3,026
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash provided (used) by operating activities...      337,578       (32,113)      954,048
Investing activities:
  Net (increase) decrease in loans(1).......................   (1,156,109)      692,109    (3,112,075)
  Proceeds from securitization of auto loans................      799,932            -0-           -0-
  Proceeds from sale of credit card portfolio...............           -0-           -0-      344,785
  Proceeds from sale of specialty finance division..........           -0-           -0-        8,063
  Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale.......      858,499       553,523     1,332,916
  Proceeds from maturity of investment securities...........        1,530       153,581       588,846
  Proceeds from maturity of securities available for sale...    3,597,798     4,577,170       883,401
  Purchase of investment securities.........................       (1,152)      (21,746)      (42,467)
  Purchase of securities available for sale.................   (5,382,456)   (3,828,818)     (484,469)
  Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits in
    other banks.............................................      368,380      (120,433)       13,056
  Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment..............        4,551        10,227        86,093
  Purchase of premises and equipment........................      (66,140)      (83,390)     (150,044)
  Net decrease (increase) in customers' acceptance
    liability...............................................        3,534        44,058       (35,814)
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired........................       61,225       (19,437)      218,764
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash (used) provided by investing activities...     (910,408)    1,956,844      (348,945)
Financing activities:
  Net increase (decrease) in deposits.......................    1,123,966      (865,960)    1,279,720
  Net (decrease) in short-term borrowings...................      (17,203)     (567,108)   (4,565,755)
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings........................      866,812     1,154,785     3,644,077
  Payments on long-term borrowings..........................     (228,377)     (928,961)     (917,074)
  Proceeds from recapitalization of subsidiary..............           -0-           -0-      150,000
  Net (decrease) increase in bank acceptance liability......       (3,534)      (44,058)       35,814
  Cash dividends............................................     (259,207)     (250,257)     (238,447)
  Purchase of treasury stock................................     (358,199)     (406,733)     (149,119)
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options...................       28,755         9,280         2,607
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net cash provided (used) by financing activities...    1,153,013    (1,899,012)     (758,177)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
         Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...      580,183        25,719      (153,074)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..............    1,332,141     1,306,422     1,459,496
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year....................  $ 1,912,324   $ 1,332,141   $ 1,306,422
                                                              ===========   ===========   ===========


(1) In 2002 excludes effect of $1.1 billion non-cash reclassification of indirect consumer auto loans to loans held for sale.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

52

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                               ACCUMULATED
                                                                                  OTHER       TREASURY     UNEARNED
                                          COMMON                 UNDIVIDED    COMPREHENSIVE   STOCK, AT   RESTRICTED
                                          STOCK      SURPLUS      PROFITS     INCOME (LOSS)     COST        STOCK        TOTAL
                                         --------   ----------   ----------   -------------   ---------   ----------   ----------
                                                              (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1999...........  $137,897   $1,022,825   $2,044,209     $(135,100)    $       0    $ (4,719)   $3,065,112
Comprehensive income:
  Net income...........................                             527,523                                               527,523
  Unrealized losses on available for
    sale securities, net of
    reclassification adjustment........                                           136,008                                 136,008
                                                                 ----------     ---------                              ----------
  Comprehensive income.................                             527,523       136,008                                 663,531
Cash dividends declared:
  Regions-$1.08 per share..............                            (238,447)                                             (238,447)
Purchase of treasury stock.............                                                        (149,119)                 (149,119)
Treasury stock retired relating to
  acquisitions accounted for as
  purchases............................    (2,342)     (79,642)                                  81,984
Stock issued for acquisitions..........     3,112      108,545                                                            111,657
Stock issued to employees under
  incentive plan, net..................       198        4,638                                               (5,258)         (422)
Stock options exercised................       240        2,367                                                              2,607
Amortization of unearned restricted
  stock................................                                                                       3,025         3,025
                                         --------   ----------   ----------     ---------     ---------    --------    ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2000...........  $139,105   $1,058,733   $2,333,285     $     908     $ (67,135)   $ (6,952)   $3,457,944
Comprehensive income:
  Net income...........................                             508,934                                               508,934
  Unrealized gains on available for
    sale securities, net of
    reclassification adjustment........                                            64,422                                  64,422
  Other comprehensive loss from
    derivatives........................                                            (6,903)                                 (6,903)
                                                                 ----------     ---------                              ----------
  Comprehensive income.................                             508,934        57,519                                 566,453
Cash dividends declared:
  Regions-$1.12 per share..............                            (250,257)                                             (250,257)
Purchase of treasury stock.............                                                        (406,733)                 (406,733)
Treasury stock retired relating to
  acquisitions accounted for as
  purchases............................   (10,317)    (463,551)                                 473,868
Stock issued for acquisitions..........    14,392      641,929                                                            656,321
Stock issued to employees under
  incentive plan, net..................       158        6,881                                               (8,592)       (1,553)
Stock options exercised................       463        8,817                                                              9,280
Amortization of unearned restricted
  stock................................                                                                       4,310         4,310
                                         --------   ----------   ----------     ---------     ---------    --------    ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2001...........  $143,801   $1,252,809   $2,591,962     $  58,427     $      -0-   $(11,234)   $4,035,765
Comprehensive income:
  Net income...........................                             619,902                                               619,902
  Unrealized gains on available for
    sale securities, net of
    reclassification adjustment........                                           102,329                                 102,329
  Other comprehensive gain from
    derivatives........................                                             3,335                                   3,335
                                                                 ----------     ---------                              ----------
  Comprehensive income.................                             619,902       105,664                                 725,566
Cash dividends declared:
  Regions-$1.16 per share..............                            (259,207)                                             (259,207)
Purchase of treasury stock.............                                                        (358,199)                 (358,199)
Retirement of treasury stock...........    (6,609)    (351,590)                                 358,199
Settlement of stock repurchase
  program..............................                 (1,100)                                                            (1,100)
Stock issued to employees under
  incentive plan, net..................       188        9,040                                              (11,124)       (1,896)
Stock options exercised................       956       27,799                                                             28,755
Amortization of unearned restricted
  stock................................                                                                       8,738         8,738
                                         --------   ----------   ----------     ---------     ---------    --------    ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2002...........  $138,336   $  936,958   $2,952,657     $ 164,091     $      -0-   $(13,620)   $4,178,422
                                         ========   ==========   ==========     =========     =========    ========    ==========

53

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY -- (CONTINUED)

DISCLOSURE OF 2002 RECLASSIFICATION
  AMOUNT:
Unrealized holding gains on
  available for sale securities
  arising during the period...................................................     $ 139,158
Less:
  Reclassification
    adjustment, net of tax, for
    net gains realized in net
    income....................................................................        36,829
Unrealized holding gain on derivatives,
  net of tax..................................................................         4,306
Less:
  Reclassification
    adjustment, net of tax, for
    losses realized in net
    income....................................................................           971
                                                                                   ---------
Comprehensive income,
  net of taxes of $60,285.....................................................     $ 105,664
                                                                                   =========


( ) Indicates deduction.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

54

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of Regions Financial Corporation ("Regions" or "the Company"), conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and with general financial services industry practices. Regions provides a full range of banking and bank-related services to individual and corporate customers through its subsidiaries and branch offices located primarily in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas. The Company is subject to intense competition from other financial institutions and is also subject to the regulations of certain government agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Regions and its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the statement of condition dates and revenues and expenses for the periods shown. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used in the consolidated financial statements including the estimates and assumptions related to allowance for loan losses, intangibles, income taxes, securitizations and pensions.

Certain amounts in prior-year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

SECURITIES

The Company's policies for investments in debt and equity securities are as follows. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt and equity securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designations as of the date of each statement of condition.

Debt securities are classified as securities held to maturity when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Securities held to maturity are stated at amortized cost.

Debt securities not classified as securities held to maturity or trading account assets, and marketable equity securities not classified as trading account assets, are classified as securities available for sale. Securities available for sale are stated at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a component of other comprehensive income.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as securities held to maturity or securities available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security, using the effective yield method. Such amortization or accretion is included in interest on securities. Realized gains and losses are included in securities gains (losses). The cost of the securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

In January 2001, upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Regions elected to reclassify $3.4 billion of securities from the held to maturity category to the available for sale category. At the time of transfer, the unrealized loss associated with the securities reclassified totaled $2.1 million.

TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS

Trading account assets, which are held for the purpose of selling at a profit, consist of debt and marketable equity securities and are carried at estimated market value. Gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, are included in brokerage income. Trading account gains totaled $19.6 million, $21.6 million and $534,000 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

55

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Loans held for sale include both single-family real estate mortgage loans and indirect consumer auto loans.

Mortgage loans held for sale have been designated as one of the hedged items in a fair value hedging relationship under Statement 133. Therefore, to the extent changes in fair value are attributable to the interest rate risk being hedged, the change in fair value is recognized in income as an adjustment to the carrying amount of mortgage loans held for sale. Otherwise, mortgage loans held for sale are accounted for under the lower of cost or market method. The fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. Gains and losses on mortgages held for sale are included in other income.

Indirect consumer auto loans held for sale are accounted for under the lower of cost or market method. Fair values are based on cash flow models. Regions' intent is to securitize and sell indirect consumer auto loans in the loans held for sale category. Gains and losses associated with securitization and sale of indirect consumer auto loans are included in other income.

SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are generally treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at market value plus accrued interest. It is Regions' policy to take possession of securities purchased under resell agreements.

LOANS

Interest on loans is generally accrued based upon the principal amount outstanding.

Through provisions charged directly to operating expense, Regions has established an allowance for loan losses. This allowance is reduced by actual loan losses and increased by subsequent recoveries, if any.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb potential losses in the loan portfolio. Management's determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an evaluation of the portfolio, historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, collateral values of properties securing loans, volume, growth, quality and composition of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors. Unfavorable changes in any of these, or other factors, or the availability of new information, could require that the allowance for loan losses be increased in future periods. No portion of the resulting allowance is restricted to any individual loan or group of loans. The entire allowance is available to absorb losses from any and all loans.

On loans which are on non-accrual status (including impaired loans), it is Regions' policy to reverse interest previously accrued on the loan against interest income. Interest on such loans is thereafter recorded on a "cash basis" and is included in earnings only when actually received in cash and when full payment of principal is no longer doubtful.

Regions' determination of its allowance for loan losses is determined in accordance with Statement 114 and Statement 5. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, management uses information from its ongoing loan review process to stratify the loan portfolio into risk grades. The higher-risk-graded loans in the portfolio are assigned estimated amounts of loss based on several factors, including current and historical loss experience of each higher-risk category, regulatory guidelines for losses in each higher-risk category and management's judgment of economic conditions and the resulting impact on the higher-risk-graded loans. All loans deemed to be impaired, which include non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more, excluding loans to individuals in both categories, are evaluated individually. Impaired loans totaled approximately $142 million at December 31, 2002 and $180 million at December 31, 2002. The vast majority of Regions' impaired loans are dependent upon collateral for repayment. For these loans, impairment is measured by evaluating collateral value as compared to the current investment in the loan. For all other loans, Regions compares the amount of estimated discounted cash flows to the investment in the loan. In the event a particular loan's collateral value is not sufficient to support the collection of the investment in the loan, a charge is immediately taken against the allowance for loan losses.

56

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

In addition to establishing allowance levels for specifically identified higher-risk-graded loans, management determines allowance levels for all other loans in the portfolio for which historical experience indicates that certain losses exist. These loans are categorized by loan type and assigned estimated amounts of loss based on several factors, including current and historical loss experience of each loan type and management's judgment of economic conditions and the resulting impact on each category of loans. The amount of the allowance related to these loans is combined with the amount of the allowance related to the higher-risk-graded loans to evaluate the overall level of the allowance for loan losses.

ASSET SECURITIZATIONS

Regions uses the securitization of financial assets, such as automobile loans, as a source of funding. Automobile loans are transferred into a trust to legally isolate the assets from Regions Bank, a subsidiary of the Company. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 140, securitized loans are removed from the balance sheet and a net gain or loss is recognized in income at the time of initial sale. Net gains or losses resulting from securitizations are recorded in non-interest income.

Retained interests in the subordinated tranches and interest-only strips are recorded at fair value and included in the available for sale securities portfolio. Subsequent adjustments to the fair value are recorded through other comprehensive income. The Company uses assumptions and estimates in determining the fair value allocated to the retained interests at the time of sale in accordance with Statement 140. These assumptions and estimates include projections concerning rates charged to customers, the expected life of the receivables, loan losses, prepayment rates, the cost of funds, and discount rates associated with the risks involved. Adverse changes related to any of the assumptions used in determining fair value could result in a reduced yield on the security over future periods, or, in some cases, a write-down of the security carrying amount in the period of a decline in value.

Management reviews the historical performance of the retained interest and the assumptions used to project future cash flows on a quarterly basis. Upon review, assumptions may be revised and the present value of future cash flows recalculated.

MARGIN RECEIVABLES

Margin receivables, which represent funds advanced to broker/dealer customers for the purchase of securities, are carried at cost and secured by certain marketable securities in the customer's brokerage account.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The provision for depreciation is computed using the straight-line and declining-balance methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements (or the terms of the leases if shorter).

Estimated useful lives generally are as follows:

Premises and leasehold improvements.........................  10-40 years
Furniture and equipment.....................................   3-12 years

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets, consisting of (1) the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses (excess purchase price), (2) amounts recorded related to the value of acquired indeterminate-maturity deposits (core deposit intangible assets) and (3) amounts capitalized for the right to service mortgage loans, are included in other assets.

The excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses totaled $1,061,554,000 (net of accumulated amortization of $197.8 million) at December 31, 2002, and $1,030,441,000 (net of accumulated amortization of $197.8 million) at December 31, 2001. Upon the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement 142, the Company no longer amortizes excess purchase price. The Company's excess purchase price is reviewed at least annually

57

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

to ensure that there have been no events or circumstances resulting in an impairment of the recorded amount of excess purchase price. Adverse changes in the economic environment, operations of the business unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the implied fair value. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying amount, a loss would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value.

Core deposit intangible assets totaled $5.4 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2002 and 2001, Regions' amortization of core deposit intangible assets was $1.4 million and $29,000, respectively. Core deposit intangible assets are typically amortized over a five year period. The aggregate amount of amortization expense over the next five years is estimated to be $1.3 million in years 2003 through 2006, declining to $82,000 in 2007.

Amounts capitalized for the right to service mortgage loans, which totaled $106,987,000 at December 31, 2002, and $136,594,000 at December 31, 2001, are being amortized over the estimated remaining servicing life of the loans, considering appropriate prepayment assumptions. The estimated fair values of capitalized mortgage servicing rights were $107 million and $202 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is calculated by discounting estimated future cash flows from the servicing assets, using market discount rates, and using expected future prepayment rates. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, Regions capitalized $41.0 million, $52.2 million and $18.9 million in mortgage servicing rights, respectively. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, Regions' amortization of mortgage servicing rights was $33.9 million, $41.4 million and $33.6 million, respectively. Mortgage servicing assets are evaluated periodically for impairment. For purposes of evaluating impairment, the Company stratifies its mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics including loan type and note rate. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds, or other factors, could result in impairment of the servicing asset and a charge against earnings.

The changes in the valuation allowance for servicing assets for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 were as follows:

                                                               2002      2001
                                                              -------   ------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
Balance at beginning of the year............................  $ 3,775   $   -0-
Provisions for impairment...................................   36,725    3,775
                                                              -------   ------
Balance at end of the year..................................  $40,500   $3,775
                                                              =======   ======

Assumptions used in the fair value calculation for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

                                                              2002    2001
                                                              -----   -----
Weighted average prepayment speeds..........................    589     321
Weighted average coupon interest rate.......................   6.69%   7.11%
Weighted average remaining maturity (months)................    277     284
Weighted average service fee (basis points).................  31.99   32.13

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk, facilitate asset/liability management strategies, and manage other exposures. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the statement of condition as assets or liabilities at fair value as required by Statement 133.

Derivative financial instruments that qualify under Statement 133 in a hedging relationship are designated, based on the exposure being hedged, as either fair value or cash flow hedges. Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment. Under the fair value hedging model, gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the gains and losses attributable to the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in earnings in the period in which the change in fair value occurs.

Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions. Under the cash flow hedging model, the effective portion of the gain or loss related to the derivative instrument is recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss related to the derivative instrument, if any, is recognized in earnings during the period of change. Amounts recorded in

58

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

other comprehensive income are amortized to earnings in the period or periods during which the hedged item impacts earnings. For derivative financial instruments not designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, gains and losses related to the change in fair value are recognized in earnings during the period of change in fair value.

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships between hedging instruments and the hedged item, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for entering various hedge transactions. The Company performs an assessment, at inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items and whether they are expected to continue to be highly effective in the future.

PROFIT-SHARING, 401(K) AND PENSION PLANS

Regions has profit-sharing and 401(k) plans covering substantially all employees. Regions' pension plan covers substantially all employees employed prior to January 1, 2001. Annual contributions to the profit-sharing plans are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Regions' contributions to the 401(k) plan are determined using a multiple of the employee's contribution to the plan, based on the employee's length of service. The 401(k) match is invested in Regions' common stock. Pension expense is computed using the projected unit credit (service prorate) actuarial cost method and the pension plan is funded using the aggregate actuarial cost method. Annual contributions to all the plans do not exceed the maximum amounts allowable for federal income tax purposes.

INCOME TAXES

Regions and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Regions accounts for income taxes using the liability method pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities were determined by applying federal and state tax rates currently in effect to its cumulative temporary book/tax differences. Temporary differences are differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are provided as a result of such temporary differences.

From time to time the Company engages in business plans that may also have an effect on its tax liabilities. If the tax effects of a plan are significant, the Company's practice is to obtain the opinion of advisors that the tax effects of such plans should prevail if challenged.

Regions has obtained the opinion of advisors that the tax aspects of certain plans should prevail. Examination of Regions' income tax returns or changes in tax law may impact the tax benefits of these plans. Regions believes adequate provisions for income tax have been recorded for all years open for review.

PER SHARE AMOUNTS

Earnings per share computations are based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the periods. Diluted earnings per share computations are based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and stock performance awards.

TREASURY STOCK

The purchase of the Company's common stock is recorded at cost. At the date of retirement or subsequent reissuance, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Regions paid $1.1 billion in 2002, $1.7 billion in 2001, and $1.8 billion in 2000 for interest on deposits and borrowings. Income tax payments totaled $128 million for 2002, $152 million for 2001, and $278 million for 2000. Loans transferred to other real estate totaled $126 million in 2002, $74 million in 2001 and $58 million in 2000. During 2002, Regions reclassified approximately $1.1 billion of indirect auto loans from the loan category to the loans held

59

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

for sale category in connection with the fourth quarter 2002 auto loan securitization and sale. In December 2002, Regions retired 10.6 million shares of treasury stock, with a cost of $358 million, and in December 2001, retired 1.8 million shares of treasury stock, with a cost of $52.5 million.

NOTE B. RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

Regions' subsidiary bank is required to maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The average amount of the reserve balances maintained for the year ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, was approximately $33.2 million and $9.4 million, respectively.

NOTE C. SECURITIES

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities held to maturity and securities available for sale at December 31, 2002, are as follows:

                                                                    DECEMBER 31, 2002
                                                    -------------------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS        GROSS      ESTIMATED
                                                                 UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      FAIR
                                                       COST        GAINS        LOSSES       VALUE
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY:
U.S. Treasury & Federal agency securities.........  $   30,571    $  1,059      $  -0-     $   31,630
Obligations of states and political
  subdivisions....................................       2,335          53         -0-          2,388
Other securities..................................           3          -0-        -0-              3
                                                    ----------    --------      -----      ----------
          Total...................................  $   32,909    $  1,112      $  -0-     $   34,021
                                                    ==========    ========      =====      ==========
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
U.S. Treasury & Federal agency securities.........  $1,888,481    $ 69,112      $  -0-     $1,957,593
Obligations of states and political
  subdivisions....................................     519,063      24,742         (7)        543,798
Mortgage backed securities........................   5,973,263     174,702        (19)      6,147,946
Other securities..................................      42,236          94        (15)         42,315
Equity securities.................................     270,276          42       (279)        270,039
                                                    ----------    --------      -----      ----------
          Total...................................  $8,693,319    $268,692      $(320)     $8,961,691
                                                    ==========    ========      =====      ==========

The cost and estimated fair value of securities held to maturity and securities available for sale at December 31, 2002, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

                                                                 DECEMBER 31, 2002
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                           ESTIMATED
                                                                              FAIR
                                                                 COST        VALUE
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY:
Due in one year or less.....................................  $    6,534   $    6,452
Due after one year through five years.......................      20,723       21,710
Due after five years through ten years......................       4,813        4,999
Due after ten years.........................................         839          860
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Total.............................................  $   32,909   $   34,021
                                                              ==========   ==========

60

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                 DECEMBER 31, 2002
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                           ESTIMATED
                                                                              FAIR
                                                                 COST        VALUE
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
Due in one year or less.....................................  $  364,800   $  369,408
Due after one year through five years.......................   1,143,727    1,179,906
Due after five years through ten years......................     839,210      884,771
Due after ten years.........................................     102,043      109,621
Mortgage backed securities..................................   5,973,263    6,147,946
Equity securities...........................................     270,276      270,039
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Total.............................................  $8,693,319   $8,961,691
                                                              ==========   ==========

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale in 2002 were $858 million. Gross realized gains and losses were $52.4 million and $805,000, respectively. Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale in 2001 were $554 million, with gross realized gains and losses of $36.7 million and $4.6 million, respectively. Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale in 2000 were $1.3 billion, with gross realized gains and losses of $768,000 and $40.7 million, respectively.

In 2001, upon adoption of Statement 133, Regions elected to reclassify a significant portion of securities from held to maturity category to available for sale category.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities held to maturity and securities available for sale at December 31, 2001, are as follows:

                                                                    DECEMBER 31, 2001
                                                    -------------------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS        GROSS      ESTIMATED
                                                                 UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      FAIR
                                                       COST        GAINS        LOSSES       VALUE
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY:
U.S. Treasury & Federal agency securities.........  $   30,541    $     -0-     $ (79)     $   30,462
Obligations of states and political
  subdivisions....................................       3,131          83         -0-          3,214
Other securities..................................         378          -0-        -0-            378
                                                    ----------    --------      -----      ----------
          Total...................................  $   34,050    $     83      $ (79)     $   34,054
                                                    ==========    ========      =====      ==========
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
U.S. Treasury & Federal agency securities.........  $  735,736    $  5,722      $  -0-     $  741,458
Obligations of states and political
  subdivisions....................................     694,459      17,107        (19)        711,547
Mortgage backed securities........................   5,983,300      82,079       (157)      6,065,222
Other securities..................................       9,181          24         -0-          9,205
Equity securities.................................     285,817          65       (205)        285,677
                                                    ----------    --------      -----      ----------
          Total...................................  $7,708,493    $104,997      $(381)     $7,813,109
                                                    ==========    ========      =====      ==========

Securities with carrying values of $6,285,323,000 and $5,466,650,000 at December 31, 2002, and 2001, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits and certain borrowing arrangements.

61

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE D. LOANS

The loan portfolio at December 31, 2002 and 2001, consisted of the following:

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------
                                                                 2002          2001
                                                              -----------   -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
Commercial..................................................  $10,841,564   $ 9,912,027
Real estate -- construction.................................    3,614,140     3,673,189
Real estate -- mortgage.....................................   11,047,935    11,315,761
Consumer....................................................    5,726,629     6,236,000
                                                              -----------   -----------
                                                               31,230,268    31,136,977
Unearned income.............................................     (244,494)     (251,629)
                                                              -----------   -----------
          Total.............................................  $30,985,774   $30,885,348
                                                              ===========   ===========

Directors and executive officers of Regions and its principal subsidiaries, including the directors' and officers' families and affiliated companies, are loan and deposit customers and have other transactions with Regions in the ordinary course of business. Total loans to these persons (excluding loans which in the aggregate do not exceed $60,000 to any such person) at December 31, 2002, and 2001, were approximately $133 million and $102 million respectively. During 2002, $99 million of new loans were made and repayments totaled $68 million. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other persons and involve no unusual risk of collectibility.

Regions sells loans to third party investors with limited recourse, primarily related to first payment default or prepayment. Regions' recorded recourse liability related to these loans totaled $250,000 and $350,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

The loan portfolio is diversified geographically, primarily within Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, northwest and central Florida, Texas, and Tennessee.

The recorded investment in impaired loans was $142 million at December 31, 2002, and $180 million at December 31, 2001. The average amount of impaired loans during 2002 was $164 million.

In September 2002, Regions reclassified $1.1 billion of indirect auto loans to the loans held for sale category. The reclassification was partially offset by the subsequent $800 million securitization and sale of indirect auto loans in December 2002.

The amount of interest income recognized in 2002 on the $226.5 million of non-accruing loans outstanding at year-end was approximately $6.5 million. If these loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, approximately $21.0 million would have been recognized on these loans in 2002. Approximately $1,114,000 in interest income would have been recognized in 2002 under the original terms of the $32.3 million in renegotiated loans outstanding at December 31, 2002. Approximately $1,066,000 in interest income was actually recognized in 2002 on these loans.

62

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE E. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses follows:

                                                                2002        2001        2000
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
Balance at beginning of year................................  $ 419,167   $ 376,508   $ 338,375
Allowance of purchased institutions at acquisition date.....      2,328       4,098       5,142
Provision charged to operating expense......................    127,500     165,402     127,099
Loan losses:
  Charge-offs...............................................   (156,303)   (169,049)   (131,746)
  Recoveries................................................     44,472      42,208      37,638
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
  Net loan losses...........................................   (111,831)   (126,841)    (94,108)
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
Balance at end of year......................................  $ 437,164   $ 419,167   $ 376,508
                                                              =========   =========   =========

NOTE F. ASSET SECURITIZATIONS

In September 2002, Regions reclassified $1.1 billion of indirect consumer auto loans to the held for sale category. In December 2002, $800 million of these loans were securitized and sold resulting in a gain of $7.5 million, which was recorded in other non-interest income. A retained interest in the form of an interest-only strip was also recognized in the available for sale securities portfolio with an initial carrying value of $35.1 million.

Below is a summary of the fair values of the interest-only strip and key economic assumptions used to arrive at the fair value.

                                                                            MONTHLY     EXPECTED
                                                               ESTIMATED   PRINCIPAL     ANNUAL     ANNUAL
                                                       FAIR      LIFE      PREPAYMENT     LOAN     DISCOUNT
                                                       VALUE   (MONTHS)       RATE       LOSSES      RATE
                                                       -----   ---------   ----------   --------   --------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Auto loans
  Interest-only strip:
     As of date of securitization....................  $34.8      38          1.50%       0.93%     12.00%
     As of December 31, 2002.........................   35.1      37          1.50        0.93      12.00

A 10% adverse change in the monthly principal prepayment rate assumption would result in a $1.6 million decline in fair value of the interest-only strip, while a 10% adverse change in the expected annual loan losses assumption would result in a $1.0 million decline in fair value, as of December 31, 2002. A 20% adverse change in the monthly principal prepayment rate assumption would result in a $3.2 million decline in fair value of the interest-only strip, while a 20% adverse change in the expected annual loan losses assumption would result in a $2.0 million decline in fair value, as of December 31, 2002. The sensitivities are hypothetical and changes in fair value of the interest-only strip are calculated based on variation of a particular assumption without affecting any other assumption.

NOTE G. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of premises and equipment follows:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                 2002         2001
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
Land........................................................  $  132,748   $  129,011
Premises....................................................     624,713      602,798
Furniture and equipment.....................................     482,047      473,500
Leasehold improvements......................................      52,894       55,342
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                               1,292,402    1,260,651
Allowances for depreciation and amortization................    (654,371)    (613,475)
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Total.............................................  $  638,031   $  647,176
                                                              ==========   ==========

63

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Net occupancy expense is summarized as follows:

                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------------
                                                                2002      2001      2000
                                                              --------   -------   -------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
Gross occupancy expense.....................................  $106,986   $96,837   $79,245
Less rental income..........................................     9,062     9,936     8,570
                                                              --------   -------   -------
          Net occupancy expense.............................  $ 97,924   $86,901   $70,675
                                                              ========   =======   =======

NOTE H. OTHER REAL ESTATE

Other real estate acquired in satisfaction of indebtedness ("foreclosure") is carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Other real estate totaled $59,606,000 at December 31, 2002, and $40,872,000 at December 31, 2001. Gain or loss on the sale of other real estate is included in other non-interest expense.

NOTE I. DEPOSITS

The following schedule presents the detail of interest-bearing deposits:

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------
                                                                 2002          2001
                                                              -----------   -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
Interest-bearing transaction accounts.......................  $ 1,685,237   $   843,749
Interest-bearing accounts in foreign office.................    3,591,008     3,252,853
Savings accounts............................................    1,401,551     1,317,435
Money market savings accounts...............................    8,981,616     9,558,502
Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)..................    3,422,868     3,252,239
Time deposits ($100,000 or more)............................      357,277       367,310
Other interest-bearing deposits.............................    8,338,955     7,870,898
                                                              -----------   -----------
          Total.............................................  $27,778,512   $26,462,986
                                                              ===========   ===========

The following schedule details interest expense on deposits:

                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------------------
                                                                2002        2001         2000
                                                              --------   ----------   ----------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Interest-bearing transaction accounts.......................  $ 10,773   $   10,831   $   16,388
Interest-bearing accounts in foreign office.................    50,811      180,375      207,822
Savings accounts............................................     8,522       14,106       20,051
Money market savings accounts...............................   119,661      187,299      219,133
Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)..................   122,098      235,959      271,605
Other interest-bearing deposits.............................   340,900      507,125      637,261
                                                              --------   ----------   ----------
          Total.............................................  $652,765   $1,135,695   $1,372,260
                                                              ========   ==========   ==========

The aggregate amount of maturities of all time deposits in each of the next five years is as follows: 2003-$8.1 billion; 2004-$1.2 billion; 2005-$1.0 billion; 2006-$1.1 billion; and 2007-$325.5 million.

64

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE J. BORROWED FUNDS

Following is a summary of short-term borrowings:

                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                 2002         2001         2000
                                                              ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
Federal funds purchased.....................................  $1,180,368   $1,523,666   $1,906,781
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase..............   1,022,893      279,511       90,031
Federal Home Loan Bank structured notes.....................     850,000    1,100,000    1,100,000
Notes payable to unaffiliated banks.........................      56,009      151,300        7,800
Commercial paper............................................      17,250       27,750       27,750
Due to brokerage customers..................................     651,078      932,781           -0-
Broker margin calls.........................................     111,321           -0-          -0-
Short sale liability........................................     196,538       83,392          780
                                                              ----------   ----------   ----------
          Total.............................................  $4,085,457   $4,098,400   $3,133,142
                                                              ==========   ==========   ==========

                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                 2002         2001         2000
                                                              ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end:
  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under
     agreements to repurchase...............................  $3,232,917   $2,817,611   $4,460,134
  Aggregate short-term borrowings...........................   5,367,332    5,160,424    5,722,597
Average amount outstanding (based on average of daily
  balances).................................................   4,448,043    4,132,264    4,408,689
Weighted average interest rate at year end..................         2.3%         3.2%         6.5%
Weighted average interest rate on amounts outstanding during
  the year (based on average of daily balances).............         2.9%         4.6%         6.3%

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase had weighted average maturities of nine, two and two days at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Weighted average rates on these dates were 1.1%, 1.7%, and 6.5%, respectively.

Federal Home Loan Bank structured notes have an original stated maturity ranging from two to five years but are callable within one year. The structured notes had a weighted average rate of 6.4% at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

Regions' brokerage subsidiary maintains certain lines of credit with unaffiliated banks that provide for maximum borrowings of $490 million. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, $56.0 million and $151.3 million were outstanding under these agreements, respectively. These agreements had a weighted average interest rates of 1.7% and 1.9% at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Commercial paper maturities ranged from 218 to 419 days at December 31, 2002, from 4 to 714 days at December 31, 2001 and from 218 to 718 days at December 31, 2000. Weighted average maturities were 335, 392 and 422 days at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The weighted average interest rates on these dates were 3.7%, 5.5% and 6.5%, respectively.

Through its brokerage subsidiary, Regions maintains a due to brokerage customer position, which represents liquid funds in the customers' brokerage accounts. At December 31, 2002, these funds had an interest rate of 1.4%. At December 31, 2001, these funds had an interest rate of 2.3%.

Regions holds cash as collateral for certain derivative transactions with customers and other third parties. Upon the expiration of these agreements, cash held as collateral will be remitted to the counter-party. As of December 31, 2002, these balances totaled $111.3 million, with an interest rate of 1.3%.

65

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The short-sale liability represents Regions' trading obligation to deliver certain securities at a predetermined date and price. These securities had weighted average interest rates of 2.8%, 4.1% and 5.4% at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Long-term borrowings consist of the following:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                 2002         2001
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
6 3/8% subordinated notes...................................  $  600,000   $       -0-
7.80% subordinated notes....................................          -0-      75,000
7.00% subordinated notes....................................     500,000      500,000
7.75% subordinated notes....................................     100,000      100,000
Federal Home Loan Bank structured notes.....................   3,585,000    3,555,000
Federal Home Loan Bank advances.............................      97,553      150,520
Trust preferred securities..................................     291,792      291,838
Industrial development revenue bonds........................       2,200        2,400
Mark-to-market on hedged long-term debt.....................     151,265           -0-
Other long-term debt........................................      58,299       72,916
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Total.............................................  $5,386,109   $4,747,674
                                                              ==========   ==========

In May 2002, Regions issued $600 million of 6 3/8% subordinated notes, due May 15, 2012. The $75 million of 7.80% subordinated notes originally issued in December 1992, matured in December 2002. In February 2001, Regions issued $500 million of 7.00% subordinated notes, due March 1, 2011. In September 1994, Regions issued $100 million of 7.75% subordinated notes, due September 15, 2024. The $100 million of 7.75% subordinated notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the holders thereof on September 15, 2004, at 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, together with accrued interest. All issues of these notes are subordinated and subject in right of payment of principal and interest to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness of the Company, generally defined as all indebtedness and other obligations of the Company to its creditors, except subordinated indebtedness. Payment of the principal of the notes may be accelerated only in the case of certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or reorganization of the Company. The subordinated notes described above, qualify as "Tier 2 capital" under Federal Reserve guidelines.

Federal Home Loan Bank structured notes have various stated maturities but are callable, by the Federal Home Loan Bank, between one to two years. The structured notes had a weighted average interest rate of 6.0% at December 31, 2002.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances represent borrowings with fixed interest rates ranging from 5.5% to 8.1% and with maturities of one to fifteen years. These borrowings, as well as the short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, are secured by Federal Home Loan Bank stock (carried at cost of $235.0 million) and by first mortgage loans on one- to four-family dwellings held by Regions Bank (approximately $4.5 billion at December 31, 2002). The maximum amount that could be borrowed from Federal Home Loan Banks under the current borrowing agreements and without further investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock is approximately $9 billion.

In February 2001, Regions issued $288 million of 8.00% trust preferred securities. These securities have a 30-year term, are callable in five years and qualify as Tier 1 Capital. In addition, Regions assumed $4 million of trust preferred securities in connection with an acquisition.

The industrial development revenue bonds mature on July 1, 2008, with principal of $200,000 payable annually and interest at a tax effected prime rate payable monthly.

Regions uses derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage interest rate risk by converting a portion of its fixed-rate debt to variable-rate. The basis adjustments related to these hedges are included in long-term borrowings. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note N.

66

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Other long-term debt at December 31, 2002, had a weighted average interest rate of 7.8% and a weighted average maturity of 11.2 years.

The aggregate amount of maturities of all long-term debt in each of the next five years is as follows: 2003-$152,364,454; 2004-$101,385,731; 2005-$2,551,334,409; 2006-$5,008,715; 2007-$4,720,920.

Substantially all consolidated net assets are owned by the subsidiaries and the primary source of operating cash available to Regions is provided by dividends from the subsidiaries. Statutory limits are placed on the amount of dividends the subsidiary bank can pay without prior regulatory approval. In addition, regulatory authorities require the maintenance of minimum capital-to-asset ratios at banking subsidiaries. At December 31, 2002, the banking subsidiary could pay approximately $538 million in dividends without prior approval.

Management believes that none of these dividend restrictions will materially affect Regions' dividend policy. In addition to dividend restrictions, federal statutes also prohibit unsecured loans from banking subsidiaries to the parent company. Because of these limitations, substantially all of the net assets of Regions' subsidiaries are restricted, except for the amount that can be paid to the parent in the form of dividends.

NOTE K. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Regions has a defined-benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees employed at or before December 31, 2000. After January 1, 2001, the plan is closed to new entrants. Benefits under the plan are based on years of service and the employee's highest five years of compensation during the last ten years of employment. Regions' funding policy is to contribute annually at least the amount required by IRS minimum funding standards. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

The Company also sponsors a supplemental executive retirement program, which is a non-qualified plan that provides certain senior executive officers defined pension benefits in relation to their compensation.

The following table sets forth the plans' funded status, using a September 30 measurement date, and amounts recognized in the consolidated statement of condition:

                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------
                                                                2002       2001
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year.............  $249,399   $214,180
Service cost................................................    10,963      9,924
Interest cost...............................................    18,352     17,236
Actuarial losses............................................    23,687     19,654
Plan amendments.............................................     1,865         -0-
Benefit payments............................................   (12,959)   (11,595)
                                                              --------   --------
Projected benefit obligation, end of year...................  $291,307   $249,399
                                                              ========   ========
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year................  $242,175   $277,076
Actual return on plan assets................................   (10,126)   (23,857)
Company contributions.......................................    35,441        551
Benefit payments............................................   (12,959)   (11,595)
                                                              --------   --------
Fair value of plan assets, end of year......................  $254,531   $242,175
                                                              ========   ========
Funded status of plan.......................................  $(36,776)  $ (7,224)
Unrecognized net actuarial loss.............................    96,841     44,358
Unamortized prior service cost..............................    (2,063)    (3,268)
                                                              --------   --------
Prepaid pension cost........................................  $ 58,002   $ 33,866
                                                              ========   ========

67

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Net pension cost included the following components:

                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
Service cost-benefits earned during the period..............  $ 10,963   $  9,924   $  8,861
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation...............    18,352     17,236     15,557
Expected (return) on plan assets............................   (22,643)   (25,845)   (24,003)
Net amortization (deferral).................................       407       (777)    (1,083)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Net periodic pension expense (benefit)......................  $  7,079   $    538   $   (668)
                                                              ========   ========   ========

The weighted average discount rate and the rate of increase in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation were 7.00% and 4.50%, respectively, at December 31, 2002; 7.75% and 4.50%, respectively, at December 31, 2001; and 8.25% and 4.50%, respectively, at December 31, 2000. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 9.5% at December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000.

Contributions to employee profit sharing plans totaled $28,125,000 for 2000. Beginning with the 2001 plan year, Regions' employees could elect to receive their profit sharing contribution as a cash payment or defer it into their 401(k) account. Contributions in 2002 totaled $13,919,000, with $8,750,000 paid in cash and $5,169,000 deferred into the 401(k) plan. Contributions in 2001 totaled $16,422,0000, with $9,357,000 paid in cash and $7,065,000 deferred into the 401(k) plan.

Beginning in 2001, Regions modified the existing 401(k) plan to incorporate a company match of employee contributions. This match, ranging from 150% to 200% of the employee contribution (up to 3% of compensation), is based on length of service and is invested in Regions common stock. In 2002, Regions' contribution to the 401(k) plan on behalf of employees totaled $16.0 million. In 2001, Regions' contribution to the 401(k) plan on behalf of employees totaled $14.3 million.

Regions sponsors a defined-benefit postretirement health care plan that covers certain retired employees. Currently the Company pays a portion of the costs of certain health care benefits for all eligible employees that retired before January 1, 1989. No health care benefits are provided for employees retiring at normal retirement age after December 31, 1988. For employees retiring before normal retirement age, the Company currently pays a portion (based upon length of active service at the time of retirement) of the costs of certain health care benefits until the retired employee becomes eligible for Medicare. The plan is contributory and contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and co-payments. Retiree health care benefits, as well as similar benefits for active employees, are provided through a group insurance program in which premiums are based on the amount of benefits paid. The Company's policy is to fund the Company's share of the cost of health care benefits in amounts determined at the discretion of management.

68

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The following table sets forth the plan's funded status, using a September 30 measurement date, and amounts recognized in the consolidated statement of condition:

                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------
                                                                2002       2001
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year.............  $ 22,996   $ 18,265
Service cost................................................     1,426      1,367
Interest cost...............................................     1,302      1,466
Actuarial (gains) losses....................................       413      3,105
Plan amendments.............................................    (3,172)        -0-
Benefit payments............................................    (2,240)    (1,207)
                                                              --------   --------
Projected benefit obligation, end of year...................  $ 20,725   $ 22,996
                                                              ========   ========
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year................  $    325   $    247
Actual return on plan assets................................       374         -0-
Company contributions.......................................     1,915      1,285
Benefit payments............................................    (2,240)    (1,207)
                                                              --------   --------
Fair value of plan assets, end of year......................  $    374   $    325
                                                              ========   ========
Funded status of plan.......................................   (20,351)   (22,671)
Recognized net actuarial loss...............................     2,444      8,211
                                                              --------   --------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost.........................  $(17,907)  $(14,460)
                                                              ========   ========

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following components:

                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                               2002     2001     2000
                                                              ------   ------   ------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
Service cost-benefits earned during the period..............  $1,426   $1,367   $1,106
Interest cost on benefit obligation.........................   1,302    1,466    1,208
Net amortization............................................     159      590      590
Recognized (gain)...........................................      -0-      -0-    (126)
                                                              ------   ------   ------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost....................  $2,887   $3,423   $2,778
                                                              ======   ======   ======

The assumed health care cost trend rate was 8.5% for 2003 and is assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% by 2010 and remain at that level thereafter. Increasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2002, by $1,485,000 and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 2002 by $263,000. Decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage in each year would decrease the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2002, by $1,355,000 and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 2002 by $238,000. The weighted average discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 7.00% at December 31, 2002, and 7.75% at December 31, 2001.

69

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE L. LEASES

Rental expense for all leases amounted to approximately $42,956,000, $36,492,000 and $19,241,000 for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The approximate future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2002, for all noncancelable leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are shown in the following table. Included in these amounts are all renewal options reasonably assured of being exercised.

                                                              EQUIPMENT   PREMISES    TOTAL
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
2003........................................................   $1,040     $ 27,854   $ 28,894
2004........................................................      752       25,087     25,839
2005........................................................      580       22,192     22,772
2006........................................................      180       17,882     18,062
2007........................................................       56       13,124     13,180
2008-2012...................................................       14       28,012     28,026
2013-2017...................................................       -0-       4,295      4,295
2018-2022...................................................       -0-       3,266      3,266
2023-End....................................................       -0-       2,156      2,156
                                                               ------     --------   --------
          Total.............................................   $2,622     $143,868   $146,490
                                                               ======     ========   ========

NOTE M. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

To accommodate the financial needs of its customers, Regions makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers, businesses and other entities. These commitments include (among others) revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements. Standby letters of credit are also issued, which commit Regions to make payments on behalf of customers if certain specified future events occur. Historically, a large percentage of standby letters of credit also expire without being funded.

Both loan commitments and standby letters of credit have credit risk essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to normal credit approval procedures and policies. Collateral is obtained based on management's assessment of the customer's credit.

Loan commitments totaled $6.7 billion at December 31, 2002 and $6.5 billion at December 31, 2001. Standby letters of credit were $1.1 billion at December 31, 2002, and $926.6 million at December 31, 2001. Commitments under commercial letters of credit used to facilitate customers' trade transactions were $38.8 million at December 31, 2002, and $39.8 million at December 31, 2001.

The Company and its affiliates are defendants in litigation and claims arising from the normal course of business. Based on consultation with legal counsel, management is of the opinion that the outcome of pending and threatened litigation will not have a material effect on Regions' consolidated financial statements.

70

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE N. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Regions maintains positions in derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk, to facilitate asset/liability management strategies, and to manage other risk exposures. The most common derivative instruments are forward rate agreements, interest rate swaps, and put and call options. For those derivative contracts that qualify for hedge accounting, according to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Regions designates the hedging instrument as either a cash flow or fair value hedge. The accounting policies associated with derivative financial instruments are discussed further in Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regions utilizes certain derivatives to hedge the variability of interest cash flows on debt instruments. To the extent that the hedge of future cash flows is effective, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. At December 31, 2001, Regions reported a $6.9 million loss in other comprehensive income related to cash flow hedges, of which approximately $1.4 million was amortized to interest expense in 2002. The Company will amortize the remaining $5.5 million loss into earnings in conjunction with the recognition of interest payments through 2011. The amount expected to be reclassified during the next twelve months is $1.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, there was no ineffectiveness recognized in other non-interest expense attributable to cash flow hedges. Other non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2001, included a gain of $835,000 attributable to cash flow hedge ineffectiveness. No gains or losses were recognized during 2002 related to components of derivative instruments that were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Regions hedges the changes in fair value of assets using forward contracts, which represent commitments to sell money market instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. The contracts are utilized by the Company to hedge interest rate risk positions associated with the origination of mortgage loans held for sale. The Company is subject to the market risk associated with changes in the value of the underlying financial instrument as well as the risk that the other party will fail to perform. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, Regions recognized a net hedging gain of $5.2 million and a $16,000 net hedging loss, respectively, associated with these hedging instruments. The gross amount of forward contracts totaled $292 million and $551 million at December 31, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

Regions has also entered into interest rate swap agreements converting a portion of its fixed-rate long-term debt to floating-rate. The fair values of these derivative instruments are included in other assets on the statement of financial condition. For the year ended December 31, 2002, there was a $2.0 million loss recorded in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness. For the year ended December 31, 2001, there was no ineffectiveness recorded in earnings related to these fair value hedges. No gains or losses were recognized during 2002 related to components of derivative instruments that were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The Company also maintains a trading portfolio of interest rate swaps, option contracts and futures and forward commitments used to meet the needs of its customers. The portfolio is used to generate trading profit and help clients manage interest rate risk. The fair value of the trading portfolio at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $21.9 million and $7.8 million, respectively.

Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's customers and are used to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The notional amount of forward foreign exchange contracts totaled $16 million and $19 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The Company is subject to the risk that another party will fail to perform.

In the normal course of business, Regions' brokerage subsidiary enters into underwriting and forward and future commitments. At December 31, 2002, the contract amount of future contracts to purchase and sell U.S. Government and municipal securities was approximately $24 million and $92 million, respectively. The brokerage subsidiary typically settles its position by entering into equal but opposite contracts and, as such, the contract amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Settlement of the transactions relating to such commitments is not expected to have a material effect on the subsidiary's financial position. Transactions involving future settlement give rise to market risk, which represents the potential loss that can be caused by a change in the market value of a particular financial instrument. The exposure to market risk is determined by a number of factors, including size, composition and diversification of positions held, the absolute and relative levels of interest rates, and market volatility.

71

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Regions derivative financial instruments are summarized as follows:

OTHER THAN TRADING DERIVATIVES

                                                                       AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002
                                                             --------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 AVERAGE
                                                             NOTIONAL   FAIR                     MATURITY
                                                              AMOUNT    VALUE   RECEIVE   PAY    IN YEARS
                                                             --------   -----   -------   ----   --------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Asset hedges:
  Fair value hedges:
     Forward sale commitments..............................   $  292    $ (3)                      0.2
                                                              ------    ----                       ---
          Total asset hedges...............................   $  292    $ (3)                      0.2
                                                              ======    ====                       ===
Liability hedges:
  Fair value hedges:
     Interest rate swaps...................................   $3,938    $231     5.11%    2.41%    6.1
     Interest rate options.................................    1,400       1        -        -     2.4
                                                              ------    ----     ----     ----     ---
          Total liability hedges...........................   $5,338    $232        -        -     5.2
                                                              ======    ====                       ===

                                                                        AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001
                                                              --------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  AVERAGE
                                                              NOTIONAL   FAIR                     MATURITY
                                                               AMOUNT    VALUE   RECEIVE   PAY    IN YEARS
                                                              --------   -----   -------   ----   --------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Asset hedges:
  Fair value hedges:
     Forward sale commitments...............................    $551      $ 4                       0.2
                                                                ----      ---                       ---
          Total asset hedges................................    $551      $ 4                       0.2
                                                                ====      ===                       ===
Liability hedges:
  Fair value hedges:
     Interest rate swaps....................................    $400      $(7)    6.23%    4.75%    3.4
     Interest rate options..................................     400        4        -        -     3.4
                                                                ----      ---     ----     ----     ---
          Total liability hedges............................    $800      $(3)       -        -     3.4
                                                                ====      ===                       ===

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

                                                                     AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            2002                            2001
                                                -----------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                   CONTRACT OR                     CONTRACT OR
                                                 NOTIONAL AMOUNT                 NOTIONAL AMOUNT
                                                -----------------               -----------------
                                                 OTHER               CREDIT      OTHER               CREDIT
                                                 THAN                 RISK       THAN                 RISK
                                                TRADING   TRADING   AMOUNT(1)   TRADING   TRADING   AMOUNT(1)
                                                -------   -------   ---------   -------   -------   ---------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Interest rate swaps...........................  $3,938    $3,170      $170      $  400    $1,334       $24
Interest rate options.........................   1,400       168         -         400       216         -
Futures and forward commitments...............     292     1,166        -0-        551        49         4
Foreign exchange forwards.....................      -0-       16        -0-         -0-       19        -0-
                                                ------    ------      ----      ------    ------       ---
          Total...............................  $5,630    $4,520      $170      $1,351    $1,618       $28
                                                ======    ======      ====      ======    ======       ===


(1) Credit Risk Amount is defined as all positive exposures not collateralized with cash on deposit. Any credit risk arising under option contracts is combined with swaps to reflect netting agreements.

72

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE O. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments.

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated statements of condition and cash flows approximates the estimated fair value.

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated statement of condition approximates the estimated fair value.

Securities held to maturity: Estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Securities available for sale: Estimated fair values, which are the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition, are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Trading account assets: Estimated fair values, which are the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition, are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Loans held for sale: Loans held for sale include both single-family real estate mortgage loans and indirect consumer auto loans. Mortgage loans held for sale have been designated as one of the hedged items in a fair value hedging relationship under Statement 133. Therefore, to the extent changes in fair value are attributable to the interest rate risk being hedged, the change in fair value is recognized in income as an adjustment to the carrying amount of mortgage loans held for sale. Otherwise, mortgage loans held for sale are accounted for under the lower of cost or market method. The fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. Indirect auto consumer loans are accounted for under the lower of cost or market method. The fair values are based on cash flow models.

Margin receivables: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated statement of condition approximates the estimated fair value.

Loans: Estimated fair values for variable-rate loans, which reprice frequently and have no significant credit risk, are based on carrying value. Estimated fair values for all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on interest rates currently offered on loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The carrying amount of accrued interest reported in the consolidated statements of condition approximates the fair value.

Derivative assets and liabilities: Fair values for derivative instruments are based either on cash flow projection models or observable market prices.

Deposit liabilities: The fair value of non-interest bearing demand accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certain other time open accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., the carrying amount). Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, using the interest rates currently offered for deposits of similar maturities.

Short-term borrowings: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated statements of condition approximates the estimated fair value.

Long-term borrowings: Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the current rates offered for similar borrowing arrangements.

Loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit: Estimated fair values for these off-balance-sheet instruments are based on standard fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements.

73

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:

                                                   DECEMBER 31, 2002         DECEMBER 31, 2001
                                                -----------------------   -----------------------
                                                             ESTIMATED                 ESTIMATED
                                                 CARRYING       FAIR       CARRYING       FAIR
                                                  AMOUNT       VALUE        AMOUNT       VALUE
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
Financial assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................  $1,912,324   $1,912,324   $1,332,141   $1,332,141
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks....     303,562      303,562      667,186      667,186
  Securities held to maturity.................      32,909       34,021       34,050       34,054
  Securities available for sale...............   8,961,691    8,961,691    7,813,109    7,813,109
  Trading account assets......................     785,992      785,992      741,896      741,896
  Loans held for sale.........................   1,497,849    1,497,849      890,193      890,193
  Margin receivables..........................     432,337      432,337      523,941      523,941
  Loans, net (excluding leases)...............  29,805,891   30,667,281   29,758,086   30,659,756
  Derivative assets...........................     232,479      232,479        3,338        3,338
Financial liabilities:
  Deposits....................................  32,926,201   33,117,173   31,548,323   31,829,103
  Short-term borrowings.......................   4,085,457    4,085,457    4,098,400    4,098,400
  Long-term borrowings........................   5,386,109    5,576,777    4,747,674    4,932,359
  Derivative liabilities......................       2,788        2,788        3,503        3,503
Off-balance-sheet instruments:
  Loan commitments............................          -0-     (62,345)          -0-     (61,529)
  Standby letters of credit...................          -0-     (16,342)          -0-     (13,899)
  Commercial letters of credit................          -0-         (97)          -0-        (100)

NOTE P. OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

Other income consists of the following:

                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
Fees and commissions........................................  $ 56,994   $ 49,040   $ 50,916
Insurance premiums and commissions..........................    65,432     43,872     14,505
Capital markets income......................................    14,327      8,641         -0-
Gain on sale of credit card portfolio.......................        -0-        -0-    67,220
Gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights...................       168      2,851     19,888
Gain (loss) on sale of mortgages by subsidiaries............    87,386     22,896     (3,991)
Gain on sale of interest in ATM network.....................        -0-     1,932         -0-
Gain on auto loan securitization............................     7,489         -0-        -0-
Other miscellaneous income..................................    31,080     63,443     75,229
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Total.............................................  $262,876   $192,675   $223,767
                                                              ========   ========   ========

74

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Other expense consists of the following:

                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
Stationery, printing and supplies...........................  $ 17,344   $ 16,658   $ 14,415
Travel......................................................    22,148     18,480     11,360
Advertising and business development........................    22,137     23,139     20,762
Postage and freight.........................................    21,123     20,365     17,846
Telephone...................................................    34,326     33,752     34,243
Legal and other professional fees...........................    40,609     37,344     29,741
Other non-credit losses.....................................    41,792     60,702     43,520
Outside computer services...................................    26,051     21,431     19,942
Other outside services......................................    54,698     34,624     32,665
Licenses, use, and other taxes..............................    10,155      5,556      5,420
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights...................    33,856     41,359     33,619
Impairment provision -- mortgage servicing rights...........    36,725      3,775         -0-
Subsidiary minority interest................................    12,321      2,680        637
Amortization of excess purchase price.......................        -0-    52,109     29,164
Amortization of core deposit intangible.....................     1,406         29         -0-
Ineffective hedge expense...................................     6,709     (4,463)        -0-
Loss on debt extinguishment.................................     5,187         -0-        -0-
FDIC insurance..............................................     4,914      5,412      5,059
Other miscellaneous expenses................................   152,914    119,653     85,053
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Total.............................................  $544,415   $492,605   $383,446
                                                              ========   ========   ========

NOTE Q. INCOME TAXES

At December 31, 2002, Regions has net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes of $3.7 million that expire in years 2003 through 2013. These carryforwards resulted from various acquired financial institutions.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of Regions' deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are listed below.

                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------
                                                                2002       2001
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
Deferred tax assets:
  Loan loss allowance.......................................  $163,352   $157,291
  Net operating loss carryforwards..........................     1,394        992
  Other.....................................................   107,937     68,193
                                                              --------   --------
          Total deferred tax assets.........................   272,683    226,476
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax over book depreciation................................     6,091      5,806
  Accretion of bond discount................................     4,670      2,287
  Direct lease financing....................................   117,795     83,807
  Pension...................................................    25,259     14,510
  Mark-to-market of securities available for sale...........   100,713     36,910
  Originated mortgage servicing rights......................    36,220     23,686
  Other.....................................................    60,120     46,858
                                                              --------   --------
          Total deferred tax liabilities....................   350,868    213,864
                                                              --------   --------
  Net deferred tax (liability) asset........................  $(78,185)  $ 12,612
                                                              ========   ========

75

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Applicable income taxes for financial reporting purposes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% for the reasons below:

                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
Tax on income computed at statutory federal income tax
  rate......................................................  $304,234   $251,283   $259,604
Increases (decreases) in taxes resulting from:
  Tax exempt income from obligations of states and political
     subdivisions...........................................   (13,971)   (17,490)   (17,082)
  State income tax, net of federal tax benefit..............     8,025      3,770      2,291
  Effect of recapitalization of subsidiary..................   (30,000)   (40,000)   (24,000)
  Non-deductible goodwill...................................        -0-    17,634     10,711
  Tax credits...............................................   (21,328)   (17,671)        -0-
  Other, net................................................     2,378     11,491    (17,321)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Total.............................................  $249,338   $209,017   $214,203
                                                              ========   ========   ========
Effective tax rate..........................................      28.7%      29.1%      28.9%

During the fourth quarter of 2000, Regions recapitalized one of its subsidiaries by raising Tier 2 capital through issuance of a new class of participating preferred stock of this subsidiary. Regions is not subject to tax on the portion of the subsidiary's income allocated to the holders of the preferred stock for federal income tax purposes.

The provisions for income taxes (benefit) in the consolidated statements of income are summarized below. Included in these amounts are income taxes of $18,079,000, $11,237,000 and $(13,975,000) in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, related to securities transactions.

                                                              CURRENT    DEFERRED    TOTAL
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
2002
Federal.....................................................  $209,916   $27,076    $236,992
State.......................................................    10,420     1,926      12,346
                                                              --------   -------    --------
          Total.............................................  $220,336   $29,002    $249,338
                                                              ========   =======    ========
2001
Federal.....................................................  $180,184   $23,033    $203,217
State.......................................................     5,143       657       5,800
                                                              --------   -------    --------
          Total.............................................  $185,327   $23,690    $209,017
                                                              ========   =======    ========
2000
Federal.....................................................  $199,974   $10,705    $210,679
State.......................................................     3,345       179       3,524
                                                              --------   -------    --------
          Total.............................................  $203,319   $10,884    $214,203
                                                              ========   =======    ========

NOTE R. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

During 2002 Regions completed the following business combinations:

                                                                                        ACCOUNTING
DATE   COMPANY                                  HEADQUARTERS LOCATION   TOTAL ASSETS    TREATMENT
----   -------                                  ---------------------  --------------   ----------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
April  ICT Group, LLC                           New Iberia, Louisiana     $    900       Purchase
April  Brookhollow Bancshares, Inc.             Dallas, Texas              166,916       Purchase
May    Independence Bank, National Association  Houston, Texas             112,408       Purchase

The total consideration paid for these business combinations was approximately $50 million in cash. Total intangible assets recorded in connection with the purchase transactions totaled approximately $30 million.

76

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

During 2001 Regions completed the following additional business combinations:

                                                                                           ACCOUNTING
DATE      COMPANY                                HEADQUARTERS LOCATION     TOTAL ASSETS    TREATMENT
----      -------                                ---------------------    --------------   ----------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
February  Rebsamen Insurance, Inc.             Little Rock, Arkansas        $   32,082      Purchase
March     Morgan Keegan, Inc.                  Memphis, Tennessee            2,008,179      Purchase
November  Park Meridian Financial Corporation  Charlotte, North Carolina       309,844      Purchase
December  First Bancshares of Texas, Inc.      Houston, Texas                  188,953      Purchase

Because the 2002 and 2001 business combinations were accounted for as purchases, Regions' consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of those companies only from their respective dates of acquisition. The following unaudited summary information presents the consolidated results of operations of Regions on a pro forma basis, as if all the above companies had been acquired on January 1, 2001. The pro forma summary information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred if the acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, or of results which may occur in the future.

                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                 2002         2001
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                              EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
Interest income.............................................  $2,540,923   $3,170,185
Interest expense............................................   1,040,468    1,710,747
                                                              ----------   ----------
  Net interest income.......................................   1,500,455    1,459,438
Provision for loan losses...................................     127,767      166,727
Non-interest income.........................................   1,264,046    1,313,476
Non-interest expense........................................   1,769,716    1,872,013
                                                              ----------   ----------
  Income before income taxes................................     867,018      734,174
Applicable income taxes.....................................     249,324      218,325
                                                              ----------   ----------
Net income..................................................  $  617,694   $  515,849
                                                              ==========   ==========
Net income per share........................................       $2.75        $2.26
Net income per share, diluted...............................        2.71         2.24

The following chart summarizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations in 2002 and 2001.

                                                               2002       2001
                                                              -------   ---------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
Cash and due from banks.....................................  $82,242   $ 190,871
Interest-bearing deposits...................................    4,756     543,507
Securities held to maturity.................................       20      12,050
Securities available for sale...............................   33,492     138,997
Trading account assets......................................       -0-    589,998
Margin receivables..........................................       -0-    523,118
Loans, net..................................................  153,683     324,497
Other assets................................................    6,031     689,072
Deposits....................................................  252,959     390,851
Borrowings..................................................    4,260   1,576,189
Other liabilities...........................................    1,988     231,172

As of December 31, 2002, Regions had no pending business combinations.

77

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE S. STOCK OPTION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS

Regions has stock option plans for certain key employees that provide for the granting of options to purchase up to 5,720,000 shares of Regions' common stock (excluding options assumed in connection with acquisitions). The terms of options granted are determined by the personnel committee of the Board of Directors; however, no options may be granted after ten years from the plans' adoption, and no options may be exercised beyond ten years from the date granted. The option price per share of incentive stock options cannot be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant; however, the option price of non-qualified options may be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. The plans also permit the granting of stock appreciation rights to holders of stock options. Stock appreciation rights were attached to 24,694 of the options outstanding at December 31, 2000. No stock appreciation rights were attached to options outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

Regions' long-term incentive plans provide for the granting of up to 35,000,000 shares of common stock in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards or restricted stock awards. The terms of stock options granted under the long-term incentive plans are generally subject to the same terms as options granted under Regions' stock option plans. A maximum of 5,500,000 shares of restricted stock and 30,000,000 shares of performance awards may be granted. During 2002, 2001, and 2000, Regions granted 382,210; 329,750, and 256,042 shares, respectively, as restricted stock. Grantees of restricted stock must remain employed with Regions for certain periods from the date of the grant at the same or a higher level in order for the shares to be released. However, during this period the grantee is eligible to receive dividends and exercise voting privileges on such restricted shares. In 2002, 2001, and 2000, 236,896; 134,227 and 59,216 restricted shares, respectively, were released. Total expense for restricted stock was $8,738,000 in 2002, $4,310,000 in 2001, and $2,753,000 in 2000.

In connection with the business combinations with other companies in prior years, Regions assumed stock options, that were previously granted by those companies and converted those options, based on the appropriate exchange ratio, into options to acquire Regions' common stock. The common stock for such options has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 by Regions and is not included in the maximum number of shares that may be granted by Regions under its existing stock option plans.

Stock option activity (including assumed options) over the last three years is summarized as follows:

                                                                                             WEIGHTED
                                                                               OPTION        AVERAGE
                                                            SHARES UNDER        PRICE        EXERCISE
                                                               OPTION         PER SHARE       PRICES
                                                            ------------   ---------------   --------
Balance at January 1, 2000................................    7,137,529    $4.35 -- $41.38    $25.16
  Options assumed through acquisitions....................       21,133              10.00     10.00
  Granted.................................................    2,283,354    20.09 --  24.26     20.14
  Exercised...............................................     (450,865)    4.35 --  20.88     10.22
  Canceled................................................     (200,718)    4.81 --  41.38     33.28
                                                             ----------
Outstanding at December 31, 2000..........................    8,790,433    $4.35 -- $41.38    $24.40
  Options assumed through acquisitions....................      575,993     7.30 --  27.41     20.14
  Granted.................................................    9,555,042    27.91 --  32.30     28.56
  Exercised...............................................     (914,782)    4.35 --  26.06     15.78
  Canceled................................................     (724,774)   14.19 --  41.34     28.40
                                                             ----------
Outstanding at December 31, 2001..........................   17,281,912    $5.01 -- $41.38    $26.85
  Granted.................................................    3,883,100    30.42 --  35.77     31.31
  Exercised...............................................   (1,705,370)    5.01 --  35.66     20.50
  Canceled................................................     (480,099)   16.00 --  41.34     30.18
                                                             ----------
Outstanding at December 31, 2002..........................   18,979,543    $5.01 -- $41.38    $28.25
                                                             ==========
  Exercisable at December 31, 2002........................    9,967,534    $5.01 -- $41.38    $26.92

78

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

During 2001, Regions granted approximately 5.9 million options (included in the table above) as a part of retention packages for Morgan Keegan' employees. These options were granted to retain certain key employees important to the success of the business combination.

In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting and Disclosure of Stock-Based Compensation" (Statement 123). Statement 123 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995, and allows for the option of continuing to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and the related interpretations, or selecting the fair value method of expense recognition as described in Statement 123. The Company has elected to follow APB 25 in accounting for its employee stock options. Pro forma net income and net income per share data is presented below for the years ended December 31 as if the fair-value method had been applied in measuring compensation costs:

                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Pro forma net income (in thousands).........................  $605,978   $475,081   $517,931
Pro forma net income per share..............................     $2.70      $2.11      $2.35
Pro forma net income per share, diluted.....................      2.66       2.09       2.33

Regions' options outstanding have a weighted average contractual life of 7.1 years. The weighted average fair value of options granted was $4.61 in 2002, $4.83 in 2001 and $3.52 in 2000. The fair value of each grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants in 2002: expected dividend yield of 3.48%; expected option life of 5 years; expected volatility of 21.8%; and a risk-free interest rate of 2.7%. The 2001 assumptions used in the model included: expected dividend yield of 3.7%; expected option life of 5 years; expected volatility of 22.2%; and a risk-free interest rate of 4.3%. The 2000 assumptions were:
expected dividend yield of 3.9%; expected option life of 5 years; expected volatility of 22.2%; and a risk-free interest rate of 5.0%.

Since the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options equals the market price of underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

The effects of applying Statement 123 for providing pro forma disclosures are not likely to be representative of the effects on reported net income for future years.

79

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE T. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Presented below are condensed financial statements of Regions Financial Corporation:

STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                 2002         2001
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
                                       ASSETS
Cash and due from banks.....................................  $  301,261   $  271,676
Loans to subsidiaries.......................................     180,000      302,950
Securities held to maturity.................................       2,334        3,131
Securities available for sale...............................      32,389          179
Premises and equipment......................................      12,021       11,648
Investment in subsidiaries:
  Banks.....................................................   4,147,456    3,645,417
  Non-banks.................................................     943,707      884,844
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                               5,091,163    4,530,261
Other assets................................................     321,208       60,270
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                              $5,940,376   $5,180,115
                                                              ==========   ==========
                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Commercial paper............................................  $   17,250   $   27,750
Long-term borrowings........................................   1,658,416      996,025
Other liabilities...........................................      86,288      120,575
                                                              ----------   ----------
Total liabilities...........................................   1,761,954    1,144,350
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock..............................................     138,336      143,801
  Surplus...................................................     936,958    1,252,809
  Undivided profits.........................................   3,116,748    2,650,389
  Unearned restricted stock.................................     (13,620)     (11,234)
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   4,178,422    4,035,765
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                              $5,940,376   $5,180,115
                                                              ==========   ==========

80

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
Income:
  Dividends received from bank..............................  $225,058   $450,000   $568,533
  Service fees from subsidiaries............................    65,012     54,309     47,049
  Interest from subsidiaries................................    10,202     17,124      4,144
  Other.....................................................     2,352      2,253      6,213
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                               302,624    523,686    625,939
Expenses:
  Salaries and employee benefits............................    29,198     23,242     16,936
  Interest..................................................    54,881     67,130     19,557
  Net occupancy expense.....................................     1,689      1,609      1,322
  Furniture and equipment expense...........................     1,487        896        784
  Legal and other professional fees.........................     8,018      9,408     11,976
  Amortization of excess purchase price.....................        -0-    20,878     18,683
  Other expenses............................................    15,967     11,640      8,502
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                               111,240    134,803     77,760
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed
  earnings of subsidiaries..................................   191,384    388,883    548,179
Applicable income taxes (credit)............................   (13,562)   (15,585)    (7,022)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of
  subsidiaries..............................................   204,946    404,468    555,201
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries:
  Banks.....................................................   379,248     93,327    (32,230)
  Non-banks.................................................    35,708     11,139      4,552
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                               414,956    104,466    (27,678)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Net Income........................................  $619,902   $508,934   $527,523
                                                              ========   ========   ========

Aggregate maturities of long-term borrowings in each of the next five years for the parent company only are as follows: $710,000 in 2003; $100,850,000 in 2004; $870,000 in 2005; $910,000 in 2006; and $950,000 in 2007.

81

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                2002        2001        2000
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
Operating activities:
  Net income................................................  $ 619,902   $ 508,934   $ 527,523
  Adjustments to reconcile net cash provided by
  Operating activities:
     Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries.......   (414,956)   (104,465)     27,678
     Provision for depreciation and amortization............     13,859      26,828      22,661
     (Decrease) in other liabilities........................    (34,288)    (32,760)    (58,569)
     Loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment..........         10         (19)          2
     (Increase) in other assets.............................   (263,126)    (34,027)    (29,547)
     Stock issued to employees under incentive plan.........         -0-         -0-      3,088
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
          Net cash (used) provided by operating
            activities......................................    (78,599)    364,491     492,836
Investing activities:
  Investment in subsidiaries................................    (45,037)   (232,630)    100,181
  Principal payments (advances) on loans to subsidiaries....    122,950    (302,950)      6,200
  Purchases and sales of premises and equipment.............     (1,905)       (622)        134
  Maturity of securities held to maturity...................        810          -0-        793
  Purchase of available for sale securities.................    (31,875)         -0-       (123)
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
          Net cash provided (used) by investing
            activities......................................     44,943    (536,202)    107,185
Financing activities:
  (Decrease) in commercial paper borrowings.................    (10,500)         -0-    (29,000)
  Cash dividends............................................   (259,207)   (250,257)   (238,447)
  Purchase of treasury stock................................   (358,199)   (406,733)   (149,119)
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings........................    749,972     802,846       8,122
  Principal payments on long-term borrowings................    (87,580)    (26,660)     (1,730)
  Exercise of stock options.................................     28,755       9,280       2,607
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
          Net cash provided (used) by financing
            activities......................................     63,241     128,476    (407,567)
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
  Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..........     29,585     (43,235)    192,454
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year............    271,676     314,911     122,457
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
  Cash and cash equivalents at end of year..................  $ 301,261   $ 271,676   $ 314,911
                                                              =========   =========   =========

NOTE U. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Regions and its banking subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. As of December 31, 2002, the most recent notification from federal banking agencies categorized Regions and its significant subsidiaries as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework.

Minimum capital requirements for all banks are Tier 1 Capital of at least 4% of risk-weighted assets, Total Capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted assets and a Leverage Ratio of 3%, plus an additional 100- to 200- basis point cushion in certain circumstances, of adjusted quarterly average assets. Tier 1 Capital consists principally of stockholders' equity, excluding unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, less excess purchase price and certain other intangibles. Total Capital consists of Tier 1 Capital plus certain debt instruments and the allowance for loan losses, subject to limitation.

82

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Regions' and its most significant subsidiary's capital levels at December 31, 2002 and 2001, exceeded the "well capitalized" levels, as shown below:

                                                             DECEMBER 31, 2002
                                                           ----------------------   TO BE WELL
                                                               AMOUNT       RATIO   CAPITALIZED
                                                           --------------   -----   -----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
Tier 1 Capital:
  Regions Financial Corporation..........................    $3,241,690      8.98%      6.00%
  Regions Bank...........................................     3,496,862     10.01       6.00
Total Capital:
  Regions Financial Corporation..........................    $4,995,804     13.84%     10.00%
  Regions Bank...........................................     4,130,762     11.82      10.00
Leverage:
  Regions Financial Corporation..........................    $3,241,690      6.92%      5.00%
  Regions Bank...........................................     3,496,862      7.99       5.00

                                                             DECEMBER 31, 2001
                                                           ----------------------   TO BE WELL
                                                               AMOUNT       RATIO   CAPITALIZED
                                                           --------------   -----   -----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
Tier 1 Capital:
  Regions Financial Corporation..........................    $3,234,909      9.66%      6.00%
  Regions Bank...........................................     3,036,633      9.58       6.00
Total Capital:
  Regions Financial Corporation..........................    $4,428,174     13.23%     10.00%
  Regions Bank...........................................     3,629,944     11.45      10.00
Leverage:
  Regions Financial Corporation..........................    $3,234,909      7.41%      5.00%
  Regions Bank...........................................     3,036,633      7.42       5.00

In addition, Regions' subsidiaries engaged in mortgage banking must adhere to various U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) regulatory guidelines including required minimum capital to maintain their Federal Housing Administration approved status. Failure to comply with the HUD guidelines could result in withdrawal of this certification. As of December 31, 2002, RMI and EquiFirst were in compliance with HUD guidelines. RMI and EquiFirst are also subject to various capital requirements by secondary market investors.

83

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE V. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic net income per share and diluted net income per share.

                                                            2002       2001       2000
                                                          --------   --------   --------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT
                                                                PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Numerator:
  For basic net income per share and diluted net income
     per share, net income..............................  $619,902   $508,934   $527,523
                                                          ========   ========   ========
Denominator:
  For basic net income per share --
     weighted average shares outstanding................   224,312    224,733    220,762
  Effect of dilutive securities:
     Stock options......................................     3,327      2,330      1,015
     Performance shares.................................        -0-        -0-       212
                                                          --------   --------   --------
                                                             3,327      2,330      1,227
                                                          --------   --------   --------
  For diluted net income per share......................   227,639    227,063    221,989
                                                          ========   ========   ========
Basic net income per share..............................  $   2.76   $   2.26   $   2.39
                                                          ========   ========   ========
Diluted net income per share............................  $   2.72   $   2.24   $   2.38
                                                          ========   ========   ========

NOTE W. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Regions' segment information is presented based on Regions' primary segments of business. Each segment is a strategic business unit that serves specific needs of Regions' customers. The Company's primary segment is Community Banking. Community Banking represents the Company's branch banking functions and has separate management that is responsible for the operation of that business unit. In addition, Regions has designated as distinct reportable segments the activity of its treasury, mortgage banking, investment banking/brokerage/trust, and insurance divisions. The treasury division includes the Company's bond portfolio, indirect mortgage lending division, and other wholesale activities. Mortgage banking consists of origination and servicing functions of Regions mortgage subsidiaries. Investment banking includes trust activities and all brokerage and investment activities associated with Morgan Keegan and, for periods prior to the acquisition of Morgan Keegan, the activities of Regions' securities brokerage subsidiary. Insurance includes all business associated with commercial insurance, in addition to credit life products sold to consumer customers. The reportable segment designated "Other" includes activity of Regions indirect consumer lending division and the parent company.

At the end of 2000, Regions implemented a new funds transfer pricing system affecting the method by which unit banks are reported within each region. This methodology is based on duration matched transfer pricing. The new system was in place for the full year of 2001 and 2002 and influences comparability with the year 2000. During 2002, Regions modified the funds transfer pricing system to include a prepayment option premium and term credit spreads on certain commercial and real estate loans. These adjustments had the impact of reducing 2002 net interest income approximately $69.4 million and 2002 net income approximately $43.4 million for the Community Banking Segment.

84

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The accounting policies used by each reportable segment are the same as those discussed in Note A (summary of significant accounting policies). The following table presents financial information for each reportable segment.

                                                            TOTAL BANKING
                                               ---------------------------------------
                                                COMMUNITY                                 MORTGAGE
                                                 BANKING      TREASURY      COMBINED       BANKING
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
2002
Net interest income..........................  $ 1,132,960   $   288,285   $ 1,421,245   $    38,608
Provision for loan losses....................      122,914         2,187       125,101           470
Non-interest income..........................      324,433        57,957       382,390       237,378
Non-interest expense.........................      790,885        41,785       832,670       208,505
Income taxes (benefit).......................      182,236       113,351       295,587        23,037
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
  Net income (loss)..........................  $   361,358   $   188,919   $   550,277   $    43,974
                                               ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Average assets...............................  $25,513,192   $13,552,608   $39,065,800   $ 1,057,781

                                               INVESTMENT
                                                BANKING/
                                               BROKERAGE/                                   TOTAL
                                                  TRUST       INSURANCE       OTHER      CORPORATION
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
Net interest income..........................  $    28,922   $     2,517   $     6,296   $ 1,497,588
Provision for loan losses....................           -0-           -0-        1,929       127,500
Non-interest income..........................      579,514        63,740        (4,144)    1,258,878
Non-interest expense.........................      502,066        47,214       169,271     1,759,726
Income taxes (benefit).......................       39,441         6,769      (115,496)      249,338
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
  Net income (loss)..........................  $    66,929   $    12,274   $   (53,552)  $   619,902
                                               ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Average assets...............................  $ 2,787,079   $   112,785   $ 3,116,427   $46,139,872

                                                               TOTAL BANKING
                                                  ---------------------------------------
                                                   COMMUNITY                                MORTGAGE
                                                    BANKING      TREASURY      COMBINED     BANKING
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   --------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
2001
Net interest income.............................  $ 1,175,072   $   193,467   $ 1,368,539   $ 22,814
Provision for loan losses.......................      155,076         2,531       157,607        421
Non-interest income.............................      322,854        22,950       345,804    194,091
Non-interest expense............................      724,718        32,440       757,158    156,688
Income taxes (benefit)..........................      219,093        68,042       287,135     18,945
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   --------
  Net income (loss).............................  $   399,039   $   113,404   $   512,443   $ 40,851
                                                  ===========   ===========   ===========   ========
Average assets..................................  $24,197,628   $15,272,366   $39,469,994   $902,012

                                                          INVESTMENT
                                                           BANKING/
                                                          BROKERAGE/                               TOTAL
                                                            TRUST      INSURANCE     OTHER      CORPORATION
                                                          ----------   ---------   ----------   -----------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
Net interest income.....................................  $   23,485    $ 3,211    $    7,444   $ 1,425,493
Provision for loan losses...............................          -0-        -0-        7,374       165,402
Non-interest income.....................................     431,180     44,984       (11,278)    1,004,781
Non-interest expense....................................     377,420     33,686       221,969     1,546,921
Income taxes (benefit)..................................      28,362      4,477      (129,902)      209,017
                                                          ----------    -------    ----------   -----------
  Net income (loss).....................................  $   48,883    $10,032    $ (103,275)  $   508,934
                                                          ==========    =======    ==========   ===========
Average assets..........................................  $2,721,781    $87,263    $1,474,082   $44,655,132

85

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                       TOTAL BANKING
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                           COMMUNITY                                MORTGAGE
                                                            BANKING      TREASURY      COMBINED     BANKING
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   --------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
2000
Net interest income.....................................  $ 1,229,868   $  (63,888)   $ 1,165,980   $ 12,553
Provision for loan losses...............................      116,243         3,348       119,591        102
Non-interest income.....................................      314,527           108       314,635    141,346
Non-interest expense....................................      673,909        22,903       696,812    103,685
Income taxes (benefit)..................................      280,483      (33,762)       246,721     19,085
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   --------
  Net income............................................  $   473,760   $  (56,269)   $   417,491   $ 31,027
                                                          ===========   ===========   ===========   ========
Average assets..........................................  $23,061,148   $17,970,601   $41,031,749   $784,148

                                                          INVESTMENT
                                                           BANKING/
                                                          BROKERAGE/                             TOTAL
                                                            TRUST      INSURANCE    OTHER     CORPORATION
                                                          ----------   ---------   --------   -----------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
Net interest income.....................................   $ 1,904      $ 2,475    $205,885   $ 1,388,797
Provision for loan losses...............................        -0-          -0-      7,406       127,099
Non-interest income.....................................    98,311       14,817      32,101       601,210
Non-interest expense....................................    73,208        5,902     241,575     1,121,182
Income taxes (benefit)..................................    10,123        3,224     (64,950)      214,203
                                                           -------      -------    --------   -----------
  Net income............................................   $16,884      $ 8,166    $ 53,955   $   527,523
                                                           =======      =======    ========   ===========
Average assets..........................................   $70,329      $44,997    $958,114   $42,889,337

NOTE X. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Statement 141), "Business Combinations" and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (Statement 142), "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." Statement 141 prohibits the use of the pooling-of-interests method to account for business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. Statement 142 provides guidance for the amortization of goodwill arising from the use of the purchase method to account for business combinations. Goodwill arising from purchase business combinations completed after June 30, 2001, will not be amortized. The accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets required under Statement 142 was effective for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2002.

The following tables illustrate the impact of the adoption of Statement 142:

                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT
                                                                    PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Net income..................................................  $619,902   $508,934   $527,523
Add back: excess purchase price amortization................        -0-    46,751     22,910
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Net income as adjusted for the adoption of Statement 142....  $619,902   $555,685   $550,433
                                                              ========   ========   ========
Per share:
  Net income................................................     $2.76      $2.26      $2.39
  Net income -- diluted.....................................     $2.72      $2.24      $2.38
  Net income, as adjusted for the adoption of Statement
     142....................................................     $2.76      $2.47      $2.49
  Net income -- diluted, as adjusted for the adoption of
     Statement 142..........................................     $2.72      $2.45      $2.48

86

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

FASB Statement 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities," was issued in July 2002 and addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. The Statement requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized at fair value when the liability is incurred. Statement 146 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2003, and did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

In October 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 147 (Statement 147), "Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions." Statement 147 became effective at issuance and required companies to cease amortization of unidentifiable intangible assets associated with certain branch acquisitions and reclassify these assets to goodwill. In addition, Statement 147 amends FASB Statement 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," to include in its scope long-term customer-relationship intangible assets of financial institutions. Statement 147 did not have a material effect on Regions' financial position or results of operations.

On December 31, 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Statement No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation -- Transition and Disclosure." Statement 148 amends FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," to provide alternative methods of transition to Statement 123's fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. Statement 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of Statement 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial Reporting," to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity's accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While the Statement does not amend Statement 123 to require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair value method, the disclosure provisions of Statement 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair value method of Statement 123 or the intrinsic value method of Opinion 25. Statement 148's amendment of the transition and annual disclosure requirements of Statement 123 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on financial position or results of operations (See Note S to the consolidated financial statements).

In January, 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB 51." This Interpretation addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities (VIE). FIN 46 defines a VIE as one which has one or both of the following characteristics: (1) The equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional support from other parties, which is provided through other interest that will absorb some or all of the expected losses of the entity and/or (2) The equity investors lack one or more of the following essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest: (a) the direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the entity's activities through voting rights or similar rights,
(b) the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity if they occur, which makes it possible for the entity to finance its activities, or (c) the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity if they occur, which is the compensation for the risk of absorbing expected losses. FIN 46 excludes certain interests from its scope including transferors to qualifying special purpose entities subject to Statement 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" and employee benefit plans subject to specific accounting requirements in existing FASB Statements. FIN 46 is effective immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003 and is effective in the interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for VIEs in which an enterprise holds prior to January 31, 2003. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, the interpretation will have on results of operations and financial position.

87

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE Y. SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, COMMON STOCK MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDENDS (UNAUDITED)

                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      -----------------------------------------
                                                      MAR. 31    JUNE 30    SEPT. 30   DEC. 31
                                                      --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
2002
Total interest income...............................  $641,576   $638,719   $640,694   $616,000
Total interest expense..............................   271,790    263,628    260,549    243,434
                                                      --------   --------   --------   --------
Net interest income.................................   369,786    375,091    380,145    372,566
Provision for loan losses...........................    30,000     30,000     35,000     32,500
                                                      --------   --------   --------   --------
Net interest income after provision for loan
  losses............................................   339,786    345,091    345,145    340,066
Total non-interest income, excluding securities
  gains.............................................   276,752    288,772    304,039    337,661
Securities gains....................................     1,856      1,928     22,642     25,228
Total non-interest expense..........................   402,360    421,073    452,451    483,842
Income taxes........................................    61,971     61,592     62,896     62,879
                                                      --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income..........................................  $154,063   $153,126   $156,479   $156,234
                                                      ========   ========   ========   ========
Per share:
  Net income........................................  $    .67   $    .68   $    .71   $    .71
  Net income, diluted...............................       .66        .67        .70        .70
  Cash dividends declared...........................       .29        .29        .29        .29
  Market price:
     Low............................................     29.54      33.61      28.00      27.10
     High...........................................     34.86      36.25      36.24      35.47

2001
Total interest income...............................  $807,268   $794,420   $756,095   $697,854
Total interest expense..............................   460,134    443,268    400,283    326,459
                                                      --------   --------   --------   --------
Net interest income.................................   347,134    351,152    355,812    371,395
Provision for loan losses...........................    28,500     28,990     30,000     77,912
                                                      --------   --------   --------   --------
Net interest income after provision for loan
  losses............................................   318,634    322,162    325,812    293,483
Total non-interest income, excluding securities
  gains.............................................   146,947    275,877    259,691    290,160
Securities gains (losses)...........................       474         (7)     4,534     27,105
Total non-interest expense..........................   293,372    436,210    398,661    418,678
Income taxes........................................    49,931     49,023     56,177     53,886
                                                      --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income..........................................  $122,752   $112,799   $135,199   $138,184
                                                      ========   ========   ========   ========
Per share:
  Net income........................................  $    .57   $    .50   $    .59   $    .60
  Net income, diluted...............................       .57        .49        .59        .60
  Cash dividends declared...........................       .28        .28        .28        .28
  Market price:
     Low............................................     26.00      27.63      25.73      26.25
     High...........................................     32.06      32.99      32.50      30.29

Regions Common Stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol RF. At December 31, 2002, there were 52,020 shareholders of record of Regions Financial Corporation Common Stock.

88

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not Applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

All information presented under the captions "Information On Directors" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" of the Registrant's proxy statement to be dated approximately April 14, 2003, are incorporated by reference.

Executive officers of the Registrant as of December 31, 2002, are as follows:

                                                               POSITION AND
                                                             OFFICES HELD WITH                 OFFICER
EXECUTIVE OFFICER                        AGE            REGISTRANT AND SUBSIDIARIES             SINCE
-----------------                        ---            ---------------------------            -------
Carl E. Jones, Jr. ....................  62    Chairman, Director, President and Chief          1983*
                                               Executive Officer, Registrant and Regions
                                                 Bank; Director Regions Mortgage, Inc.,
                                                 Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc.,
                                                 and EFC Holdings Corporation.
Richard D. Horsley.....................  60    Vice Chairman, Director and Chief Operating       1972
                                                 Officer, Registrant and Regions Bank;
                                                 Director and Vice President, Regions
                                                 Agency, Inc.; Director, Regions Life
                                                 Insurance Company, Regions Mortgage, Inc.,
                                                 and EFC Holdings Corporation.
Allen B. Morgan, Jr. ..................  60    Director, Registrant and Regions Bank;           2001*
                                               Chairman and Director Morgan Keegan &
                                                 Company, Inc.
John I. Fleischauer, Jr. ..............  54    President/West Region; Director, Regions         1999*
                                               Bank.
Wilbur B. Hufham**.....................  65    President/Central Region; Director, Regions      1983*
                                               Bank; Director Regions Mortgage, Inc.
Peter D. Miller........................  56    President/East Region; Director, Regions         1996*
                                               Bank.
William E. Askew.......................  53    Executive Vice President -- Retail Banking        1987
                                                 Division, Registrant and Regions Bank;
                                                 Director, Regions Bank.
D. Bryan Jordan........................  41    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial      2000
                                                 Officer, Registrant and Regions Bank;
                                                 Director and President, Regions Asset
                                                 Management Company, Inc. and RAMCO-FL
                                                 Holding, Inc.; Director, Regions Bank and
                                                 Rebsamen Insurance, Inc.
E. Cris Stone..........................  60    Executive Vice President -- Chief Credit          1988
                                               Officer, Registrant and Regions Bank;
                                                 Director and Vice President, Regions
                                                 Financial Leasing, Inc.; Director Regions
                                                 Bank and Regions Interstate Billing
                                                 Service, Inc.
Samuel E. Upchurch Jr..................  51    Regional President/Central Region; General        1994
                                                 Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Registrant
                                                 and Regions Bank; Director Regions Bank,
                                                 Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc.,
                                                 EFC Holdings Corporation, Rebsamen
                                                 Insurance, Inc., Regions Asset Management
                                                 Company, Inc., and RAMCO-FL Holding, Inc.

89

                                                               POSITION AND
                                                             OFFICES HELD WITH                 OFFICER
EXECUTIVE OFFICER                        AGE            REGISTRANT AND SUBSIDIARIES             SINCE
-----------------                        ---            ---------------------------            -------
David C. Gordon........................  54    Executive Vice President -- Operations            2003
                                                 Division, Registrant and Regions Bank;
                                                 Director Regions Bank.
Robert A. Goethe.......................  48    Chairman and Chief Executive                      2003
                                                 Officer -- Regions Mortgage. Inc.; Director
                                                 Regions Bank.
Ronald C. Jackson......................  46    Senior Vice President and Comptroller,            2003
                                                 Registrant and Regions Bank; Director and
                                                 Secretary/Treasurer, Regions Asset
                                                 Management Company, Inc.;
                                                 Secretary/Treasurer, RAMCO-FL Holding, Inc.


* The years indicated are those in which the individual was first deemed to be an executive officer of Registrant, although in every case the individual had been an executive officer of a subsidiary of Registrant for a number of years.

** Mr. Hufham retired February 28, 2003.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

All information presented under the caption "Executive Compensation and Other Transactions", excluding the information under the subheading "Compensation Committee Executive Compensation Report" of the Registrant's proxy statement to be dated approximately April 14, 2003, are incorporated herein by reference. All information presented under the caption "Executive Compensation Report" of the Registrant's proxy statement to be dated approximately April 14, 2003, are specifically not incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

All information presented under the captions "Voting Securities and Principal Holders Thereof" and "Information on Directors" of the Registrant's proxy statement to be dated approximately April 14, 2003, are incorporated herein by reference.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of Regions existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2002.

                                                                                            NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                       NUMBER OF SECURITIES                               REMAINING AVAILABLE FOR
                                        TO BE ISSUED UPON         WEIGHTED AVERAGE      FUTURE ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY
                                           EXERCISE OF           EXERCISE PRICE OF           COMPENSATION PLANS
                                       OUTSTANDING OPTIONS,     OUTSTANDING OPTIONS,       (EXCLUDING SECURITIES
PLAN CATEGORY                          WARRANTS AND RIGHTS      WARRANTS AND RIGHTS      REFLECTED IN FIRST COLUMN)
-------------                         ----------------------    --------------------    ----------------------------
Equity Compensation Plans Approved
  by Stockholders...................        15,462,405(a)              $28.68(a)                 10,721,062(b)
Equity Compensation Plans Not
  Approved by Stockholders(c).......         3,517,138                 $26.35                           -0-
                                            ----------                                           ----------
Total...............................        18,979,543                 $28.25                    10,721,062

(a) Does not include outstanding restricted stock awards.

(b) Calculated by deducting all grants from the total number of share equivalents authorized to be awarded under Regions' long term incentive plans.

(c) Consists of outstanding stock options issued under plans assumed by Regions in connection with certain business combinations, including 2,591,682 options awarded under the Morgan Keegan 2000 Equity Compensation Plan in 2001 following Regions' acquisition of Morgan Keegan. In each instance, the number of shares subject to option and the exercise price of outstanding options have been adjusted to reflect the applicable exchange ratio.

90

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND SELECTED TRANSACTIONS

All information presented under the caption "Other Transactions", of the Registrant's proxy statement to be dated approximately April 14, 2003, are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Based on their evaluation, as of a date within 90 days of the filing of this Form 10-K, Regions' Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that Regions' disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective. There have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(A)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements. The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8 of this report:

Report of Independent Auditors;

Consolidated Statements of Condition -- December 31, 2002 and 2001;

Consolidated Statements of Income -- Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000;

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -- Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000;

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity -- Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000;

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules. The following consolidated financial statement schedules are included in Item 8 hereto:

None. The Schedules to consolidated financial statements are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable.

(3) Exhibits. The exhibits indicated below are either included or incorporated by reference as indicated.

 SEC ASSIGNED
EXHIBIT NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
--------------                            -----------------------
     3.1         --     Bylaws as last amended on March 17, 1999, incorporated
                        herein by reference from the exhibits to the registration
                        statement filed with the Commission and assigned file number
                        333-86975.
     3.2         --     Certificate of Incorporation as last amended on June 18,
                        1999, incorporated herein by reference from the exhibits to
                        the registration statement filed with the Commission and
                        assigned file number 333-86975.
     4.1         --     Subordinated Notes Trust Indenture dated as of December 1,
                        1992, between Registrant and Bankers Trust Company
                        incorporated by reference from the exhibits to the
                        registration statement filed with the Commission and
                        assigned file number 33-45714.
     4.2         --     Trust Indenture dated as of February 26, 2001, between
                        Registrant and Bankers Trust Company incorporated by
                        reference from the exhibits to the registration statement
                        filed with the Commission and assigned file number
                        333-54552.
     4.3         --     First Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 26, 2001,
                        between Registrant and Bankers Trust Company incorporated by
                        reference from Registrant's current report on Form 8-K dated
                        as of February 26, 2001 and filed as of March 5, 2001.
     4.4         --     Amended Declaration Trust of Regions Financing Trust I dated
                        as of February 26, 2001, incorporated by reference from the
                        exhibits to the registration statement filed with the
                        commission and assigned file number 333-54552.

91

 SEC ASSIGNED
EXHIBIT NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
--------------                            -----------------------
     4.5         --     Preferred Securities Guaranty Agreement of Registrant dated
                        as of February 26, 2001, incorporated by reference from the
                        exhibits to the registration statement filed with the
                        Commission and assigned file number 333-54552.
     4.6         --     Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 26, 2001,
                        between Registrant and Bankers Trust Company incorporated by
                        reference from Registrant's current report on Form 8-K dated
                        as of March 5, 2001 and filed as of March 13, 2001.
     4.7         --     Subordinated Notes Trust Indenture dated as of May 15, 2002
                        between Registrant and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
     4.8         --     Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 15, 2002, between
                        Registrant and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
                        incorporated by reference from Registrant's current report
                        on Form 8-K dated as of May 15, 2002 and filed as of May 17,
                        2002.
    10.1*        --     Regions 1988 Stock Option Plan.
    10.2*        --     Regions Amended and Restated 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan
                        incorporated by reference from Exhibit B to the Registrant's
                        proxy statement filed with the Commission and dated March
                        16, 1995.
    10.3*        --     Regions Management Incentive Plan Amended and Restated as of
                        January 1, 1999, incorporated by reference from Appendix B
                        to the Registrant's proxy statement filed with the
                        Commission and dated April 7, 1999.
    10.4*        --     Regions 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan incorporated by
                        reference from Appendix C to the Registrant's proxy
                        statement filed with the Commission and dated April 7, 1999.
    10.5*        --     Regions Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended.
    10.6*        --     Regions Directors' Deferred Stock Investment Plan, as
                        amended.
    10.7*        --     Regions Supplemental 401(K) Plan incorporated by reference
                        from the exhibits to the registration statement filed with
                        the Commission and assigned file No. 333-52764.
    10.8*        --     Morgan Keegan 2000 Equity Compensation Plan incorporated by
                        reference from the exhibits to the registration statement
                        filed with the commission and assigned file No. 333-58638.
    10.9*        --     Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                        the Registrant and Carl E. Jones, Jr., President and Chief
                        Executive Officer, incorporated by reference from
                        Registrant's annual report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
                        2001, filed with the Commission on March 22, 2002.
    10.10*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                        the Registrant and Richard D. Horsley, Chief Operating
                        Officer, incorporated by reference from Registrant's annual
                        report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with the
                        Commission on March 22, 2002.
    10.11*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                        the Registrant and Allen B. Morgan, Jr., Chief Executive
                        Officer of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc, incorporated by
                        reference from Registrant's annual report on Form 10-K for
                        fiscal year 2001, filed with the Commission on March 22,
                        2002.
    10.12*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                        the Registrant and John I. Fleischauer, Jr., Regional
                        President, incorporated by reference from Registrant's
                        annual report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with
                        the Commission on March 22, 2002.
    10.13*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                        the Registrant and Wilbur B. Hufham, Regional President,
                        incorporated by reference from Registrant's annual report on
                        Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with the Commission on
                        March 22, 2002.
    10.14*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                        the Registrant and Peter D. Miller, Regional President,
                        incorporated by reference from Registrant's annual report on
                        Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with the Commission on
                        March 22, 2002.
    10.15*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                        the Registrant and William E. Askew, Executive Vice
                        President, incorporated by reference from Registrant's
                        annual report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with
                        the Commission on March 22, 2002.
    10.16*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                        the Registrant and E. Cris Stone, Executive Vice President,
                        incorporated by reference from Registrant's annual report on
                        Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with the Commission on
                        March 22, 2002.

92

 SEC ASSIGNED
EXHIBIT NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
--------------                            -----------------------
    10.17*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2003, between
                        the Registrant and Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr., Regional
                        President.
    10.18*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2003, between
                        the Registrant and D. Bryan Jordan, Executive Vice
                        President.
    10.19*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2003, between
                        the Registrant and David C. Gordon, Executive Vice
                        President.
    10.20*       --     Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2003, between
                        the Registrant and Robert A. Goethe, Chairman and Chief
                        Executive Officer, Regions Mortgage, Inc.
    21           --     List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
    23           --     Consent of Independent Auditors.

*Compensatory plan or agreement.

Copies of the exhibits are available to stockholders upon request to:

Investor Relations
417 North 20th Street
Post Office Box 10247
Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0247

(B) Reports on Form 8-K:

No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of 2002.

The following reports on Form 8-K under item 9 were furnished during the fourth quarter of 2002:

- A report submitted October 11, 2002 relating to a presentation given by representatives of the registrant at the Morgan Keegan Equity Conference.

- A report submitted October 28, 2002 relating to the press release reporting on Regions results of operations for the third quarter of 2002.

(C) See Item 15(a)(3) above.

(D) See Item 15(a)(2) above.

93

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Carl E. Jones, Jr.
  ------------------------------------
           Carl E. Jones, Jr.
     Chairman, President and Chief
            Executive Officer

Date: March 21, 2003

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                      SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                     DATE
                      ---------                                     -----                     ----
               /s/ Carl E. Jones, Jr.                  Chairman, Chief Executive         March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------  Officer, President and Director
                 Carl E. Jones, Jr.

                 /s/ D. Bryan Jordan                   Executive Vice President and      March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------  Chief Financial Officer
                   D. Bryan Jordan

                /s/ Ronald C. Jackson                  Senior Vice President and         March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------  Comptroller
                  Ronald C. Jackson

               /s/ Richard D. Horsley                  Vice Chairman, Director and       March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------  Chief Operating Officer
                 Richard D. Horsley

              /s/ Allen B. Morgan, Jr.                 Director and Chief Executive      March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------  Officer, Morgan Keegan &
                Allen B. Morgan, Jr.                   Company, Inc.

                                                       Director
-----------------------------------------------------
                   Sheila S. Blair

               /s/ James B. Boone, Jr.                 Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                 James B. Boone, Jr.

               /s/ James S. M. French                  Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                  James S.M. French

               /s/ Margaret H. Greene                  Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                 Margaret H. Greene

                /s/ Susan W. Matlock                   Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                  Susan W. Matlock

               /s/ Jon W. Rotenstreich                 Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                 Jon W. Rotenstreich

                /s/ Henry E. Simpson                   Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                  Henry E. Simpson

               /s/ W. Woodrow Stewart                  Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                 W. Woodrow Stewart

                 /s/ John H. Watson                    Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                   John H. Watson

             /s/ C. Kemmons Wilson, Jr.                Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
               C. Kemmons Wilson, Jr.

                  /s/ Harry W. Witt                    Director                          March 21, 2003
-----------------------------------------------------
                    Harry W. Witt

94

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Carl E. Jones, Jr., Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Regions Financial Corporation certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Regions Financial Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

(c) Presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a) All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

                                          /s/ Carl E. Jones, Jr.
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Carl E. Jones, Jr.
                                          Chairman of the Board, President, and
                                          Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 21, 2003

95

I, D. Bryan Jordan, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Regions Financial Corporation certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Regions Financial Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

(c) Presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a) All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

                                          /s/ D. Bryan Jordan
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          D. Bryan Jordan
                                          Executive Vice President and
                                          Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 21, 2003

96

STATEMENT OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND THE CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER OF REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies in his capacity as an officer of Regions Financial Corporation (the "Company") that to the knowledge of such undersigned this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (this "Report"), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

                                          /s/ Carl E. Jones, Jr.
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Carl E. Jones, Jr.
                                          Chairman of the Board, President
                                          and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 21, 2003

                                          /s/ D. Bryan Jordan
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          D. Bryan Jordan
                                          Executive Vice President
                                          and Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 21, 2003

97

EXHIBITS INDEX

 SEC ASSIGNED
EXHIBIT NUMBER                           DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
--------------                           -----------------------
      3.1        --    Bylaws as last amended on March 17, 1999, incorporated
                       herein by reference from the exhibits to the registration
                       statement filed with the Commission and assigned file number
                       333-86975.
      3.2        --    Certificate of Incorporation as last amended on June 18,
                       1999, incorporated herein by reference from the exhibits to
                       the registration statement filed with the Commission and
                       assigned file number 333-86975.
      4.1        --    Subordinated Notes Trust Indenture dated as of December 1,
                       1992, between Registrant and Bankers Trust Company
                       incorporated by reference from the exhibits to the
                       registration statement filed with the Commission and
                       assigned file number 33-45714.
      4.2        --    Trust Indenture dated as of February 26, 2001, between
                       Registrant and Bankers Trust Company incorporated by
                       reference from the exhibits to the registration statement
                       filed with the Commission and assigned file number
                       333-54552.
      4.3        --    First Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 26, 2001,
                       between Registrant and Bankers Trust Company incorporated by
                       reference from Registrant's current report on Form 8-K dated
                       as of February 26, 2001 and filed as of March 5, 2001.
      4.4        --    Amended Declaration Trust of Regions Financing Trust I dated
                       as of February 26, 2001, incorporated by reference from the
                       exhibits to the registration statement filed with the
                       commission and assigned file number 333-54552.
      4.5        --    Preferred Securities Guaranty Agreement of Registrant dated
                       as of February 26, 2001, incorporated by reference from the
                       exhibits to the registration statement filed with the
                       Commission and assigned file number 333-54552.
      4.6        --    Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 26, 2001,
                       between Registrant and Bankers Trust Company incorporated by
                       reference from Registrant's current report on Form 8-K dated
                       as of March 5, 2001 and filed as of March 13, 2001.
      4.7        --    Subordinated Notes Trust Indenture dated as of May 15, 2002
                       between Registrant and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
      4.8        --    Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 15, 2002, between
                       Registrant and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
                       incorporated by reference from Registrant's current report
                       on Form 8-K dated as of May 15, 2002 and filed as of May 17,
                       2002.
     10.1        --    Regions 1988 Stock Option Plan.
     10.2        --    Regions Amended and Restated 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan
                       incorporated by reference from Exhibit B to the Registrant's
                       proxy statement filed with the Commission and dated March
                       16, 1995.
     10.3        --    Regions Management Incentive Plan Amended and Restated as of
                       January 1, 1999, incorporated by reference from Appendix B
                       to the Registrant's proxy statement filed with the
                       Commission and dated April 7, 1999.
     10.4        --    Regions 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan incorporated by
                       reference from Appendix C to the Registrant's proxy
                       statement filed with the Commission and dated April 7, 1999.
     10.5        --    Regions Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended.
     10.6        --    Regions Directors' Deferred Stock Investment Plan, as
                       amended.
     10.7        --    Regions Supplemental 401(k) Plan incorporated by reference
                       from the exhibits to the registration statement filed with
                       the Commission and assigned file No. 333-52764
     10.8        --    Morgan Keegan 2000 Equity Compensation Plan incorporated by
                       reference from the exhibits to the registration statement
                       filed with the commission and assigned file No. 333-58638.
     10.9        --    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                       the Registrant and Carl E. Jones, Jr., President and Chief
                       Executive Officer, incorporated by reference from
                       Registrant's annual report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
                       2001, filed with the Commission on March 22, 2002.

98

 SEC ASSIGNED
EXHIBIT NUMBER                           DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
--------------                           -----------------------
     10.10       --    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                       the Registrant and Richard D. Horsley, Chief Operating
                       Officer, incorporated by reference from Registrant's annual
                       report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with the
                       Commission on March 22, 2002.
     10.11       --    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                       the Registrant and Allen B. Morgan, Jr., Chief Executive
                       Officer of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc, incorporated by
                       reference from Registrant's annual report on Form 10-K for
                       fiscal year 2001, filed with the Commission on March 22,
                       2002.
     10.12       --    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                       the Registrant and John I. Fleischauer, Jr., Regional
                       President, incorporated by reference from Registrant's
                       annual report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with
                       the Commission on March 22, 2002.
     10.13       --    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                       the Registrant and Wilbur B. Hufham, Regional President,
                       incorporated by reference from Registrant's annual report on
                       Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with the Commission on
                       March 22, 2002.
     10.14       --    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                       the Registrant and Peter D. Miller, Regional President,
                       incorporated by reference from Registrant's annual report on
                       Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with the Commission on
                       March 22, 2002.
     10.15       --    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                       the Registrant and William E. Askew, Executive Vice
                       President, incorporated by reference from Registrant's
                       annual report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with
                       the Commission on March 22, 2002.
     10.16       --    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between
                       the Registrant and E. Cris Stone, Executive Vice President,
                       incorporated by reference from Registrant's annual report on
                       Form 10-K for fiscal year 2001, filed with the Commission on
                       March 22, 2002.
     10.17       --    Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2003, between
                       the Registrant and Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr., Regional
                       President.
     10.18       --    Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2003, between
                       the Registrant and D. Bryan Jordan, Executive Vice
                       President.
     10.19       --    Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2003, between
                       the Registrant and David C. Gordon, Executive Vice
                       President.
     10.20       --    Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2003, between
                       the Registrant and Robert A. Goethe, Chairman and Chief
                       Executive Officer, Regions Mortgage, Inc.
     21          --    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
     23          --    Consent of Independent Auditors.

99

Exhibit 4.7

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

TO

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Trustee

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 15, 2002

SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I.            DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION.........1

   Section 101        Definitions.....................................................1
   Section 102        Compliance Certificates and Opinions...........................11
   Section 103        Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.........................11
   Section 104        Acts of Holders................................................11
   Section 105        Notices, etc., the Trustee and Company.........................13
   Section 106        Notice to Holders; Waiver......................................14
   Section 107        Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.......................14
   Section 108        Successors and Assigns.........................................15
   Section 109        Separability Clause............................................15
   Section 110        Benefits of Indenture..........................................15
   Section 111        No Personal Liability..........................................15
   Section 112        Governing Law..................................................15
   Section 113        Legal Holidays.................................................15

ARTICLE II.           SECURITIES FORMS...............................................16

   Section 201        Forms of Securities............................................16
   Section 202        Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication................16
   Section 203        Securities Issuable in Global Form.............................17

ARTICLE III.          THE SECURITIES.................................................17

   Section 301        Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series...........................17
   Section 302        Denominations..................................................21
   Section 303        Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.................21
   Section 304        Temporary Securities...........................................22
   Section 305        Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange............24
   Section 306        Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities...............26
   Section 307        Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.................27
   Section 308        Persons Deemed Owners..........................................29
   Section 309        Cancellation...................................................30
   Section 310        Computation of Interest........................................30
   Section 311        Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates............................30
   Section 312        Right of Set-Off...............................................31
   Section 313        Agreed Tax Treatment...........................................31
   Section 314        CUSIP Numbers..................................................31
   Section 315        Shortening of Stated Maturity..................................32

ARTICLE IV.           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE.....................................32

   Section 401        Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture........................32
   Section 402        Application of Trust Funds.....................................33

-i-

Article V.            REMEDIES.......................................................33

   Section 501        Events of Default..............................................33
   Section 502        Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.............35
   Section 503        Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
                      Trustee........................................................36
   Section 504        Trustee May File Proofs of Claim...............................36
   Section 505        Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities
                      or Coupons.................................................... 37
   Section 506        Application of Money Collected.................................37
   Section 507        Limitation on Suits............................................38
   Section 508        Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium
                      or Make-Whole Amount, if any, Interest and Additional Amounts;
                      Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities...............38
   Section 509        Restoration of Rights and Remedies.............................38
   Section 510        Rights and Remedies Cumulative.................................39
   Section 511        Delay or Omission Not Waiver...................................39
   Section 512        Control by Holders of Securities...............................39
   Section 513        Waiver of Past Defaults........................................39
   Section 514        Waiver of Stay, Usury or Extension Laws........................40
   Section 515        Undertaking for Costs..........................................40

ARTICLE VI.           THE TRUSTEE....................................................40

   Section 601        Notice of Defaults.............................................40
   Section 602        Certain Duties, Responsibilities and Rights of Trustee.........40
   Section 603        Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.........42
   Section 604        May Hold Securities............................................42
   Section 605        Money Held in Trust............................................42
   Section 606        Compensation and Reimbursement.................................42
   Section 607        Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility........................43
   Section 608        Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor..............43
   Section 609        Acceptance of Appointment By Successor.........................44
   Section 610        Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business....45
   Section 611        Appointment of Authenticating Agent............................45
   Section 612        Certain Duties and Responsibilities............................46
   Section 613        Conflicting Interests..........................................46
   Section 614        Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company..............47

ARTICLE VII.          HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY..............47

   Section 701        Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders...................47
   Section 702        Reports by Trustee.............................................47
   Section 703        Reports by Company.............................................47
   Section 704        Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders......48

-ii-

ARTICLE VIII.         CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, LEASE OR CONVEYANCE...............48

   Section 801        Consolidations and Mergers of Company and Sales, Leases and
                      Conveyances Permitted Subject to Certain Conditions............48
   Section 802        Rights and Duties of Successor Corporation.....................49
   Section 803        Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel...................49

ARTICLE IX.           SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES........................................49

   Section 901        Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.............49
   Section 902        Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders................50
   Section 903        Execution of Supplemental Indentures...........................52
   Section 904        Effect of Supplemental Indentures..............................52
   Section 905        Conformity with Trust Indenture Act............................52
   Section 906        Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.............52
   Section 907        Notice of Supplemental Indentures..............................52
   Section 908        Subordination Unimpaired.......................................52

ARTICLE X.            COVENANTS......................................................53

   Section 1001       Payment of Principal, Premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any,
                      Interest and Additional Amounts................................53
   Section 1002       Maintenance of Office or Agency................................53
   Section 1003       Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust..............54
   Section 1004       Restrictions During Extension Period...........................55
   Section 1005       Existence......................................................56
   Section 1006       Maintenance of Properties......................................56
   Section 1007       [Reserved].....................................................56
   Section 1008       Payment of Taxes and Other Claims..............................56
   Section 1009       Provision of Financial Information.............................56
   Section 1010       Statement as to Compliance.....................................56
   Section 1011       Additional Amounts.............................................57
   Section 1012       Waiver of Certain Covenants....................................57
   Section 1013       Additional Sums................................................58
   Section 1014       Additional Covenants...........................................58
   Section 1015       Original Issue Discount........................................59

ARTICLE XI.           REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES.......................................59

   Section 1101       Applicability of Article.......................................59
   Section 1102       Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee..........................59
   Section 1103       Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed..............59
   Section 1104       Notice of Redemption...........................................60
   Section 1105       Deposit of Redemption Price....................................61
   Section 1106       Securities Payable on Redemption Date..........................61
   Section 1107       Securities Redeemed in Part....................................62
   Section 1108       Right of Redemption of Securities Initially Issued to a
                      Regions Trust................................................  62

ARTICLE XII.          SINKING FUNDS..................................................62

   Section 1201       Applicability of Article.......................................62
   Section 1202       Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities..........63
   Section 1203       Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund......................63

ARTICLE XIII.         REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS.............................63

   Section 1301       Applicability of Article.......................................63
   Section 1302       Repayment of Securities........................................63
   Section 1303       Exercise of Option.............................................64
   Section 1304       When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and
                      Payable........................................................64
   Section 1305       Securities Repaid in Part......................................65

-iii-

Article XIV.          DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE.............................65

   Section 1401       Applicability of Article; Company's Option to Effect
                      Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance..............................65
   Section 1402       Defeasance and Discharge.......................................65
   Section 1403       Covenant Defeasance............................................66
   Section 1404       Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance................66
   Section 1405       Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in
                      Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions..........................68
   Section 1406       Reinstatement..................................................68

ARTICLE XV.           MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES..............................69

   Section 1501       Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called......................69
   Section 1502       Call, Notice and Place of Meetings.............................69
   Section 1503       Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings...........................69
   Section 1504       Quorum; Action.................................................70
   Section 1505       Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of
                      Meetings.......................................................70
   Section 1506       Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings................71
   Section 1507       Evidence of Action Taken by Holders............................71
   Section 1508       Proof of Execution of Instruments..............................72

ARTICLE XVI.          CONVERSION OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES...........................72

   Section 1601       Applicability of Article.......................................72
   Section 1602       Election to Exchange; Notice to Trustee and Holders............72
   Section 1603       No Fractional Shares...........................................72
   Section 1604       Adjustment of Exchange Rate....................................72
   Section 1605       Payment of Certain Taxes Upon Exchange.........................73
   Section 1606       Shares Free and Clear..........................................73
   Section 1607       Cancellation of Security.......................................73
   Section 1608       Duties of Trustee Regarding Exchange...........................73
   Section 1609       Repayment of Certain Funds Upon Exchange.......................74
   Section 1610       Exercise of Conversion Privilege...............................74
   Section 1611       Effect of Consolidation or Merger on Conversion Privilege......75

ARTICLE XVII.         SUBORDINATION..................................................76

   Section 1701       Agreement to Subordinate.......................................76
   Section 1702       Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy...........................76
   Section 1703       Default on Senior Debt.........................................77
   Section 1704       Acceleration of Securities.....................................77
   Section 1705       When Distribution Must Be Paid Over............................77
   Section 1706       Notice by Company..............................................78
   Section 1707       Subrogation....................................................78
   Section 1708       Relative Rights................................................78
   Section 1709       Subordination May Not Be Impaired By Company...................78
   Section 1710       Distribution or Notice to Representative.......................78
   Section 1711       Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.............................78
   Section 1712       Payment Permitted in Certain Situations........................79
   Section 1713       Trustee to Effectuate Subordination............................79
   Section 1714       Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating
                      Agent..........................................................79
   Section 1715       Article Applicable to Paying Agents............................79

EXHIBIT A-1           FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY PERSON ENTITLED TO
                      RECEIVE BEARER SECURITY OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST PAYABLE
                      PRIOR TO THE EXCHANGE DATE CERTIFICATE

-iv-

EXHIBIT A-2         FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY EUROCLEAR AND
                    CLEARSTREAM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OF A PORTION
                    OF A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST
                    PAYABLE PRIOR TO THE EXCHANGE DATE CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT B           FORM OF EXCHANGE RATE OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

-v-

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), and Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2002

           ......................................................Indenture
Trust Indenture Act Section........................................Section


Section 310   (a)(1)...................................................607
              (a)(2)...................................................607
              (b)......................................................613
Section 312   (c)......................................................701
Section 314   (a)......................................................703
              (a)(4)..................................................1010
              (c)(1)...................................................102
              (c)(2)...................................................102
              (e)......................................................102
Section 315   (b)......................................................601
Section 316   (a)(last sentence).......................................101
              .............................................("Outstanding")
              (a)(1)(A)...........................................502, 512
              (a)(1)(B)................................................513
              (b)......................................................508
Section 317   (a)(1)...................................................503
              (a)(2)...................................................504
Section 318   (a)......................................................112
              (c)......................................................112

Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

Attention should also be directed to Section 318(c) of the TIA, which provides that the provisions of Sections 310 to and including 317 of the TIA are a part of and govern every qualified indenture, whether or not physically contained therein.

-vi-

INDENTURE

INDENTURE, dated as of May 15, 2002, between REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company"), having its principal office at 417 North 20th Street, Birmingham, Alabama 35203 and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee hereunder (hereinafter called the "Trustee"), having its Corporate Trust Office at c/o DB Services New Jersey, Inc., 100 Plaza One, Mail Stop JCY03-0603, Jersey City, New Jersey 07311.

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company deems it necessary to issue from time to time for its lawful purposes its debt securities in series (hereinafter called the "Securities") of substantially the tenor hereinafter provided evidencing its unsecured and subordinated indebtedness, and has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Securities, unlimited as to aggregate principal amount, to bear interest at the rates or formulas, to mature at such times and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed therefor as hereinafter provided.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101 DEFINITIONS.

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms "cash transaction" and "self- liquidating paper," as used in Trust Indenture Act Section 311, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission adopted under the Trust Indenture Act;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

(4) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

Certain terms, used principally in Article Three, Article Five, Article Six and Article Ten, are defined in those Articles. In addition, the following terms shall have the indicated respective meanings:

"Act" has the meaning specified in Section 104.


"Additional Amounts" means any additional amounts which are required by a Security, under circumstances specified therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on certain Holders and which are owing to such Holders in order that they receive the amount they would have received as if such taxes had not been imposed.

"Additional Interest" means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any interest on the Securities of any series the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per annum specified or determined as specified in such Security.

"Additional Sums" has the meaning specified in Section 1013.

"Additional Taxes" means the sum of any additional taxes, duties and other governmental charges to which a Regions Trust has become subject from time to time as a result of a Tax Event.

"Administrative Trustee" means, in respect of a Regions Trust, each Person identified as an "Administrative Trustee" in the related Trust Agreement, solely in such Person's capacity as Administrative Trustee of such Regions Trust under such Trust Agreement and not in such Person's individual capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as therein provided.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; provided, however, no Regions Trust to which Securities have been issued shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Authenticating Agent" means any authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 611.

"Authorized Newspaper" means a newspaper, printed in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such place. Whenever successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different Authorized Newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day.

"Bankruptcy Law" has the meaning specified in Section 501.

"Bearer Security" means a Security issued hereunder which is payable to bearer.

"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company, the executive committee or any other committee or director of that board duly authorized to act for it in respect hereof.

"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or a committee to which authority to act on behalf of the Board of Directors has been lawfully delegated, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

"Business Day," when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to
Section 301, any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or particular location are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close, or, with respect to the Securities of a series initially

-2-

issued to a Regions Trust, the principal office of the Property Trustee under the related Trust Agreement, is closed for business.

"Capital Treatment Event" means the reasonable determination by the Company that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced proposed change) in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein or any rules, guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve, or as a result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws, regulations, rules, guidelines or policies, which amendment or change is effective or which proposed change, pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of issuance of the Preferred Securities under the Declaration, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will not be entitled to treat an amount equal to the liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the risk-based capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company.

"Clearstream" means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme or its successor.

"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

"Common Depository" has the meaning specified in Section 304(b).

"Common Securities" means the undivided common beneficial interests in the Regions Trusts.

"Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor corporation.

"Company Request" and "Company Order" mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by an officer of the Company, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

"Conversion Event" means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency (other than as otherwise provided with respect to a Security pursuant to Section 301) as provided by the government of the country which issued such currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community or (ii) any currency unit (or composite currency) for the purposes for which it was established.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at c/o DB Services New Jersey, Inc., 100 Plaza One, Mail Stop JCY03-0603, Jersey City, New Jersey 07311, or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders.

"Corporation" includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.

"Coupon" means any interest coupon appertaining to a Bearer Security.

"Custodian" has the meaning set forth in Section 501.

"Debt" means the principal, premium, if any, unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement and indemnification obligations, and all other amounts payable under or in respect of the following

-3-

indebtedness of the Company, whether any such indebtedness exists as of the date of the Indenture or is created, incurred or assumed after such date:

(i) any debt (a) for money borrowed, or (b) evidenced by a bond, note, debenture, or similar instrument (including purchase money obligations) whether or not given in connection with the acquisition of any business, property or assets, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, but shall not include any account payable or other obligation created or assumed in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services, or (c) which is a direct or indirect obligation which arises as a result of banker's acceptances or bank letters of credit issued to secure obligations of the Company, or to secure the payment of revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Company, whether contingent or otherwise;

(ii) any debt of others described in the preceding clause (i) which the Company has guaranteed or for which it is liable;

(iii indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, encumbrance or any security interest existing on property owned by the Company;

(iv) the obligation of the Company, as lessee under any lease of property that is or is required to be reflected on the Company's balance sheet as a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP; and

(v) any deferral, amendment, renewal, extension, supplement, modification or refunding of any liability of the kind described in any of the preceding clauses (i) through (iv);

provided, however, that, in computing indebtedness of the Company, there shall be excluded any particular indebtedness if, (i) upon or prior to the maturity thereof, there shall have been deposited with an unaffiliated depository in trust money (or evidence of indebtedness if permitted by the instrument creating such indebtedness) in the necessary amount to pay, redeem or satisfy such indebtedness as it becomes due (or if applicable, as it may be redeemed prior to its stated maturity in accordance with the terms, if any, regarding early redemption set forth in the instrument governing such indebtedness), and the amount so deposited shall not be included in any computation of the assets of the Company and (ii) prior to such deposit the Company shall deliver an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee which shall certify that such amount has been so deposited with such depository.

"Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 307.

"Depository" when used with respect to the Securities of or within any series issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, means the Person designated as Depository by the Company pursuant to Section 301 until a successor Depository shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter shall mean or include each Person which is then a Depository hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, shall be a collective reference to such Persons.

"Distributions," with respect to the Trust Securities issued by a Regions Trust, means amounts payable in respect of such Trust Securities as provided in the related Trust Agreement and referred to therein as "Distributions."

"Dollar" or "$" means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

"DTC" means The Depository Trust Company.

"Euroclear" means Euroclear Bank S.A. or its successor as operator of the Euroclear System.

"Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 501.

-4-

"Expiration Date" means any date designated as such pursuant to Section 104(h) hereof.

"Extension Period" has the meaning specified in Section 311.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Commission.

"Exchange Rate Agent" unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of or within any series pursuant to Section 301, means a bank designated as such in accordance with Section 301 (which may include any such bank acting as Trustee).

"Exchange Rate Officer's Certificate" means a certificate in the form attached as Exhibit B setting forth (i) the applicable market exchange rate or the applicable bid quotation and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Security having the lowest denomination principal amount in the relevant currency or currency unit), payable with respect to a Security of any series on the basis of such market exchange rate or the applicable bid quotation, signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, or any Vice President of the Company.

"Foreign Currency" means any currency, currency unit or composite currency issued by the government of one or more countries other than the United States of America or by any recognized confederation or association of such governments.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States applied on a consistent basis as in effect from time to time; provided that solely for purposes of any calculation required by the financial covenants contained herein, "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States on the date hereof, applied on a consistent basis.

"Government Obligations" means securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or, if specified as contemplated by
Section 301, the government which issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of a particular series are payable, for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or, if specified as contemplated by Section 301, such government which issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America or such other government, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

"Holder" means, in the case of a Registered Security, the Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register and, in the case of a Bearer Security, the bearer thereof and, when used with respect to any coupon, shall mean the bearer thereof.

"Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301; provided, however, that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, "Indenture" shall mean, with respect to any one or more series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the

-5-

applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of the or those particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 301, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms which relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

"Indexed Security" means a Security the terms of which provide that the principal amount thereof payable at Stated Maturity may be more or less than the principal face amount thereof at original issuance.

"Interest" when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, shall mean interest payable after Maturity, and, when used with respect to a Security which provides for the payment of Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 1011, includes such Additional Amounts.

"Interest Payment Date" means, when used with respect to any Security, the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

"Investment Company Event" means the receipt by a Regions Trust of an Opinion of Counsel to the Company experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or a written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that such Regions Trust is or will be considered an "investment company" that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"), which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Preferred Securities issued by such Regions Trust.

"Make-Whole Amount" means the amount, if any, in addition to principal which is required by a Security, under the terms and conditions specified therein or as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, to be paid by the Company to the Holder thereof in connection with any optional redemption or accelerated payment of such Security.

"Maturity" means, when used with respect to any Security, the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment, repurchase or otherwise.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by an officer of the Company and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company or other counsel satisfactory to the Trustee.

"Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

"Outstanding," when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

-6-

(ii) Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder money in the necessary amount and the required currency has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or other provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Securities, except solely to the extent provided in Sections 1402 or 1403, as applicable, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Fourteen;

(iv) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 307 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company; and

(v) Securities converted or exchanged into other securities or property of the Company pursuant to or in accordance with this Indenture if the terms of such Securities provide for convertibility or exchange pursuant to Section 301; provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313, (a) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, (b) the principal amount of any Security denominated in a Foreign Currency that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent, determined pursuant to Section 301 as of the date such Security is originally issued by the Company as set forth in an Exchange Rate Officer's Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the Dollar equivalent as of such date of original issuance of the amount determined as provided in clause (a) above) of such Security,
(c) the principal amount of any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Indexed Security pursuant to Section 301, and (d) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

"Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), interest or any other payments on any Securities, or coupons on behalf of the Company, or if no such Person is authorized, the Company.

-7-

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Place of Payment" means, when used with respect to the Securities of or within any series, the place or places where the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) interest, and any other payment on such Securities are payable as specified as contemplated by Sections 301 and 1002.

"Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or a Security to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or the Security to which the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains.

"Preferred Securities" means undivided preferred beneficial interests in the Regions Trusts.

"Principal Subsidiary Bank" means any Subsidiary Bank, the consolidated assets of which constitute 50% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company.

"Property Trustee" means, in respect of any Regions Trust, the commercial bank or trust company identified as the "Property Trustee" in the related Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of such Regions Trust under such Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor property trustee appointed as therein provided.

"Redemption Date" means, when used with respect to any security to be redeemed in whole or in part, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

"Redemption Price" means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed in whole or in part, the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

"Regions Guarantee" means the guarantee by the Company of distributions on the Preferred Securities of a Regions Trust to the extent provided in a guarantee agreement.

"Regions Trust" means one or more business trusts, partnerships or limited liability companies created by the Company for the purpose of issuing undivided beneficial interests therein in connection with the purchase of Securities under this Indenture.

"Registered Security" means any Security which is registered in the Security Register.

"Regular Record Date" for the installment of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Securities of or within any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301, whether or not a Business Day.

"Repayment Date" means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid or repurchased at the option of the Holder, the date fixed for such repayment or repurchase by or pursuant to this Indenture.

"Repayment Price" means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid or purchased at the option of the Holder, the price at which it is to be repaid or repurchased pursuant to this Indenture.

"Representative" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for an issue of Senior Debt.

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office including any vice president, assistant vice president, managing director, assistant treasurer, secretary, assistant secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to

-8-

those performed by any of the above designated officers and having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Commission.

"Security" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and, more particularly, means any Security or Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, "Securities" with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of or within any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

"Security Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

"Senior Debt" means the principal, premium, if any, unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement and indemnification obligations, and all other amounts payable under or in respect of (i) Debt and (ii) all obligations to make payment pursuant to the terms of financial instruments, such as (x) securities contracts and foreign currency exchange contracts, (y) derivative instruments, such as swap agreements (including interest rate and foreign exchange rate swap agreements), cap agreements, floor agreements, collar agreements, interest rate agreements, foreign exchange rate agreements, options, commodity futures contracts, commodity option contracts, and (z) in the case of both (x) and (y) above, similar financial instruments, in each case, whether any such indebtedness exists as of the date of the Indenture or is created, incurred or assumed after such date and any such obligation of another Person the payment of which, in either case, the Company has guaranteed or for which the Company is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; provided, however, that, in any event, Senior Debt shall not include (1) any such indebtedness, obligation or liability referred to in clauses (i) through
(v) of the definition of Debt as to which, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such indebtedness, obligation or liability is not superior in right of payment to the Securities, or ranks pari passu with the Securities, (2) the Securities, (3) any Debt of the Company which when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, was without recourse to the Company, (4) any Debt of the Company for wages or bank deposits payable to the Company's executive officers and directors; (5) any Debt to any employee of the Company, and (6) all other indebtedness of the Company sold to any Subsidiary of the Company, including any limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts established or to be established by the Company, in each case where such Subsidiary is a financing entity of the Company in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of securities that are similar to the Preferred Securities.

"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary which is a "significant subsidiary" (within the meaning of Regulation S-X, promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Company. The term Significant Subsidiary shall not include any Regions Trust, but shall in any event include any Principal Subsidiary Bank.

"Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of or within any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

"Stated Maturity" means, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, the date specified in such Security or a coupon representing such installment of interest as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

-9-

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or (b) any other Person which is otherwise controlled by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. For the purposes of this definition, "voting equity securities" means equity securities having voting power for the election of directors, or other similar entity whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of security has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

"Subsidiary Bank" means any Subsidiary of the Company which is a bank or trust company organized and doing business under any state or federal law.

"Tax Event" means the receipt by a Regions Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement or decision is announced on or after the date of issuance of the Preferred Securities of such Regions Trust, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) such Regions Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such Opinion of Counsel, subject to United States Federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the corresponding series of Securities issued by the Company to such Regions Trust, (ii) interest payable by the Company or original issue discount on such corresponding series of Securities is not, or within 90 days of the date of such Opinion of Counsel, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States Federal income tax purposes or (iii) such Regions Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such Opinion of Counsel, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

"Trust Agreement" means the Declaration of Trust (or an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement) under which a Regions Trust is created (or continued) and providing for the issuance of Trust Securities by such Regions Trust, as amended from time to time.

"Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 905.

"Trust Securities" means, collectively, the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities.

"Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one such Person, "Trustee" as used with respect to the Securities of or within any series shall mean only the Trustee with respect to the Securities of that series.

"United States" means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

"United States person" means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state or the District of Columbia or an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.

"Yield to Maturity" means the yield to maturity, computed at the time of issuance of a Security (or, if applicable, at the most recent predetermination of interest on such Security) and as set forth in such Security in accordance with generally accepted United States bond yield computation principles.

-10-

SECTION 102 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS.

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including covenants, compliance with which constitute conditions precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (excluding certificates delivered pursuant to Section 1010) shall include:

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 103 FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion as to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the opinion, certificate or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel or certificate or representations may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information as to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations as to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

SECTION 104 ACTS OF HOLDERS.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of the Outstanding Securities of all series or one or more series, as the case may be, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing. If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of Securities of

-11-

such series may, alternatively, be embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders of Securities of such series voting in favor thereof, whether in person or by proxies duly appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article Fifteen, or a combination of such instruments and any such record. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 612) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 1506.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other reasonable manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Registered Securities shall be proved by the Security Register or by a certificate of the Security Registrar.

(d) The ownership of Bearer Securities may be proved by the production of such Bearer Securities or by a certificate executed, as depository, by any trust company, bank, banker or other depository, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such person had on deposit with such depository, or exhibited to it, the Bearer Securities therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such Bearer Securities, if such certificate or affidavit is deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory. The Trustee and the Company may assume that such ownership of any Bearer Security continues until (1) another certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Bearer Security is produced, or (2) such Bearer Security is produced to the Trustee by some other Person, or (3) such Bearer Security is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Security, or
(4) such Bearer Security is no longer Outstanding. The ownership of Bearer Securities may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(e) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

-12-

(f) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(g) The Trustee may, in its sole discretion, set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default,
(ii) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 502, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 507(2) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 512, in each case with respect to Securities of such series. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date, provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of the relevant series on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company's expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner set forth in Section 106.

(h) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto which sets such record dates may designate any day as the "Expiration Date" and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner set forth in Section 106, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

SECTION 10 NOTICES, ETC., THE TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

-13-

SECTION 106 NOTICE TO HOLDERS; WAIVER.

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of Registered Securities by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each such Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities given as provided herein. Any notice mailed to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.

If by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable or unreliable to give such notice by mail, then such notification to Holders of Registered Securities as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Bearer Securities of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given if published in an Authorized Newspaper in The City of New York and in such other city or cities as may be specified in such Securities, and if the Securities of such series are listed on any stock exchange outside the United States, in any place at which such Securities are listed on a securities exchange to the extent that such securities exchange so requires, on a Business Day, such publication to be not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once, on the date of the first such publication.

If by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspaper or Authorized Newspapers or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to publish any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities as provided above, then such notification to Holders of Bearer Securities as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice to such Holders for every purpose hereunder. Neither the failure to give notice by publication to any particular Holder of Bearer Securities as provided above, nor any defect in any notice so published, shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Bearer Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Registered Securities given as provided herein.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

All notices, requests and other communications to the Trustee shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing or other electronic communication acceptable to the Trustee) and shall be given to the Trustee, addressed to it at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

SECTION 107 EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

-14-

SECTION 108 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109 SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Security or coupon shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 110 BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities or coupons appertaining thereto, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their successors hereunder, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders and, to the extent expressly provided in any Trust Agreement, the Holders of Preferred Securities, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 111 NO PERSONAL LIABILITY.

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, in any Security or coupon appertaining thereto, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any promoter, as such, or against any past, present or future shareholder, officer or director, as such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or through the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Securities by the Holders thereof and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

SECTION 112 GOVERNING LAW.

This Indenture and the Securities and coupons shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions and any provisions of this Indenture that are not permitted by the provisions of the TIA shall be deemed to be deleted or modified to the extent such provisions are required to be deleted or modified for the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA.

SECTION 113 LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security or the last date on which a Holder has the right to convert or exchange a Security at a particular conversion or exchange price shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security or coupon other than a provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu hereof), payment of interest or any Additional Amounts or principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date and conversion or exchange need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or sinking fund payment date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity or on such last day for conversion or exchange, provided that so long as such payment is made on the next succeeding Business Day, no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity or on such last day for conversion or exchange, as the case may be, to such

-15-

next succeeding Business Day, notwithstanding the foregoing, if such succeeding Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day (in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity or on such last day for conversion or exchange, as the case may be).

ARTICLE II SECURITIES FORMS

SECTION 201 FORMS OF SECURITIES.

The Registered Securities, if any, of each series and the Bearer Securities, if any, and related coupons of each series, shall be in substantially the forms as shall be established in or pursuant to one or more indentures supplemental hereto or Board Resolutions, shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Securities may be listed or Depository therefor, or to conform to usage. If temporary Securities of any series are issued as permitted by Section 304, the form thereof also shall be established as provided by the preceding sentence. If the forms of Securities and coupons, if any, of any series are established by, or by action taken pursuant to, a Board Resolution, a copy of the Board Resolution together with an appropriate record of any such action taken pursuant thereto, including a copy of the approved form of Securities or coupons, if any, shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, Bearer Securities shall have interest coupons attached.

The definitive Securities and coupons shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers of the Company executing such Securities or coupons, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities or coupons.

Securities distributed to holders of book-entry Preferred Securities shall be distributed in the form of one or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary or its nominee, and deposited with the Security Registrar, as custodian for such depositary, or held by such depositary, for credit by the depositary to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the Securities represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct). Securities distributed to holders of Preferred Securities other than book-entry Preferred Securities shall not be issued in the form of a global security or any other form intended to facilitate book-entry trading in beneficial interests in such Securities.

SECTION 202 FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

Subject to Section 611, the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, AS TRUSTEE

-16-

By:

Authorized Officer

SECTION 203 SECURITIES ISSUABLE IN GLOBAL FORM.

If Securities of or within a series are issuable in global form, as specified as contemplated by Section 301, then, notwithstanding clause (8) of Section 301 and the provisions of Section 302, any such Security shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series represented thereby may from time to time be increased or decreased to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in such manner and upon written instruction given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 303 or 304. Subject to the provisions of Section 303 and, if applicable, Section 304, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon written instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 303 or 304 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement or delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

The provisions of the last sentence of Section 303 shall apply to any Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 303.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 307, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, payment of principal of and any premium or Make-Whole Amount and interest on any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 308 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company and the Trustee shall treat as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by a permanent global Security (i) in the case of a permanent global Security in registered form, the Holder of such permanent global Security in registered form, or (ii) in the case of a permanent global Security in bearer form, Euroclear or Clearstream.

ARTICLE III. THE SECURITIES

SECTION 301 AMOUNT UNLIMITED; ISSUABLE IN SERIES.

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, or indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, any or all of the following, as applicable (each of which (except for the matters set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (15) below), if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Company with respect to unissued Securities of or within the series when issued from time to time):

(1) the title of the Securities of or within the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from all other series of Securities);

-17-

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of or within the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of or within the series pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 906, 1107, or 1305);

(3) the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates will be determined, on which the principal of the Securities of or within the series shall be payable and the amount of principal payable thereon;

(4) the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) at which the Securities of or within the series shall bear interest, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date, or the method by which such date shall be determined, the basis upon which interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and whether any such interest payments may be deferred and the duration of the related Extension Period;

(5) the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the City of Birmingham, Alabama or the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), interest, if any, on, and Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of, Securities of or within the series shall be payable, any Registered Securities of or within the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or conversion and notices or demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of or within the series and this Indenture may be served;

(6) the period or periods within which, the price or prices (including the premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) at which, the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of or within the series may be redeemed in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have the option;

(7) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of or within the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of or within the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(8) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which any Registered Securities of or within the series shall be issuable and, if other than the denomination of $5,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denomination or denominations in which any Bearer Securities of or within the series shall be issuable;

(9) if other than the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar and/or Paying Agent;

(10) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of or within the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or, if applicable, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of or within the series that is convertible in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

(11) if other than Dollars, the Foreign Currency or Currencies in which payment of the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Securities of or within the series shall be payable or in which the Securities of or within the series shall be denominated;

-18-

(12) whether the amount of payments of principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of or within the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on one or more currencies, currency units, composite currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(13) whether the principal of (and premium or Make Whole Amount, if any) or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Securities of or within the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies other than that in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of, and identity of the Exchange Rate Agent with responsibility for, determining the exchange rate between the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable and the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which such Securities are to be so payable;

(14) provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Securities of or within the series upon the occurrence of such events as may be specified;

(15) (a) any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default with respect to Securities of or within the series, whether or not such Events of Default are consistent with the Events of Default set forth herein and (b) any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the covenants of the Company with respect to the Securities of or within the series, whether or not such covenants are consistent with the covenants set forth herein;

(16) whether Securities of or within the series are to be issuable as Registered Securities, Bearer Securities (with or without coupons) or both, any restrictions applicable to the offer, sale or delivery of Bearer Securities and the terms upon which Bearer Securities of or within the series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of or within the series and vice versa (if permitted by applicable laws and regulations), whether any Securities of or within the series are to be issuable initially in temporary global form and whether any Securities of or within the series are to be issuable in permanent global form (with or without coupons) and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such permanent global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of such series and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section 305, and, if Registered Securities of or within the series are to be issuable as a global Security, the identity of the depository for such series;

(17) the date as of which any Bearer Securities of or within the series and any temporary global Security representing Outstanding Securities of or within the series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;

(18) the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, the manner in which, or the Person to whom, any interest on any Bearer Security of the series shall be payable, if otherwise than upon presentation and surrender of the coupons appertaining thereto as they severally mature, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 304;

(19) the applicability, if any, of Sections 1402 and/or 1403 to the Securities of or within the series and any provisions in modification of, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Article Fourteen and, if the Securities of the series are payable in a currency other than Dollars, whether, for purposes of such defeasance or covenant defeasance the term "Government Obligations" shall include obligations referred to in the definition of such term which are not obligations of the United States or an agency or an instrumentality thereof;

-19-

(20) if the Securities of such series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and/or terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

(21) if the Securities of or within the series are to be issued upon the exercise of debt warrants, the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered;

(22) whether and under what circumstances the Company will pay Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 1011 on the Securities of or within the series to any Holder who is not a United States person (including any modification to the definition of such term) in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such Additional Amounts (and the terms of any such option);

(23) the obligation, if any, of the Company to permit the Securities of such series to be converted into or exchanged for common stock of the Company or other securities or property of the Company and the terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange shall be effected (including, without limitation, the initial conversion price or rate, the conversion or exchange period, any adjustment of the applicable conversion or exchange price or rate and any requirements relative to the reservation of such shares for purposes of conversion or exchange);

(24) if convertible or exchangeable, any applicable limitations on the ownership or transferability of the securities or property into which such Securities are convertible or exchangeable;

(25) if such Securities are to be issued to a Regions Trust, the form or forms of Trust Agreement and Regions Guarantee relating to the Securities of such series;

(26) if the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of any Securities of the series will not be determinable as of any one or more dates prior to the Stated Maturity, the amount which shall be deemed to be the principal amount of such Securities as of any such date for any purpose thereunder or hereunder, including the principal amount thereof which shall be due and payable upon any Maturity other than the Stated Maturity or which shall be deemed to be Outstanding as of any date prior to the Stated Maturity (or, in any such case, the manner in which such amount deemed to be the principal amount shall be determined); and

(27) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture except as permitted by
Section 901(5)).

All Securities of any one series and the coupons appertaining to any Bearer Securities of such series, if any, shall be substantially identical except, in the case of Registered or Bearer Securities issued in global form, as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or in any indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

If any of the terms of the Securities of any series are established by action taken pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, a copy of an appropriate record of such action(s) shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order for authentication and delivery of such Securities.

The Securities shall be subordinated in right of payment to Senior Debt, as provided in Article Seventeen.

-20-

SECTION 302 DENOMINATIONS.

The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. With respect to Securities of any series denominated in Dollars, in the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Registered Securities of such series, other than Registered Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination), shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and the Bearer Securities of such series other than Bearer Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination), shall be issuable in denominations of $5,000.

SECTION 303 EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING.

The Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be executed on behalf of the Company by an officer of the Company and attested by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities and coupons may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities.

Securities or coupons appertaining thereto bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities or coupons.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series, together with any coupon appertaining thereto, executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities; provided, however, that, in connection with its original issuance, no Bearer Security shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States; and provided further that, unless otherwise specified with respect to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 301 a Bearer Security may be delivered in connection with its original issuance only if the Person entitled to receive such Bearer Security shall have furnished a certificate to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture or such other certificate as may be specified with respect to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 301, dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the earlier of the date on which such Bearer Security is delivered and the date on which any temporary Security first becomes exchangeable for such Bearer Security in accordance with the terms of such temporary Security and this Indenture. Except as permitted by Section 306, the Trustee shall not authenticate and deliver any Bearer Security unless all appurtenant coupons for interest then matured have been detached and canceled.

If all of the Securities are not to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture establishing such series shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities and determining the terms of particular Securities of such series, such as interest rate or formula, maturity date, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue. In authenticating Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 612 and TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d)) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon:

(i) an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 102 and stating that:

(a) the form or forms of such Securities and any coupons have been, or will have been upon compliance with such procedures as may be specified therein, established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(b) the terms of such Securities and any coupons have been, or will have been upon compliance with such procedures as may be specified therein, established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

-21-

(c) such Securities, together with any coupons appertaining thereto, when completed pursuant to such procedures as may be specified therein, and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and to general equitable principles and to such other matters as may be specified therein; and

(ii) an Officers' Certificate complying with Section 102 and stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the issuance of such Securities have been, or will have been upon compliance with such procedures as may be specified therein, complied with and that, to the best of the knowledge of the signers of such certificate, no Event of Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and be continuing.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding paragraph, if all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver a Company Order, an Opinion of Counsel or an Officers' Certificate otherwise required pursuant to the preceding paragraph at the time of issuance of each Security of such series, but such order, opinion and certificate, with appropriate modifications to cover such future issuances, shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.

The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee's own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication and each Bearer Security shall be dated as of the date specified as contemplated by Section 301.

No Security or coupon appertaining thereto shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security or the Security to which such coupon appertains a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized officer, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 309 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued or sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

SECTION 304 TEMPORARY SECURITIES.

(a) Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form, or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more coupons or without coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers of the Company executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. In the case of Securities of any series, such temporary Securities may be in global form.

-22-

Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form (which shall be exchanged in accordance with Section 304(b) or as otherwise provided in or pursuant to a Board Resolution), if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series (accompanied by any non-matured coupons appertaining thereto), the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations; provided, however, that no definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary

Registered Security; and provided further that a definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Bearer Security only in compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 303. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

(b) Unless otherwise provided as contemplated in Section 301, this
Section 304(b) shall govern the exchange of temporary Securities issued in global form other than through the facilities of DTC. If any such temporary Security is issued in global form, then such temporary global Security shall, unless otherwise provided therein, be delivered to the London office of a depository or common depository (the "Common Depository"), for the benefit of Euroclear and Clearstream.

Without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the date specified in, or determined pursuant to the terms of, any such temporary global Security (the "Exchange Date"), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such temporary global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the Exchange Date, such temporary global Security shall be surrendered by the Common Depository to the Trustee, as the Company's agent for such purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such temporary global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of or within the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such temporary global Security to be exchanged. The definitive Securities to be delivered in exchange for any such temporary global Security shall be in bearer form, registered form, permanent global bearer form or permanent global registered form, or any combination thereof, as specified as contemplated by Section 301, and, if any combination thereof is so specified, as requested by the beneficial owner thereof; provided, however, that, unless otherwise specified in such temporary global Security, upon such presentation by the Common Depository, such temporary global Security is accompanied by a certificate dated the Exchange Date or a subsequent date and signed by Euroclear as to the portion of such temporary global Security, if any, held for its account then to be exchanged and a certificate dated the Exchange Date or a subsequent date and signed by Clearstream as to the portion of such temporary global Security, if any, held for its account then to be exchanged, each in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 to this Indenture or in such other form as may be established pursuant to
Section 301; and provided further that definitive Bearer Securities shall be delivered in exchange for a portion of a temporary global Security only in compliance with the requirements of Section 303.

Unless otherwise specified in such temporary global Security, the interest of a beneficial owner of Securities of a series in a temporary global Security shall be exchanged for definitive Securities of the same series and of like tenor following the Exchange Date when the account holder instructs Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, to request such exchange on his behalf and delivers to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 301), dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the Exchange Date, copies of which certificate shall be available from the offices of Euroclear or Clearstream, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent appointed for such series of Securities and each Paying Agent. Unless otherwise specified in such temporary global Security, any such exchange shall be made free of charge to the beneficial owners of such temporary global Security, except that a Person receiving definitive

-23-

Securities must bear the cost of insurance, postage, transportation and the like unless such Person takes delivery of such definitive Securities in person at the offices of Euroclear or Clearstream. Definitive Securities in bearer form to be delivered in exchange for any portion of a temporary global Security shall be delivered only outside the United States.

Until exchanged in full as hereinabove provided, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of the same series and of like tenor authenticated and delivered hereunder, except that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date for Securities of such series occurring prior to the applicable Exchange Date shall be payable to Euroclear or Clearstream on such Interest Payment Date upon delivery by Euroclear or Clearstream to the Trustee of a certificate or certificates in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 to this Indenture (or in such other forms as may be established pursuant to Section 301), for credit without further interest on or after such Interest Payment Date to the respective accounts of Persons who are the beneficial owners of such temporary global Security on such Interest Payment Date and who have each delivered to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the Interest Payment Date occurring prior to such Exchange Date in the form set forth as Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture (or in such other forms as may be established pursuant to
Section 301). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the certifications made pursuant to this paragraph shall satisfy the certification requirements of the preceding two paragraphs of this Section 304(b) and of the third paragraph of Section 303 of this Indenture and the interests of the Persons who are the beneficial owners of the temporary global Security with respect to which such certification was made will be exchanged for definitive Securities of the same series and of like tenor on the Exchange Date or the date of certification if such date occurs after the Exchange Date, without further act or deed by such beneficial owners. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, no payments of principal or interest owing with respect to a beneficial interest in a temporary global Security will be made unless and until such interest in such temporary global Security shall have been exchanged for an interest in a definitive Security. Any interest so received by Euroclear or Clearstream and not paid as herein provided shall be returned to the Trustee prior to the expiration of two years after such Interest Payment Date in order to be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 305 REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or in any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment a register for each series of Securities (the registers maintained in such office or in any such office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes referred to collectively as the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it or the Security Registrar may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and of transfers of Registered Securities. The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, is hereby initially appointed "Security Registrar" for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities on such Security Register as herein provided. In the event that the Trustee shall cease to be Security Registrar, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register at all reasonable times and to require that a copy of the Security Register in written form be delivered to it from time to time as reasonably requested. Subject to the provisions of this Section 305, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, and containing identical terms and provisions.

Subject to the provisions of this Section 305, at the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series (not in global form) may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination or denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any such Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall

-24-

execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any series of Securities as contemplated by
Section 301, Bearer Securities may not be issued in exchange for Registered Securities.

If (but only if) permitted as contemplated by Section 301, at the option of the Holder, Bearer Securities of any series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Bearer Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency, with all unmatured coupons and all matured coupons in default thereto appertaining. If the Holder of a Bearer Security is unable to produce any such unmatured coupon or coupons or matured coupon or coupons in default, any such permitted exchange may be effected if the Bearer Securities are accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company in an amount equal to the face amount of such missing coupon or coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there is furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which such a payment shall have been made, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such payment; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 1002, interest represented by coupons shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons at an office or agency located outside the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered at any such office or agency in a permitted exchange for a Registered Security of the same series and like tenor after the close of business at such office or agency on
(i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, and interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange for such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, any permanent global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If the depository for any permanent global Security is DTC, then, unless the terms of such global Security expressly permit such global Security to be exchanged in whole or in part for definitive Securities, a global Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to a nominee of DTC, or by a nominee of DTC to DTC, or to a successor to DTC for such global Security selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor to DTC. If at any time DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the applicable global Security or Securities or if at any time DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act if so required by applicable law or regulation, the Company shall appoint a successor depository with respect to such global Security or Securities. If (x) a successor depository for such global Security or Securities is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such unwillingness, inability or ineligibility, (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the beneficial owners representing a majority in principal amount of the applicable series of Securities represented by such global Security or Securities advise DTC to cease acting as depository for such global Security or Securities or (z) the Company, in its sole discretion, determines at any time that all Outstanding Securities (but not less than all) of any series issued or issuable in the form of one or more global Securities shall no longer be represented by such global Security or Securities (provided, however, the Company may not make such determination during the 40-day restricted period provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act or during any other similar period during which the Securities must be held in global form as may be required by the Securities Act), then the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Securities of like series, rank, tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such global Security or Securities. If any beneficial owner of an interest in a permanent global Security is otherwise entitled to exchange such an interest for Securities of such series and of like tenor and principal

-25-

amount of another authorized form and denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 301 and provided that any applicable notice provided in the permanent global Security shall have been given, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interest may be so exchanged, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner's interest in such permanent global Security. On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent global Security shall be surrendered for exchange by DTC or such other depository as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company's agent for such purpose; provided, however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date if the Security for which exchange is requested may be among those selected for redemption; and provided further that no Bearer Security delivered in exchange for a portion of a permanent global Security shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States. If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent global Security is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or redemption shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee or the Security Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 306, 1107 or 1305 not involving any transfer.

The Company or the Trustee, as applicable, shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security if such Security may be among those selected for redemption during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before selection of the Securities to be redeemed under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on (A) if such Securities are issuable only as Registered Securities, the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption and (B) if such Securities are issuable as Bearer Securities, the day of the first publication of the relevant notice of redemption or, if such Securities are also issuable as Registered Securities and there is no publication, the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Registered Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed, or (iii) to exchange any Bearer Security so selected for redemption except that such a Bearer Security may be exchanged for a Registered Security of that series and like tenor, provided that such Registered Security shall be simultaneously surrendered for redemption, or (iv) to issue or to register the transfer or exchange of any Security which has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repaid.

SECTION 306 MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN SECURITIES.

If any mutilated Security or a Security with a mutilated coupon appertaining to it is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company, together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company

-26-

or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to the surrendered Security.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security or coupon, and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of actual notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security or coupon has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or in exchange for the Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains (with all appurtenant coupons not destroyed, lost or stolen), a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or to the Security to which such destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or coupon has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, with coupons corresponding to coupons, if any, appertaining to such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or to the Security to which such destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, pay such Security or coupon; provided, however, that payment of principal of (and premium or Make- Whole Amount, if any), any interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to Bearer Securities shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 1002, be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, any interest on Bearer Securities shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the coupons appertaining thereto.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series with its coupons, if any, issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security, or in exchange for a Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security and its coupons, if any, or the destroyed, lost or stolen coupon shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series and their coupons, if any, duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or coupons.

SECTION 307 PAYMENT OF INTEREST; INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED.

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 301, interest on any Registered Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002; provided, however, that each installment of interest on any Registered Security may at the Company's option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 308, to the address of such Person as it appears on the Security Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee located inside the United States.

-27-

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to the Securities of any series, payment of interest may be made, in the case of a Bearer Security, by transfer to an account maintained by the payee with a bank located outside the United States.

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301, every permanent global Security will provide that interest, if any, payable on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as the case may be, with respect to that portion of such permanent global Security held for its account by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, for the purpose of permitting such party to credit the interest received by it in respect of such permanent global Security to the accounts of the beneficial owners thereof.

In case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Security of such series after the close of business (at an office or agency in a Place of Payment for such series) on any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business (at such office or agency) on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date and interest will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange for such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of section 301, any interest on any Registered Security of any series that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment (which shall not be less than 20 days after such notice is received by the Trustee), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series) equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Registered Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2). In case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered at the office or agency in a Place of Payment for such series in exchange for a Registered Security of such series after the close of business at such office or agency on any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the coupon relating to such proposed date of payment and Defaulted Interest will not be payable on such proposed date of payment in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange

-28-

for such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 305, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

Subject to the provisions of Section 1402 and except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of section 301, in the case of any Security which is converted or exchanged after any Regular Record Date and on or prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (other than any Security, the principal of (or premium, if any, on) which shall become due and payable, whether at a Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, or otherwise, prior to such Interest Payment Date), interest whose Stated Maturity is on such Interest Payment Date shall be payable on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding such conversion or exchange, and such interest (whether or not punctually paid or duly provided for) shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence, in the case of any Security which is converted or exchanged, interest whose Stated Maturity is after the date of conversion or exchange of such Security shall not be payable.

SECTION 308 PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.

Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on and Additional Amounts with respect to, such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Title to any Bearer Security and any coupons appertaining thereto shall pass by delivery. The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder of any Bearer Security and the Holder of any coupon as the absolute owner of such Security or coupon for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security or coupon be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any global Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depository, as a Holder, with respect to such global Security or impair, as between such depository and owners of beneficial interests in such global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depository (or its nominee) as Holder of such global Security.

-29-

SECTION 309 CANCELLATION.

All Securities and coupons surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment at the option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and coupons and Securities and coupons surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. If the Company shall so acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. Canceled Securities and coupons held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee and, if required in writing by the Company, the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company, unless by a Company Order the Company directs their return to it.

SECTION 310 COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 311 DEFERRALS OF INTEREST PAYMENT DATES.

If specified as contemplated by Section 201 or Section 301 with respect to the Securities of a particular series, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time during the term of such series, from time to time to defer the payment of interest on such Securities for such period or periods as may be specified as contemplated by Section 301 (each, an "Extension Period") during which Extension Periods the Company shall have the right to make partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date. No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Securities (together with Additional Interest thereon, if any, at the rate specified for the Securities of such series to the extent permitted by applicable law); provided, however, that no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities of such series; provided, further, that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock, or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt security of the Company that ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to the Securities of such series in all respects (other than, in each case, (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan, in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to any applicable Extension Period or in connection with transactions effected by or for the account of customers of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or in connection with the distribution, trading or market-making activities by any such Affiliate in respect of any Preferred Securities, (B) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock, (C) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (D) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan,

-30-

or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (E) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock). Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer the payment of interest, provided that no Extension Period shall exceed the period or periods specified in such Securities or extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of such Securities. Upon termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period, subject to the above requirements. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest as and to the extent as may be specified as contemplated by
Section 301. The Company shall give the Trustee prior written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period as specified pursuant to Section 301 at least one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on Securities of such series would be payable but for such deferral or, with respect to any Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, so long as any such Securities are held by such Regions Trust, at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which Distributions on the Preferred Securities of such Regions Trust would be payable but for such deferral, and (ii) the date on which the Property Trustee of such Regions Trust is required to give notice to any securities exchange or other applicable self-regulatory organization or to holders of such Preferred Securities of the record date or the date such Distributions are payable.

The Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall promptly give notice of the Company's election to begin any such Extension Period to the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series.

SECTION 312 RIGHT OF SET-OFF.

With respect to the Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall have the right to set-off any payment it is otherwise required to make thereunder in respect of any such Security to the extent the Company has theretofore made, or is concurrently on the date of such payment, making a payment under the Regions Guarantee relating to such Security or to a holder of such Security pursuant to
Section 508 hereof.

SECTION 313 AGREED TAX TREATMENT.

Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its acceptance of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, such Security agree that for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes it is intended that such Security constitutes indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes and, with respect to Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, to treat Preferred Securities of such Trust (including but not limited to all payments and proceeds with respect to such Preferred Securities) as an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Securities (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

SECTION 314 CUSIP NUMBERS.

The Company in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption or other related material as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice or other related material may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or other related material and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

-31-

SECTION 315 SHORTENING OF STATED MATURITY

If specified as contemplated by Section 201 or 301 with respect to the Securities of a particular series, the Company shall have the right to shorten the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities of such series at any time to any date not earlier than the first date on which the Company has the right to redeem the Securities of such series. In the event that the Company elects to shorten the Stated Maturity of the Securities of such series, it shall give written notice to the Trustee.

ARTICLE IV. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 401 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities specified in such Company Request (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series herein expressly provided for and any right to receive Additional Amounts, as provided in Section 1011), and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series and any coupons appertaining thereto when

(1) either

(A) all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered and all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto (other than (i) coupons appertaining to Bearer Securities surrendered for exchange for Registered Securities and maturing after such exchange, whose surrender is not required or has been waived as provided in Section 305, (ii) Securities and coupons of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306,
(iii) coupons appertaining to Securities called for redemption and maturing after the relevant Redemption Date, whose surrender has been waived as provided in Section 1106, and (iv) Securities and coupons of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in
Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all Securities of such series and, in the case of (i) or (ii)
below, any coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities and such coupons not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest, and any Additional Interest and Additional Amounts with respect thereto, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

-32-

(2) The Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(3) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under
Section 606, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under
Section 611 and, if money shall have been deposited with and held by the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003, shall survive.

In the event that there are Securities of two or more series outstanding hereunder, the Trustee shall be required to execute an instrument acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture only if requested in writing to do so with respect to Securities of a particular series as to which it is Trustee and if the other conditions thereto are met.

SECTION 402 APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS.

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities, the coupons and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), and any interest and Additional Amounts for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Money deposited pursuant to this section not in violation of this Indenture shall not be subject to claims of holders of Senior Debt under Article Seventeen.

ARTICLE V. REMEDIES

SECTION 501 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Subject to any modifications, additions or deletions relating to any series of Securities as contemplated pursuant to Section 301, "Event of Default," wherever used herein with respect to any particular series of Securities, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default whether it shall be occasioned by the provisions of Article Seventeen and whether or not it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) default in the payment of any interest (including any Additional Interest) upon or any Additional Amounts payable in respect of any Security of or within that series or of any coupon appertaining thereto, when such interest (including any Additional Interest), Additional Amounts or coupon becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on) any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity; or

(3) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of any Security of that series; or

(4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant, agreement or warranty of the Company in this Indenture with respect to any Security of that series (other than (i) a covenant, agreement

-33-

or warranty included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than such series or (ii) a covenant, agreement or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

(5) default under a bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company, having a principal amount outstanding in excess of $50,000,000 (other than indebtedness which is non-recourse to the Company) under the terms of the instrument under which the indebtedness is issued or secured, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in such indebtedness being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, without such indebtedness having been discharged, or such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled, or there being deposited with an unaffiliated depository, in trust, money in the necessary amount to discharge such indebtedness, within a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company to cause such indebtedness to be discharged or cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

(6) the Company or the Principal Subsidiary Bank pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case; or

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; or

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(E) makes an admission in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

(F) takes corporate action in furtherance of any such action; or

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or the Principal Subsidiary Bank in an involuntary case; or

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or the Principal Subsidiary Bank or for all or substantially all of either of its property; or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days; or

(D) adjudges the Company bankrupt or insolvent, or approves as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, and adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or the Principal Subsidiary Bank; or

-34-

(8) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

As used in this Section 501, the term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law for the relief of debtors and the term "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 502 ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

Unless otherwise specified in the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture relating to any series of Securities, if an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each such affected series (voting as a single class) may declare the principal and premium, if any, (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) of, and the Make-Whole Amount, if any, on, all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), provided that, in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, if, upon an Event of Default, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series fail to declare the principal of all the Securities of that series to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at least 25% in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement under which such Regions Trust is created) of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have such right by a notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration such principal and premium, if any, or specified portion thereof and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay in the currency, currency unit or composite currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series):

(A) all overdue installments of interest on and any Additional Amounts payable in respect of all Outstanding Securities of that series and any related coupons;

(B) the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on)
any Outstanding Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities;

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) and any Additional Amounts at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities; and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest on Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in
Section 513.

-35-

In the case of Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement under which such Regions Trust is created) of the related series of Preferred Securities issued by such Regions Trust shall also have the right to rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 502.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 503 COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY TRUSTEE.

The Company covenants that if:

(1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Security of any series and any related coupon when such interest or Additional Amount becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on) any Security of any series at its Maturity, then the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities of such series and coupons, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities and coupons for principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) and Additional Amounts, with interest upon any overdue principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) or Additional Amounts, if any, at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series, wherever situated.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series and any related coupons by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 504 TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal, premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any, or interest, (including any Additional Interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise to take any and all actions authorized under the TIA in order to have any claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding and:

-36-

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount, or such lesser amount as may be provided for in the Securities of such series, of principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) and Additional Amounts, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities of such series and coupons to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 606.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security or coupon any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or coupons or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security or coupon in any such proceeding provided, however, that the Trustee may, only on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of the creditors' committee or other similar committee.

SECTION 505 TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF SECURITIES OR COUPONS.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Securities or coupons may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or coupons or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities and coupons in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 506 APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED.

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) and any Additional Amounts, upon presentation of the Securities or coupons, or both, as the case may be, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 606,

SECOND: Subject to the subordination provisions of Article Seventeen, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities and coupons for principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) and any Additional Amounts payable, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Securities and coupons for principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), interest (including any Additional Interest) and Additional Amounts, respectively, and

THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company.

-37-

SECTION 507 LIMITATION ON SUITS.

No Holder of any Security of any series or any related coupon shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

SECTION 508 UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM OR MAKE-WHOLE AMOUNT, IF ANY, INTEREST AND ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS; DIRECT ACTION BY HOLDERS OF PREFERRED SECURITIES.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security or coupon shall have the right which is absolute and unconditional to receive payment of the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on, and any Additional Amounts in respect of, such Security or payment of such coupon on the respective due dates expressed in such Security or coupon (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date), to convert or exchange such Securities in accordance with Article Sixteen and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. In the case of Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, any holder of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities issued by such Regions Trust shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 501(1) or 501(2), to institute a suit directly against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder of principal of (premium, if any) and (subject to Section 308 and Section 311) interest (including any Additional Interest) on and any Additional Amounts in respect thereof (including any Additional Interest) the Securities having a principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement under which such Regions Trust is created) of such Preferred Securities of the corresponding series held by such holder.

SECTION 509 RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security or coupon or any holder of Preferred Securities has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee, to such Holder or such holder of Preferred Securities, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee, the Holders of Securities and coupons, and such holder of Preferred Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter

-38-

all rights and remedies of the Trustee, the Holders and the holders of Preferred Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 510 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or coupons in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities or coupons is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 511 DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, of any Holder of any Security or coupon or any holder of any Preferred Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or any acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders and the right and remedy given to the holders of Preferred Securities by
Section 508 may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities or coupons, or the holders of Preferred Securities, as the case may be.

SECTION 512 CONTROL BY HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

(3) the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the Holders of Securities of such series not joining therein (but the Trustee shall have no obligation as to the determination of such undue prejudice).

SECTION 513 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series and, in the case of any Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, the holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount as defined in any Trust Agreement, Preferred Securities issued by such Regions Trust may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities or all the Preferred Securities issued by such Regions Trust of such series and any related coupons consent to the waiver of any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

(1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest including Additional Interest on or Additional Amounts payable in respect of any Security of such series or any related coupons, or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

-39-

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 514 WAIVER OF STAY, USURY OR EXTENSION LAWS.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 515 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on or Additional Amounts payable with respect to any Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) or to enforce the right to convert or exchange any Security in accordance with Article Sixteen.

ARTICLE VI. THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 601 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such default hereunder actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking fund installment with respect to the Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Securities and coupons of such series; and provided further that in the case of any default or breach of the character specified in Section 501(4) with respect to the Securities and coupons of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term "default" means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series.

SECTION 602 CERTAIN DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

(a) The Trustee's duties and responsibilities under this Indenture shall be governed by the Trust Indenture Act.

-40-

(b) Subject to the provisions of TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d):

(1) except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall perform only such duties as are expressly undertaken by it to perform under this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee;

(2) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(3) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than delivery of any Security, together with any coupons appertaining thereto, to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 303 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(4) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

(5) the Trustee may consult with counsel and as a condition to the taking, suffering or omission of any action hereunder may demand an Opinion of Counsel, and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(6) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related coupons pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(7) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(8) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(9) if the Trustee is acting as Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and Registrar hereunder, the rights, indemnities and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded to such Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and Registrar;

(10) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Trustee shall have received written notice, or a Responsible Officer charged with the administration of this Indenture shall have actual knowledge of such Event of Default; and

(11) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it

-41-

by this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

SECTION 603 NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee's certificate of authentication, and in any coupons shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities or coupons, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 604 MAY HOLD SECURITIES.

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and coupons and, subject to Section 613 and TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.

SECTION 605 MONEY HELD IN TRUST.

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on, or investment of, any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

SECTION 606 COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

The Company agrees:

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder, including extraordinary services rendered in connection with or during the continuation of a default hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) to reimburse each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except to the extent any such expense, disbursement or advance may be attributable to its gross negligence or bad faith; and

(3) to indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and each of their respective directors, officers, agents and employees for, and to hold each of them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts or the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its own gross negligence or bad faith.

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest on particular Securities or any coupons.

-42-

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default described in Section 501(6) and (7), such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

SECTION 607 CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such Trustee or Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Trustee or Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

SECTION 608 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 609.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of
Section 613 or TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 607 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case,

(i) the Company by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, or

(ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of

-43-

the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the requirements of Section 609. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders of Securities and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to Securities of such series.

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series to the Holders of Securities of such series in the manner provided for notices to the Holders of Securities in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

SECTION 609 ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 606.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto, pursuant to Article Nine hereof, wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee,

-44-

without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

SECTION 610 MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS.

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities or coupons shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities or coupons so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities or coupons. In case any Securities or coupons shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities or coupons, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee.

SECTION 611 APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT.

At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption or repayment thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 301, shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or of any State or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authorities. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

-45-

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee for such series and to the Company. The Trustee for any series of Securities may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee for such series may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of or within the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve in the manner set forth in Section 106. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

, as Trustee

By:

as Authenticating Agent

By:
Authorized Officer

SECTION 612 CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

SECTION 613 CONFLICTING INTERESTS.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall not be

-46-

deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Securities of more than one series. In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of its rights and powers under the applicable Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

SECTION 614 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

ARTICLE VII. HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

SECTION 701 DISCLOSURE OF NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF HOLDERS.

Every Holder of Securities or coupons, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar nor any director, officer, agent or employee of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities or coupons in accordance with TIA
Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).

SECTION 702 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.

Within 60 days after March 15 of each year commencing with the first March 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities as provided in TIA
Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such March 15 if and to the extent required by TIA Section 313(a).

A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with the Commission and with the Company and, provided the Trustee has received written notification by the Company that any Securities are listed on any stock exchange, with each stock exchange upon which the Trustee has been so notified that such Securities are listed.

SECTION 703 REPORTS BY COMPANY.

The Company will:

(1) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such Sections, then it will file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

(2) file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with

-47-

respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(3) transmit by mail to the Holders of Securities, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to paragraphs (1) or (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

SECTION 704 COMPANY TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF HOLDERS.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(1) semi-annually, not later than 15 days after the Regular Record Date for interest for each series of Securities, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Registered Securities of such series as of such Regular Record Date, or if there is no Regular Record Date for interest for such series of Securities, semi-annually, upon such dates as are set forth in the Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto authorizing such series, and

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, provided, however, that, so long as the Trustee is the Security Registrar, no such lists shall be required to be furnished.

ARTICLE VIII. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, LEASE OR CONVEYANCE

SECTION 801 CONSOLIDATIONS AND MERGERS OF COMPANY AND SALES, LEASES AND CONVEYANCES PERMITTED SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS.

The Company may consolidate with, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets to, or merge with or into any other Person, provided that in any such case, (i) either the Company shall be the continuing entity, or the successor (if other than the Company) entity shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States or a State thereof and such successor entity shall expressly assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and any interest (including any Additional Interest and all Additional Amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 1011) on all of the Securities, according to their tenor, the conversion or exchange rights shall be provided for in accordance with Article Sixteen, if applicable, or as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company by supplemental indenture, complying with Article Nine hereof, satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such Person; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary as a result thereof as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or the lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iii) in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease is permitted under the Trust Agreement under which Regions Trust is created and the related Regions Guarantee and does not give rise to any breach or violation of the related Trust Agreement or Regions Guarantee; and (iv) if, as a result of any such consolidation or merger or such conveyance, transfer or lease, properties or assets of the Company would become subject to a mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance which would not be permitted by this Indenture, the Company or such successor Person, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary effectively to secure the Securities equally and ratably with (or prior to) all indebtedness secured thereby.

-48-

SECTION 802 RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF SUCCESSOR CORPORATION.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance and upon any such assumption by the successor entity, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part, and the predecessor entity, except in the event of a lease, shall be relieved of any further obligation under this Indenture and the Securities. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor entity, instead of the Company, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

SECTION 803 OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE AND OPINION OF COUNSEL.

Any consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance permitted under
Section 801 is also subject to the condition that the Trustee receive an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance, and the assumption by any successor entity, complies with the provisions of this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

ARTICLE IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 901 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

Without the consent of any Holders of Securities or coupons, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and, if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

(3) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); provided, however, that in respect of any such additional Events of Default such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of that or those series of Securities to which such additional Events of Default apply to waive such default; or

-49-

(4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to provide that Bearer Securities may be registrable as to principal, to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or any premium, Make-Whole Amount or Interest on Bearer Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Registered Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Bearer Securities of other authorized denominations or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form, provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related coupons in any material respect; or

(5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of any series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination shall (i) neither (A) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision, nor (B) modify the rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision; or (ii) become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding; or

(6) to secure the Securities; or

(7) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series and any related coupons as permitted by Sections 201 and 301, including the provisions and procedures relating to Securities convertible into or exchangeable for other securities or property of the Company; or

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

(9) to make provision with respect to the conversion or exchange rights of Holders pursuant to the requirements of Article Sixteen, including providing for the conversion or exchange of the securities into any security or property of the Company; or

(10) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or to make any other changes, provided that in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related coupons in any material respect or, in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust and for so long as any of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities issued by such Regions Trust shall remain outstanding, the holders of such Preferred Securities; or

(11) to close this Indenture with respect to the authentication and delivery of additional series of Securities or to qualify, or maintain qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA; or

(12) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Sections 401, 1402 and 1403; provided in each case that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series and any related coupons or any other series of Securities in any material respect.

SECTION 902 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities and any related coupons under this Indenture; provided,

-50-

however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on) or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security; or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate or amount of interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon or any Additional Amounts payable in respect thereof, or any premium or Make-Whole Amount payable upon the redemption thereof, or change any obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 1011 (except as contemplated by Section 801(i) and permitted by Section 901(1)), or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security or Make-Whole Amount, if any, that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 504, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of the Holder of any Security, or change any Place of Payment where, or the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which, the principal of any Security or any premium or Make-Whole Amount or any Additional Amounts payable in respect thereof or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be); or

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver with respect to such series (or compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 1504 for quorum or voting; or

(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or
Section 1012, except to increase the required percentage to effect such action or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; or

(4) make any change that adversely affects the right to convert or exchange any Security as provided in Article Sixteen or pursuant to Section 301 (except as permitted by Section 901(9)) or decrease the conversion or exchange rate or increase the conversion or exchange price of any such Security; provided, further, that, in the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, so long as any of the corresponding series of Preferred Securities issued by such Regions Trust remains outstanding, (i) no such amendment shall be made that adversely affects the holders of such Preferred Securities in any material respect, and no termination of this Indenture shall occur, and no waiver of any Event of Default or compliance with any covenant under this Indenture shall be effective, without the prior consent of the holders of at least a majority of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of such Preferred Securities then outstanding unless and until the principal (and premium, if any) of the Securities of such series and all accrued and, subject to Section 307, unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon have been paid in full and (ii) no amendment shall be made to Section 508 of this Indenture that would impair the rights of the holders of Preferred Securities provided therein without the prior consent of the holders of each Preferred Security then outstanding unless and until the principal (and premium, if any) of the Securities of such series and all accrued and(subject to Section 307) unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon have been paid in full.

A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture that has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities or Preferred Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities or holders of Preferred Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities or holders of Preferred Securities of any other series.

-51-

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 903 EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers' Certificate stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to the execution of such supplemental indenture have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 904 EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder and of any coupon appertaining thereto shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 905 CONFORMITY WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

SECTION 906 REFERENCE IN SECURITIES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

SECTION 907 NOTICE OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Security affected, in the manner provided for in Section 106, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.

SECTION 908 SUBORDINATION UNIMPAIRED.

No provision in any supplemental indenture that adversely affects the superior position of the holders of Senior Debt then outstanding shall be effective against holders of Senior Debt without the consent of such holders.

-52-

ARTICLE X. COVENANTS

SECTION 1001 PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM OR MAKE-WHOLE AMOUNT, IF ANY, INTEREST AND ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest on and any Additional Amounts payable in respect of the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities, any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, any interest due on and any Additional Amounts payable in respect of Bearer Securities on or before Maturity, other than Additional Amounts, if any, payable as provided in Section 1011 in respect of principal of (or premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on) such a Security, shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the several coupons for such interest installments as are evidenced thereby as they severally mature. Unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series pursuant to
Section 301, at the option of the Company, all payments of principal may be paid by check to the registered Holder of the Registered Security or other person entitled thereto against surrender of such Security.

SECTION 1002 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

If Securities of a series are issued as Registered Securities, the Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment or conversion, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of that series may be converted or exchanged in accordance with Article Sixteen, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. If Securities of a series are issued as Bearer Securities, the Company will maintain: (A) in the City of Birmingham, Alabama or in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where any Registered Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment or conversion, where any Registered Securities of that series may be surrendered for exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served and where Bearer Securities of that series and related coupons may be presented or surrendered for payment or conversion in the circumstances described in the following paragraph (and not otherwise); (B) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for that series which is located outside the United States, an office or agency where Securities of that series and related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment (including payment of any Additional Amounts payable on Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1011) or conversion; provided, however, that if the Securities of that series are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, The International Stock Exchange of the United Kingdom or any other stock exchange located outside the United States and such stock exchange shall so require, the Company will maintain a Paying Agent for the Securities of that series in Luxembourg, London or any other required city located outside the United States, as the case may be, so long as the Securities of that series are listed on such exchange; and (C) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in each Place of Payment for that series located outside the United States an office or agency where any Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of each such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, except that Bearer Securities of that series and the related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment (including payment of any Additional Amounts payable on Bearer Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1011) at the offices specified in the Security, in London, England, and the Company hereby appoints the same as its agent to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

-53-

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to
Section 301, no payment of principal, premium, Make-Whole Amount or interest on or Additional Amounts in respect of Bearer Securities shall be made at any office or agency of the Company in the United States or by check mailed to any address in the United States or by transfer to an account maintained with a bank located in the United States; provided, however, that, if the Securities of a series are payable in Dollars, payment of principal of and any premium and interest on any Bearer Security (including any Additional Amounts or Make-Whole Amount payable on Securities of such series pursuant to Section 1011) shall be made at the office of the Company's Paying Agent in the City of Birmingham, Alabama or the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, if (but only if) payment in Dollars of the full amount of such principal, premium, interest, Additional Amounts or Make-Whole Amount, as the case may be, at all offices or agencies outside the United States maintained for the purpose by the Company in accordance with this Indenture, is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions.

The Company may from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series and related coupons, if any, may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to
Section 301, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Foreign Currency or (ii) may be payable in a Foreign Currency, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent.

SECTION 1003 MONEY FOR SECURITIES PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of any Securities and any related coupons, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), or interest on or Additional Amounts in respect of, any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series) sufficient to pay the principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest or Additional Amounts so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities and any related coupons, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), or interest on or Additional Amounts in respect of, any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest or Additional Amounts, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium, Make-Whole Amount or interest or Additional Amounts and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest on Securities or Additional Amounts in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

-54-

(2) give the Trustee written notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest or Additional Amounts; and

(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

Except as otherwise provided in the Securities of any series, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest on, or any Additional Amounts in respect of, any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), interest or Additional Amounts has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment of such principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) or interest on, or any Additional Amounts in respect of, any Security, without interest thereon, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 1004 RESTRICTIONS DURING EXTENSION PERIOD.

During any Extension Period, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock, or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt security of the Company that ranks pari passu with or junior in interest in to the Securities of such series in all respects (other than, in each case, (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan, in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to any applicable Extension Period or in connection with transactions effected by or for the account of customers of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or in connection with the distribution, trading or market-making activities of such Affiliate in respect of any Preferred Securities, (B) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock,
(C) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (D) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (E) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

-55-

SECTION 1005 EXISTENCE.

Subject to Article Eight, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as a whole and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders of Securities of any series.

SECTION 1006 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.

The Company will cause all of its material properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary, to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from selling or otherwise disposing of its properties in the ordinary course of its business.

SECTION 1007 [RESERVED].

SECTION 1008 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS.

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

SECTION 1009 PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

Whether or not the Company is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will, to the extent permitted under the Exchange Act, file with the Commission the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which the Company would have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to such Section 13 or 15(d) (the "Financial Statements") if the Company were so subject, such documents to be filed with the Commission on or prior to the respective dates (the "Required Filing Dates") by which the Company would have been required so to file such documents if the Company were so subject.

The Company will also in any event (x) within 15 days of each Required Filing Date file with the Trustee copies of annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which the Company would have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if the Company were subject to such Sections, and (y) if filing such documents by the Company with the Commission is not permitted under the Exchange Act, promptly upon written request and payment of the reasonable cost of duplication and delivery, supply copies of such documents to any prospective Holder.

SECTION 1010 STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a brief certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer as to his or her knowledge of the Company's compliance with all conditions and covenants under this

-56-

Indenture and, in the event of any noncompliance, specifying such noncompliance and the nature and status thereof. For purposes of this Section 1010, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

SECTION 1011 ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS.

If any Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, the Company will pay to the Holder of any Security of such series or any coupon appertaining thereto Additional Amounts as may be specified as contemplated by Section 301. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context except in the case of Section 502(1), the payment of the principal of or any premium, Make-Whole Amount or interest on, or in respect of, any Security of any series or payment of any related coupon or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 301 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, if the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to that series of Securities (or if the Securities of that series will not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal and any premium is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal and any premium or Make-Whole Amount or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Officers' Certificate, the Company will furnish the Trustee and the Company's principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers' Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal of and any premium or interest on the Securities of that series shall be made to Holders of Securities of that series or any related coupons who are not United States persons without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge described in the Securities of or within the series. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officers' Certificate shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities of that series or related coupons and the Company will pay to the Trustee or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts, if any, required by the terms of such Securities. In the event that the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall not so receive the above mentioned certificate, then the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall be entitled (i) to assume that no such withholding or deduction is required with respect to any payment of principal or interest with respect to any Securities of a series or related coupons until it shall have received a certificate advising otherwise and (ii) to make all payments of principal and interest with respect to the Securities of a series or related coupons without withholding or deductions until otherwise advised. The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense (including legal fees and expenses) reasonably incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers' Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section or in reliance on the Company's not furnishing such an Officers' Certificate.

SECTION 1012 WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Securities specified in Section 902, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1004 to 1009, inclusive, and with any other term, provision or condition with respect to the Securities of any series specified in accordance with Section 301, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of all outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company

-57-

and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 1013 ADDITIONAL SUMS.

In the case of the Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 201 or Section 301, in the event that (i) a Regions Trust is the Holder of all of the Outstanding Securities of such series and (ii) a Tax Event in respect of such Regions Trust shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company shall pay to such Regions Trust (and its permitted successors or assigns under the Trust Agreement under which such Regions Trust is created) as Holder of the Securities of such series for so long as such Regions Trust (or its permitted successor or assignee) is the registered holder of any Securities of such series, such additional sums as may be necessary in order that the amount of Distributions (including any Additional Amounts (as defined in such Trust Agreement)) then due and payable by such Regions Trust on the related Preferred Securities and Common Securities that at any time remain outstanding in accordance with the terms thereof shall not be reduced as a result of any Additional Taxes (the "Additional Sums"). Whenever in this Indenture or the Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payments of the Additional Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, however, that the deferral of the payment of interest pursuant to Section 311 or the Securities shall not defer the payment of any Additional Sums that may be due and payable.

SECTION 1014 ADDITIONAL COVENANTS.

The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities of each series that it shall not, (a) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of the Company's capital stock, or (b) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Securities of such series (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan, in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to any applicable Extension Period or in connection with transactions effected by or for the account of customers of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or in connection with the distribution, trading or market making activities of any Affiliate of the Company in respect of any such Securities,
(b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock), if at such time (i) there shall have occurred any event of which the Company has actual knowledge that (A) with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series and (B) in respect of which the Company shall not have taken reasonable steps to cure, (ii) if the Securities of such series are held by a Regions Trust, the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Regions Guarantee relating to the Preferred Securities issued by such Regions Trust, or (iii) the Company shall have given written notice of its election to begin

-58-

an Extension Period with respect to the Securities of such series as provided herein and shall not have rescinded such notice, or such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing.

The Company also covenants with each Holder of Securities of a series issued to a Regions Trust (i) to maintain directly or indirectly 100% ownership of the Common Securities of such Regions Trust; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company hereunder may succeed to the Company's ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) as holder of such Common Securities, not to voluntarily terminate, wind-up or liquidate such Trust, other than (a) in connection with a distribution of the Securities of such series to the holders of the related Preferred Securities in liquidation of such Trust, or (b) in connection with certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations permitted by the related Trust Agreement, and (iii) to use its reasonable efforts, consistent with the terms and provisions of such Trust Agreement, to cause such Regions Trust to remain classified as a grantor trust and not an association taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 1015 ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

For each year during which any Securities that were issued with original issue discount are Outstanding, the Company shall furnish to each Paying Agent in a timely fashion such information as may be reasonably requested by each Paying Agent in order that each Paying Agent may prepare the information which it is required to report for such year on Internal Revenue Service Forms 1096 and 1099 pursuant to Section 6049 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Such information shall include the amount of original issue discount includable in income for each $1,000 of principal amount at Stated Maturity of outstanding Securities during such year.

ARTICLE XI. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 1101 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

SECTION 1102 ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities, including coupons, if any, shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities or coupons, if any, of any series, the Company shall, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee, in writing, of such Redemption Date, Redemption Price and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture or pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

SECTION 1103 SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED.

If less than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series issued on such date with the same terms not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. The Trustee

-59-

shall make the selection from Securities of the series that are Outstanding and that have not previously been called for redemption and may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities, including coupons, if any, of that series or any integral multiple thereof).

If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before termination of the conversion or exchange right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted or exchanged portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption. Securities which have been converted or exchanged during a selection of Securities to be redeemed shall be treated by the Trustee as Outstanding for the purpose of such selection. In any case where more than one Security is registered in the same name, the Trustee in its discretion may treat the aggregate principal amount so registered as if it were represented by one Security.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 1104 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 106, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 301, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, but failure to give such notice in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other such Security or portion thereof.

Any notice that is mailed to the Holders of Registered Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives the notice.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price, accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1106, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

(3) if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amount) of the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed;

(4) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the holder will receive, without a charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed;

(5) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price and accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1106, if any, will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date;

(6) the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities, together in the case of Bearer Securities with all coupons appertaining thereto, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be

-60-

surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, or for conversion or exchange;

(7) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case;

(8) that, unless otherwise specified in such notice, Bearer Securities of any series, if any, surrendered for redemption must be accompanied by all coupons maturing subsequent to the date fixed for redemption or the amount of any such missing coupon or coupons will be deducted from the Redemption Price, unless security or indemnity satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee for such series and any Paying Agent is furnished;

(9) if Bearer Securities of any series are to be redeemed and any Registered Securities of such series are not to be redeemed, and if such Bearer Securities may be exchanged for Registered Securities not subject to the redemption on this Redemption Date pursuant to Section 305 or otherwise, the last date, as determined by the Company, on which such exchanges may be made;

(10) the CUSIP number of such Security, if any, provided that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any such CUSIP number; and

(11) if applicable, that a Holder of Securities who desires to convert or exchange Securities to be redeemed must satisfy the requirements for conversion or exchange contained in such Securities, the then existing conversion or exchange price or rate and the date and time when the option to convert or exchange shall expire and the place or places where such Securities may be surrendered for conversion.

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

SECTION 1105 DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, which it may not do in the case of a sinking fund payment under Article Twelve, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series) sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest (including Additional Interest) on, all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 1106 SECURITIES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series) (together with accrued interest, including Additional Interest) if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest including Additional Interest) such Securities shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest and the coupons for such interest appertaining to any Bearer Securities so to be redeemed, except to the extent provided below, shall be void. Except as provided in the next succeeding paragraph, upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, together with all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest (including Additional Interest) on Bearer Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of coupons for such interest (including Additional

-61-

Interest); and provided further that except as otherwise provided with respect to Securities convertible or exchangeable into other securities or property of the Company installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

If any Bearer Security surrendered for redemption shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant coupons maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security may be paid after deducting from the Redemption Price an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to the Trustee or any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made from the Redemption Price, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted; provided, however, that interest (and any Additional Amounts) represented by coupons shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons. If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal, (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest (including Additional Interest) from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Security.

SECTION 1107 SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART.

Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article Twelve) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge a new Security or Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.

SECTION 1108 RIGHT OF REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES INITIALLY ISSUED TO A REGIONS TRUST.

In the case of the Securities of a series initially issued to a Regions Trust, if specified as contemplated by Section 301, the Company, at its option, may redeem such Securities in whole but not in part upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Tax Event, Capital Treatment Event or Investment Company Event of such Securities at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event, Capital Treatment Event or Investment Company Event in respect of such Regions Trust, in each case at a Redemption Price specified as contemplated by Section 301. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence or as may otherwise be specified with respect to any series of Securities in a Board Resolution or supplemental indenture, the Company shall not have the option to redeem any Securities initially issued to a Regions Trust, in whole or in part, prior to the Stated Maturity thereof.

ARTICLE XII. SINKING FUNDS

SECTION 1201 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series.

-62-

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund payment," and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of such Securities of any series is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund payment." If provided for by the terms of any Securities of any series, the cash amount of any mandatory sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

SECTION 1202 SATISFACTION OF SINKING FUND PAYMENTS WITH SECURITIES.

The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of a series, (1) deliver Outstanding Securities of such series (other than any previously called for redemption) together in the case of any Bearer Securities of such series with all unmatured coupons appertaining thereto and (2) apply as a credit Securities of such series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, as provided for by the terms of such Securities, or which have otherwise been acquired by the Company; provided that such Securities so delivered or applied as a credit have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the applicable Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

SECTION 1203 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES FOR SINKING FUND.

Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of any series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1202, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered and credited. If such Officers' Certificate shall specify an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not more than 60 nor less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in
Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 1106 and 1107.

ARTICLE XIII. REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

SECTION 1301 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

Repayment of Securities of any series before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities, if any, and (except as otherwise specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 301) in accordance with this Article.

SECTION 1302 REPAYMENT OF SECURITIES.

Securities of any series subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, be repaid at a price equal to the principal amount thereon, together with interest, if any, thereof accrued to the Repayment Date specified in

-63-

or pursuant to the terms of such Securities. The Company covenants that on or before the Repayment Date it will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series) sufficient to pay the principal (or, if so provided by the terms of the Securities of any series, a percentage of the principal) of, and (except if the Repayment Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portion thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date.

SECTION 1303 EXERCISE OF OPTION.

Securities of any series subject to repayment at the option of the Holders thereof will contain an "Option to Elect Repayment" form on the reverse of such Securities. In order for any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, the Trustee must receive at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Security (or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Securities) not earlier than 60 days nor later than 30 days prior to the Repayment Date (1) the Security so providing for such repayment together with the "Option to Elect Repayment" form on the reverse thereof duly completed by the Holder (or by the Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing) or (2) a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), or a commercial bank or trust company in the United States setting forth the name of the Holder of the Security, the principal amount of the Security, the principal amount of the Security to be repaid, the CUSIP number, if any, or a description of the tenor and terms of the Security, a statement that the option to elect repayment is being exercised thereby and a guarantee that the Security to be repaid, together with the duly completed form entitled "Option to Elect Repayment" on the reverse of the Security, will be received by the Trustee not later than the third Business Day after the date of such telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter; provided, however, that such telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter shall only be effective if such Security and form duly completed are received by the Trustee by such third Business Day. If less than the entire principal amount of such Security is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Security, the principal amount of such Security to be repaid, in increments of the minimum denomination for Securities of such series, and the denomination or denominations of the Security or Securities to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the principal amount of such Security surrendered that is not to be repaid, must be specified. The principal amount of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Security would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Securities of or within the series of which such Security to be repaid is a part. Except as otherwise may be provided by the terms of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof, exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company.

SECTION 1304 WHEN SECURITIES PRESENTED FOR REPAYMENT BECOME DUE AND PAYABLE.

If Securities of any series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by or pursuant to the terms of such Securities, such Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities on such Repayment Date) such Securities shall, if the same were interest bearing, cease to bear interest and the coupons for such interest appertaining to any Bearer Securities so to be repaid, except to the extent provided below, shall be void. Upon surrender of any such Security for repayment in accordance with such provisions, together with all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Repayment Date, the principal amount of such security so to be repaid shall be paid by the Company, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Repayment Date; provided, however, that coupons whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Repayment Date shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of such coupons; and provided further that, in the case of Registered Securities, installments

-64-

of interest, if any, whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Repayment Date shall be payable (but without interest thereon, unless the Company shall default in the payment thereof) to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

If any Bearer Security surrendered for repayment shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant coupons maturing after the Repayment Date, such Security may be paid after deducting from the amount payable therefor as provided in Section 1302 an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to the Trustee or any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made as provided in the preceding sentence, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted; provided, however, that interest represented by coupons shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons. If the principal amount of any Security surrendered for repayment shall not be so repaid upon surrender thereof, such principal amount (together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to such Repayment Date) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Repayment Date at the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) set forth in such Security.

SECTION 1305 SECURITIES REPAID IN PART.

Upon surrender of any Registered Security which is to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of such Security so surrendered which is not to be repaid.

ARTICLE XIV. DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 1401 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE; COMPANY'S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

If, pursuant to Section 301, provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 1402 or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 1403 to be applicable to the Securities of any series, then the provisions of such
Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the other provisions of this Article (with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to
Section 301 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution at any time, with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, elect to defease such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto pursuant to Section 1402 (if applicable) or
Section 1403 (if applicable) upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article.

SECTION 1402 DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

Upon the Company's exercise of the above option applicable to this
Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations and the provisions of Article Seventeen shall cease to be effective with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1404 are satisfied (hereinafter, "defeasance"). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, which shall thereafter be deemed to be

-65-

"Outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 1405 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (A) and (B) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture insofar as such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto to receive, solely from the trust fund described in
Section 1404 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto when such payments are due, (B) the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 305, 306, 1002 and 1003 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 1011, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (D) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article Fourteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1403 with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto.

SECTION 1403 COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

Upon the Company's exercise of the above option applicable to this
Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Sections 1005 to 1009, inclusive the provisions of Article Seventeen shall cease to be effective, and, if specified pursuant to Section 301, its obligations under any other covenant, with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1404 are satisfied (hereinafter, "covenant defeasance"), and such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall thereafter be deemed to be not "Outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Sections 1005 to 1009, inclusive, or such other covenant, but shall continue to be deemed "Outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section, Article Seventeen or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a default or an Event of Default under
Section 501(4) or 501(8) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be unaffected thereby.

SECTION 1404 CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 1402 or
Section 1403 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series and any coupons appertaining thereto:

(a) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of
Section 607 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Fourteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, (1) an amount in such currency, currencies or currency unit in which such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity, or (2) if Securities of such series are not subject to early repayment at the option of the Holders, Government Obligations applicable to such Securities and coupons appertaining thereto (determined on the basis of the currency, currencies or currency unit in which such Securities and coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, money in an amount, or
(3) a combination thereof in an amount, sufficient, without consideration of any

-66-

reinvestment of such principal and interest, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (i) the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto; provided, that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such Government Obligations to said payments with respect to such Securities. Before such a deposit, the Company may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 1102 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all or any portion of such Outstanding Securities at a future date in accordance with the terms of the Securities of such series and Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable. Such irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing.

(b) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a breach or default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (and shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest pursuant to Section 310(b) of the TIA with respect to any Security of the Company).

(c) No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Sections 501(6) and 501(7) are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

(d) In the case of an election under Section 1402, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

(e) In the case of an election under Section 1403, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

(f) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance under Section 1402 or the covenant defeasance under
Section 1403 (as the case may be) have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that either (i) as a result of a deposit pursuant to subsection (a) above and the related exercise of the Company's option under
Section 1402 or Section 1403 (as the case may be) registration is not required under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, by the Company, with respect to the trust funds representing such deposit or by the Trustee for such trust funds or (ii) all necessary registrations under said Act have been effected.

(g) After the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

-67-

(h) The Company shall have delivered an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust funds deposited pursuant to this Section will not be subject to the rights of any holders of Senior Debt, including those arising under Article Seventeen, except and subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and general principals of equity.

(i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 301.

SECTION 1405 DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO BE HELD IN TRUST; OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 301) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 1405, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 1404 in respect of any Outstanding Securities of any series and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any) and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Money and Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) so held in trust shall not be subject to the provisions of Article Seventeen, provided that the applicable conditions of Section 1404 have been satisfied.

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Security pursuant to
Section 301, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 1404(a) has been made,
(a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 301 or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a currency or currency unit other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 1404(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs in respect of the currency or currency unit in which the deposit pursuant to Section 1404(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium or Make-Whole Amount, if any), and interest, if any, on such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the currency or currency unit in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable market exchange rate for such currency or currency unit in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, for such currency or currency unit in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1404 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto.

Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in Section 1404 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

-68-

SECTION 1406 REINSTATEMENT.

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or the Government Obligations, as the case may be, in accordance with this Article with respect to any Securities by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations under this Indenture, such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto from which the Company has been discharged or released pursuant to Section 1402 or 1403 shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article with respect to such Securities, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money or Government Obligations, as the case may be, held in trust pursuant to Section 1405 with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto in accordance with this Article; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any such Security following such reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights (if any) of the Holders of such Securities or coupons to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations, as the case may be, so held in trust.

ARTICLE XV. MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

SECTION 1501 PURPOSES FOR WHICH MEETINGS MAY BE CALLED.

A meeting of Holders of Securities of any series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

SECTION 1502 CALL, NOTICE AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.

(a) The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 1501, to be held at such time and at such place in the City of Birmingham, Alabama or the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or in London as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 106, not less than 21 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

(b) In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 1501, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the City of Birmingham, Alabama or the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or in London for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

SECTION 1503 PERSONS ENTITLED TO VOTE AT MEETINGS.

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (1) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (2) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of

-69-

Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

SECTION 1504 QUORUM; ACTION.

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent or waiver which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes after the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 1502(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five (5) days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum. Except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series and the related coupons, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1504, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected thereby, or of the Holders of such series and one or more additional series:

(i) there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and

(ii) the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series that vote in favor of such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.

SECTION 1505 DETERMINATION OF VOTING RIGHTS; CONDUCT AND ADJOURNMENT OF MEETINGS.

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall

-70-

deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 or by having the signature of the Person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank or banker authorized by
Section 104 to certify to the holding of Bearer Securities. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 104 or other proof.

(b) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 1502(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of or within the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

(c) At any meeting each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

(d) Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 1502 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 1506 COUNTING VOTES AND RECORDING ACTION OF MEETINGS.

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 1502 and, if applicable, Section 1504. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

SECTION 1507 EVIDENCE OF ACTION TAKEN BY HOLDERS.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by a specified percentage in principal amount of the Holders of any or all series may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such specified percentage of Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee. Proof of execution of any instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Sections 315(a) through 315(d) of the TIA) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Article.

-71-

SECTION 1508 PROOF OF EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS.

Subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d), the execution of any instrument by a Holder or his agent or proxy may be proved in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee.

ARTICLE XVI. CONVERSION OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 1601 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Securities of any series which are convertible or exchangeable for other securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by
Section 301 for the Securities of such series.

SECTION 1602 ELECTION TO EXCHANGE; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE AND HOLDERS.

The election of the Company to exchange any Securities shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or in another manner specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities. On or prior to the seventh Business Day prior to Maturity of the Securities, the Company shall provide written notice to the Holders of record of the Securities and to the Trustee and will publish a notice in a daily newspaper of national circulation stating whether the Company has made such election.

SECTION 1603 NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.

No fractional shares of securities shall be delivered upon exchanges of Securities of any series. If more than one Security shall be surrendered for exchange at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares which shall be delivered upon exchange shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted hereby) so surrendered. If, except for the provisions of this Section 1603, any Holder of a Security or Securities would be entitled to a fractional share of a security upon the exchange of such Security or Securities, or specified portions thereof, the Company shall pay to such Holder an amount in cash equal to the current market value of such fractional share computed on the basis of an average Closing Price of such security. The "Closing Price" of any security on any date of determination means, (i) if such security is listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price regular way on such exchange, (ii) if such security is not at the time so listed, as reported by the NASDAQ National Market, or (iii) if such security is not at the time so listed or reported or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a national securities exchange, the average of the bid and asked prices of such security in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated or similar organization if the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated is no longer reporting such information, or if not so available, the market price as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company.

SECTION 1604 ADJUSTMENT OF EXCHANGE RATE.

The exchange rate of Securities of any series that is exchangeable for other securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company shall be adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, reclassification, combinations or similar transactions or any consolidation, merger or other reorganization event in accordance with the terms of the supplemental indenture or Board Resolution setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series.

-72-

Whenever the exchange rate is adjusted, the Company shall compute the adjusted exchange rate in accordance with terms of the applicable Board Resolution or supplemental indenture and shall prepare an Officers' Certificate setting forth the adjusted exchange rate and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, and such certificate shall forthwith be filed at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of exchange of Securities pursuant to Section 1002 and, if different, with the Trustee. The Company shall forthwith cause a notice setting forth the adjusted exchange rate to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at its address appearing on the Security Register and to any exchange agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 1605 PAYMENT OF CERTAIN TAXES UPON EXCHANGE.

The Company will pay any and all taxes that may be payable in respect of the transfer and delivery of shares of other securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered under
Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company on exchange of Securities pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the delivery of shares of securities in a name other than that of the Holder of the Security or Securities to be exchanged, and no such transfer or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such transfer has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax, or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

SECTION 1606 SHARES FREE AND CLEAR.

The Company hereby warrants that upon exchange of Securities of any series, the Holder of a Security shall receive all rights held by the Company in such security for which such Security is at such time exchangeable under this Article Sixteen, free and clear of any and all liens, claims, charges and encumbrances other, to the extent permitted by the terms of the Securities of such series, than any liens, claims, charges and encumbrances which may have been placed on any such security by the prior owner thereof, prior to the time such security was acquired by the Company. Except as provided in Section 1604, the Company will pay all taxes and charges with respect to the delivery of such security delivered in exchange for Securities hereunder.

SECTION 1607 CANCELLATION OF SECURITY.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of Securities of any series delivered to it for exchange under this Article Sixteen, the Trustee shall cancel and dispose of the same as provided in Section 309.

SECTION 1608 DUTIES OF TRUSTEE REGARDING EXCHANGE.

Neither the Trustee nor any exchange agent shall at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Securities of any series that is exchangeable into other securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the exchange rate, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, whether herein or in any supplemental indenture, any resolutions of the Board of Directors or written instrument executed by one or more officers of the Company provided to be employed in making the same. Neither the Trustee nor any exchange agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company, or of any Securities and neither the Trustee nor any exchange agent makes any representation with respect thereto. Subject to the provisions of Section 612, neither the Trustee nor any exchange agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any stock certificates or other securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered

-73-

under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) upon the surrender of any Security for the purpose of exchange or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in this Article Sixteen or in the applicable supplemental indenture, resolutions of the Board of Directors or written instrument executed by one or more duly authorized officers of the Company.

SECTION 1609 REPAYMENT OF CERTAIN FUNDS UPON EXCHANGE.

Any funds which at any time shall have been deposited by the Company or on its behalf with the Trustee or any other paying agent for the purpose of paying the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any of the Securities (including funds deposited for the sinking fund referred to in Article Twelve hereof) and which shall not be required for such purposes because of the exchange of such Securities as provided in this Article Sixteen shall after such exchange be repaid to the Company by the Trustee upon the Company's written request.

SECTION 1610 EXERCISE OF CONVERSION PRIVILEGE.

In order to exercise a conversion or exchange privilege, the Holder of a Security of a series with such a privilege shall surrender such Security to the Company at the office or agency maintained for that purpose pursuant to Section 1002, accompanied by written notice to the Company that the Holder elects to convert or exchange such Security or a specified portion thereof. Such notice shall also state, if different from the name or names (with address) in which the Securities are registered, the name or names in which the securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company which shall be issuable on such conversion or exchange shall be issued. Securities surrendered for conversion or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed by or accompanied by instruments of transfer in forms satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and Securities so surrendered for conversion or exchange during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the opening of business on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (excluding Securities or portions thereof called for redemption during such period) shall also be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of such Security then being converted, and such interest shall be payable to such registered Holder notwithstanding the conversion or exchange of such Security, subject to the provisions of Section 307 relating to the payment of Defaulted Interest by the Company. As promptly as practicable after the receipt of such notice and of any payment required pursuant to a Board Resolution and, subject to Section 303, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers' Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of such series of Security, and the surrender of such Security in accordance with such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe, the Company shall issue and shall deliver, at the office or agency at which such Security is surrendered, to such Holder or on its written order, securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company issuable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of such Security (or specified portion thereof), in accordance with the provisions of such Board Resolution, Officers' Certificate or supplemental indenture, and cash as provided therein in respect of any fractional share of such common stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion or exchange. Such conversion or exchange shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which such notice and such payment, if required, shall have been received in proper order for conversion or exchange by the Company and such Security shall have been surrendered as aforesaid (unless such Holder shall have so surrendered such Security and shall have instructed the Company to effect the conversion or exchange on a particular date following such surrender and such Holder shall be entitled to convert or exchange such Security on such date, in which case such conversion or exchange shall be deemed to be effected immediately prior to the close of business on such date) and at such time the rights of the Holder of such Security as such Security Holder shall cease and the person or persons in whose name or names any securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered

-74-

under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company shall be issuable or deliverable upon such conversion or exchange shall be deemed to have become the Holder or Holders of record of the shares represented thereby. Except as set forth above and subject to the final paragraph of Section 307, no payment or adjustment shall be made upon any conversion or exchange on account of any interest accrued on the Securities surrendered for conversion or exchange or on account of any interest or dividends on the securities or property (including securities of other issuers, provided that such securities are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and such issuer is then eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a primary offering of its securities) of the Company issued or delivered upon such conversion or exchange.

In the case of any Security which is converted or exchanged in part only, upon such conversion or exchange the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on the order of the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of the same series, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted or unexchanged portion of such Security.

SECTION 1611 EFFECT OF CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER ON CONVERSION PRIVILEGE.

In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into or with any other Person, or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company or the Person formed by such consolidation or the Person into which the Company shall have been merged or the Person which shall have acquired such assets, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing that the Holder of each Security then outstanding of any series that is convertible into common stock of the Company shall have the right, which right shall be the exclusive conversion right thereafter available to said Holder (until the expiration of the conversion right of such Security), to convert such Security into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger or sale by a holder of the number of shares of common stock of the Company into which such Security might have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale, subject to compliance with the other provisions of this Indenture, such Security and such supplemental indenture. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in such Security. The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers or sales. It is expressly agreed and understood that anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, if, pursuant to such merger, consolidation or sale, holders of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company do not receive shares of common stock of the surviving corporation but receive other securities, cash or other property or any combination thereof, Holders of Securities shall not have the right to thereafter convert their Securities into common stock of the surviving corporation or the corporation which shall have acquired such assets, but rather, shall have the right upon such conversion to receive the other securities, cash or other property receivable by a holder of the number of shares of common stock of the Company into which the Securities held by such holder might have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale, all as more fully provided in the first sentence of this Section 1611. Anything in this Section 1611 to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 1611 shall not apply to a merger or consolidation of another corporation with or into the Company pursuant to which both of the following conditions are applicable: (i) the Company is the surviving corporation and (ii) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company are not changed or converted into any other securities or property (including cash) or changed in number or character or reclassified pursuant to the terms of such merger or consolidation.

As evidence of the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) into which Securities may properly be convertible after any such consolidation, merger or sale, or as to the appropriate adjustments of the conversion prices applicable with respect thereto, the Trustee shall be furnished with and may accept the certificate or opinion of an independent certified public accountant with respect thereto; and, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely thereon, and shall not be responsible or accountable to any Holder of Securities for any provision in

-75-

conformity therewith or approved by such independent certified accountant which may be contained in said supplemental indenture.

ARTICLE XVII. SUBORDINATION

SECTION 1701 AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE.

Except as otherwise provided in a supplemental indenture or pursuant to
Section 301, the Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Security agrees, that the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a deposit referred to in Section 1404(a) is made pursuant to Section 1402 or Section 1403 with respect to any Securities (and provided all other conditions set out in Section 1402 or 1403, as applicable, shall have been satisfied with respect to such Securities), then, when the 90th day after such deposit has ended, no money or Government Obligations so deposited, and no proceeds thereon, will be subject to any rights of holders of Senior Debt, including any such rights arising under this Article Seventeen.

SECTION 1702 LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY.

In the event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its creditors, as such, or to its assets, or (b) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company:

(1) holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of the principal thereof, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest (including interest accruing after the commencement of any such proceeding) to the date of payment on the Senior Debt before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of or interest on Securities;

(2) until the Senior Debt is paid in full in cash, any distribution to which Holders or the Trustee would be entitled but for this Article shall be made to holders of Senior Debt as their interests may appear for the application to the payment thereof, except that Holders may receive securities that are subordinated to Senior Debt to at least the same extent as the Securities; and

(3) the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely upon an order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction or a certificate of a bankruptcy trustee or other similar official for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other Company debt, the amount thereof or payable thereon and all other pertinent facts relating to the Trustee's obligations under this Article Seventeen.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Trustee or the Holder of any Security shall have received any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Securities, before all Senior Debt is paid in full or payment thereof provided for, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such payment or distribution, have been made known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in writing or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such payment or distribution shall be paid over or delivered forthwith to the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee, agent or other Person making payment or

-76-

distribution of assets of the Company for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Debt in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt. Any taxes that have been withheld or deducted from any payment or distribution in respect of the Securities, or any taxes that ought to have been withheld or deducted from any such payment or distribution that have been remitted to the relevant taxing authority, shall not be considered to be an amount that the Trustee or the Holder of any Security receives for purposes of this Section.

SECTION 1703 DEFAULT ON SENIOR DEBT.

The Company may not pay principal, premium, interest or Additional Amounts on the Securities and may not acquire any Securities for cash or property other than capital stock of the Company if:

(1) (a) in the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Senior Debt beyond any applicable grace period with respect thereto or (b) a default on Senior Debt occurs and is continuing that permits holders of such Senior Debt (or a trustee on their behalf) to accelerate its maturity, or

(2) the default is the subject of judicial proceedings or the Company receives a notice of the default from a person who may give it pursuant to Section 1711. If the Company receives any such notice, a similar notice received within nine months thereafter relating to the same default on the same issue of Senior Debt shall not be effective for purposes of this Section.

The Company may resume payments on the Securities and may acquire them when:

(a) the default is cured or waived, or

(b) 120 days pass after the notice is given if the default is not the subject of judicial proceedings.

(c) if this Article otherwise permits the payment or acquisition at that time.

SECTION 1704 ACCELERATION OF SECURITIES.

In the event that any Securities are declared due and payable before their Stated Maturity, then and in such event the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Senior Debt or provision shall be made for such payment in cash, before the Holders of the Securities are entitled to receive any payment (including any payment which may be payable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Securities) by the Company on account of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any or interest on the Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Securities; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the satisfaction of any sinking fund payment in accordance with Article Twelve by delivering and crediting pursuant to Section 1202 Securities which have been acquired (upon redemption or otherwise) prior to such declaration of acceleration; provided, further, money deposited pursuant to
Section 402 not in violation of this Indenture shall not be subject to the claims of holders of Senior Debt.

In the event that, notwithstanding the forgoing, the Company shall make any payment to the Trustee or the Holder of any Security prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such payment, have been made known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in writing or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such payment shall be paid over and delivered forthwith to the Company.

-77-

SECTION 1705 WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER.

If payment or distribution on account of the Securities of any character or security, whether in cash, securities or other property, is received by Holder, including any applicable Trustee, in contravention of any of the terms of this Article and before all Senior Debt has been paid in full, such payment or distribution or security will be received in trust for the benefit of, and must be paid over or delivered and transferred to, holders of Senior Debt at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among those holders of Senior for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Debt in full.

SECTION 1706 NOTICE BY COMPANY.

The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, and any Paying Agent of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment on the Securities to violate this Article.

SECTION 1707 SUBROGATION.

After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A payment or distribution made under this Article to holders of Senior Debt which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as among the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt and Holders, a payment or distribution by the Company on account of the Senior Debt.

SECTION 1708 RELATIVE RIGHTS.

This Article is intended solely to define the relative rights of Holders on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities shall:

(1) impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms;

(2) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Company other than holders of Senior Debt; or

(3) prevent the Trustee or any Holder (or to the extent expressly provided herein, the holder of any Preferred Security) from exercising its available remedies upon an Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders or the Trustee.

If the Company fails because of this Article to pay principal, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on a Security on the due date, such failure shall constitute a default hereunder.

SECTION 1709 SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY COMPANY.

No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 1710 DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE.

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative.

-78-

SECTION 1711 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.

The Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Securities until it receives written notice of facts that would cause a payment of principal of or interest on the Securities to violate this Article. Only the Company, a Representative or a holder of an issue of Senior Debt that has no Representative may give the written notice.

The Trustee has no fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt other than as created under this Indenture. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

The Company's obligation to pay, and the Company's payment of, the amounts required by Section 606 are excluded from the operation of this Article Seventeen.

SECTION 1712 PAYMENT PERMITTED IN CERTAIN SITUATIONS.

Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time except during the pendency of any case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up, assignment for the benefit of creditors or other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company referred to in Section 1702 or under the conditions described in Section 1703 or 1704, from making payments at any time of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any or interest on the Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of the Securities, or (b) the application by the Trustee of any money deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on the Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge (in accordance with Section 1706) that such payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article.

SECTION 1713 TRUSTEE TO EFFECTUATE SUBORDINATION.

Each Holder of a Security by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 1714 RELIANCE ON JUDICIAL ORDER OR CERTIFICATE OF LIQUIDATING AGENT.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 601, and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article.

SECTION 1715 ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS.

In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee.

-79-

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

-80-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr.
    ---------------------------
Name:  Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr.
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel
       and Corporate Secretary

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST
COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

By: /s/ Tracy Salzmann
    ------------------
Name: Tracy Salzmann
Title: Assistant Vice President

-81-

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY PERSON ENTITLED
TO RECEIVE BEARER SECURITY OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST
PAYABLE PRIOR TO THE EXCHANGE DATE
CERTIFICATE

[Insert title or sufficient description of Securities to be delivered]

This is to certify that, as of the date hereof, and except as set forth below, the above-captioned Securities held by you for our account (i) are owned by person(s) that are not citizens or residents of the United States, domestic companies, or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source ("United States person(s)"), (ii) are owned by United States person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (financial institutions, as defined in United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v) are herein referred to as "financial institutions") purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such United States financial institution hereby agrees, on its own behalf or through its agent, that you may advise Regions Financial Corporation or its agent that such financial institution will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or
(C) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (iii) are owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and, in addition, if the owner is a United States or foreign financial institution described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)), this is to further certify that such financial institution has not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

As used herein, "United States" means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and "possessions" include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the above- captioned Securities held by you for our account in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.

This certificate excepts and does not relate to [U.S. $]_________ of such interest in the above-captioned Securities in respect of which we are not able to certify and as to which we understand an exchange for an interest in a permanent global Security or an exchange for and delivery of definitive Securities (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) cannot be made until we do so certify.

We understand that this certificate may be required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated: _________________, 200_

[To be dated no earlier than the 15th day prior to (i) the Exchange Date or (ii) the relevant Interest Payment Date occurring prior to the Exchange Date, as applicable]

[Name of Person Making Certification]


(Authorized Signatory)

Name:

Title:

A-1

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY EUROCLEAR
AND CLEARSTREAM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE
OF A PORTION OF A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY OR TO
OBTAIN INTEREST PAYABLE PRIOR TO THE EXCHANGE DATE
CERTIFICATE

[Insert title or sufficient description of Securities to be delivered]

This is to certify that, based solely on written certifications that we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from each of the persons appearing in our records as persons entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our "Member Organizations") substantially in the form attached hereto, as of the date hereof, [U.S. $] ___________________ principal amount of the above-captioned Securities (i) is owned by person(s) that are not citizens or residents of the United States, domestic companies, domestic corporations or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source ("United States person(s)"), (ii) is owned by United States person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (financial institutions, as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v) are herein referred to as "financial institutions") purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise Regions Financial Corporation or its agent that such financial institution will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (iii) is owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and, to the further effect, that financial institutions described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause (i) or
(ii)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

As used herein, "United States" means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and its "possessions" include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

We further certify that (i) we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) any portion of the temporary global Security representing the above captioned Securities excepted in the above-referenced certificates of Member Organizations and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated: ____________ 200_

[To be dated no earlier than the Exchange Date or the relevant Interest Payment Date occurring prior to the Exchange Date, as applicable]

[Euroclear Bank S.A.], as Operator of the Euroclear System
[Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme,]

By:

A-2

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF
EXCHANGE RATE OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, ______________________________, an officer of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, dated as of _________________, 20__, between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (the "Indenture"), and pursuant to authority delegated by the Board of Directors of the Company to the undersigned in resolutions duly adopted by such Board at a meeting duly called and held on __________, _______ (the "Resolutions"), does hereby certify that:

1. The [exchange rate] [applicable bid quotation] in respect of the payment to be made on [insert date] by the Company with respect to its
[insert title of security] is ____________________.

2. The amount payable on [insert date] in respect of the Company's [insert title of security] is ______________ per [$1,000] principal amount of such security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed by name.

Dated:                                 Name:
      ----------------------                ------------------------------------

Title:

B-1

EXHIBIT 10.1

[Restated]
FIRST ALABAMA BANCSHARES, INC.
1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

Table of Contents

Articles                                                                              Page
--------                                                                              ----
ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS.................................................................

               1.1               "Board"................................................
               1.2               "Code".................................................
               1.3               "Committee"............................................
               1.4               "Common Stock".........................................
               1.5               "Company"..............................................
               1.6               "Fair Market Value"....................................
               1.7               "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO"......................
               1.8               "Nonincentive Stock Option" or "Non-ISO"...............
               1.9               "Option" or "Stock Option".............................
               1.10              "Optionee".............................................
               1.11              "Plan".................................................
               1.12              "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR"....................
               1.13              "Ten Percent Shareholder"..............................

ARTICLE II   ADMINISTRATION.............................................................

               2.1               Powers of the Committee................................
               2.2               Conduct of Committee Business..........................
               2.3               Reliance on Reports....................................
               2.4               Limit on Liability and-Indemnification.................

ARTICLE III   SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN................................................

ARTICLE IV   ELIGIBILITY................................................................

ARTICLE V   RESTRICTIONS ON THE GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS..................................

               5.1               Committee's Discretion.................................
               5.2               Persons other Than Employees...........................


               5.3               Ten Year Rule..........................................
               5.4               Ten Percent Shareholders...............................
               5.5               Maximum Dollar Amount..................................

ARTICLE VI   STOCK OPTION TERMS AND CONDITIONS..........................................

               6.1               Price..................................................
               6.2               Period.................................................
               6.3               Time of Exercise.......................................
               6.4               Exercise...............................................
               6.5               Payment................................................
               6.6               Termination of Option..................................
               6.7               Restrictions on Transfer...............................

ARTICLE VII   STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.................................................

               7.1               Terms and Conditions...................................
               7.2               Transferability........................................

ARTICLE VIII   ADJUSTMENTS..............................................................

ARTICLE IX   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR CHANGE OF CONTROL................................

               9.1               Merger or Consolidation................................
               9.2               Change of Control......................................

ARTICLE X   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN...........................................

               10.1              Power to Amend and Terminate Plan......................
               10.2              Restriction on Amendment and Termination...............

ARTICLE XI   GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS...........................................

ARTICLE XII   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..................................................

               12.1              Right to Continued Employment..........................
               12.2              Other Benefit Plans....................................
               12.3              Plan Expenses..........................................


               12.4              Use of Exercise Proceeds...............................
               12.5              Construction of Plan...................................
               12.6              Exemption From Registration of Shares..................
               12.7              Withholding Taxes......................................
               12.8              Headings...............................................
               12.9              Number and Gender......................................

ARTICLE XII   SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL AND EFFECTIVE DATES..................................


FIRST ALABAMA BANCSHARES, INC.
1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

WHEREAS, First Alabama Bancshares, Inc. ("Bancshares") desires to establish and maintain a stock option plan, as set forth herein, for the benefit of employees who become eligible to participate hereunder; and

WHEREAS, the purpose of this plan is to provide incentive to and encourage stock ownership by certain key employees of Bancshares and to encourage such employees to remain in the employ of Bancshares; and,

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Bancshares, at a meeting held on January 20, 1988, duly approved and authorized the plan embodied herein, to be effective as of January 20, 1988, subject to shareholder approval; and,

WHEREAS, Bancshares intends to grant certain stock options pursuant to the terms of the plan, some of which are intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

NOW, THEREFORE, Bancshares hereby promulgates the plan embodied herein which shall contain the following terms and conditions and only the following terms and conditions.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

When used herein, except where the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

1.1 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.3 "Committee" means the Personnel Committee of the Board, or such other persons as from time to time are appointed by the Board to administer the Plan; provided, however, each member of the Committee must be a member of the Board and a disinterested person within the meaning of Rule 16 b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

1.4 "Common Stock" means the common stock of First Alabama Bancshares, Inc. having a par value of $0.625 per share.


1.5 "Company" means First Alabama Bancshares, Inc. and shall include any corporation which is a parent or subsidiary of First Alabama Bancshares, Inc., as defined in Sections 425(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

1.6 "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to the date a given Stock Option is granted or exercised, the average of the highest and lowest reported sale prices of Common Stock, as reported by such responsible reporting service as the Committee may select, or if there were no transactions in the Common Stock on such day, then the last preceding day on which transactions took place; provided that the Committee may determine fair market value in such other manner as is permitted or required by applicable laws or regulations.

1.7 "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an Option which qualifies as an incentive stock option under Section 422A of the Code and which is designated by the Committee to be an Incentive Stock Option.

1.8 "Nonincentive Stock Option" or "Non-ISO" means any Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

1.9 "Option" or "Stock Option" means the right of an Optionee to purchase Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, as evidenced by a properly executed option agreement, and shall include both Incentive Stock Options and Nonincentive Stock Options.

1.10 "Optionee" means an employee of the Company who is eligible to participate in this Plan and has been granted one or more Stock Options under the Plan.

1.11 "Plan" means First Alabama Bancshares, Inc. 1988 Stock Option Plan and any amendments thereto.

1.12 "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means the right of an Optionee to receive in connection with an Option granted hereunder (and in accordance with the provisions of this Plan) payment of an amount equal to (a) the Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of exercise) of a share of Common Stock covered by the option less (b) the price per share at which the Option may be exercised.

1.13 "Ten Percent Shareholder" means an individual who owns stock possessing more than ten (10%) percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATION

2.1 Powers of the Committee


(a) The Committee shall administer the Plan subject to and in accordance with the provisions set forth herein and shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to enable it to properly administer the Plan, including but not limited to the power to:

(i) Grant Stock Options and SARs under the Plan, including the power to determine the persons to whom options and SARs shall be granted, the times at which options and SARs shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each option and SAR, the Option price of the shares subject to each option, and any other terms and conditions to which an Option or SAR shall be made subject;

(ii) Modify the terms of or accelerate the time of exercise of any Stock Option or SAR;

(iii) Cancel any Option if an Optionee conducts himself or herself in a manner which the Committee, in the exercise of reasonable discretion, determines to be inimical to the best interests of the Company, including, but not limited to an Optionee's admission of guilt or conviction of any crime resulting from dishonesty in connection with the affairs of the Company, an Optionee's conducting of the affairs of the Company in the Optionee's own interest and contrary to the interest of the Company, or an Optionee's failure to pay an indebtedness to the Company which the Committee determines to be uncollectible;

(iv) Construe and interpret the Plan, establish rules and regulations, delegate such administrative responsibilities as it deems proper, and perform all other acts it deems necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan; and

(v) Correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or in any granted Stock Option or in any SAR, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary.

(b) The Committee's determination under the Plan of the persons to receive grants, the form, amount and timing of such grants, and the terms and conditions of such grants need not be uniformly applicable to employees but may be made by the Committee on a selective basis among persons who receive or are eligible to receive grants under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

2.2 Conduct of Committee Business. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the action of a majority of members of the Committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts unanimously adopted in writing without the holding of a meeting, shall be the acts of the Committee. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee arising out of or in connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan shall be final and conclusive; provided, however, that any such decision made or action taken may be reviewed by the Board, in which event the determination of the Board shall be final and conclusive. This provision shall not be construed to grant to an Optionee or an employee any right to a review by the Board of any decision made or action taken by the Committee.


2.3 Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying or acting in good faith upon any report made by the independent public accountants of the Company and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any person or persons other than such member. In no event shall any person who is or has been a member of the Committee or of the Board of Directors be liable for any determination made or other action taken by him or any failure by him to act in reliance upon any such report or information, if in good faith.

2.4 Limit on Liability and Indemnification. Neither the Board, the Committee nor any member of either shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or of the Committee, the members of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company for (a) all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which they, or any of them, may be party by reason of any action taken, or failure to act, under, or in connection with, the Plan or any Stock Option or SAR granted hereunder, and (b) all amounts paid by them in settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them, or any of them, in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith; provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding and prior to taking any steps toward defense of such action, suit or proceeding, the Committee member shall give the Company written notice thereof and an opportunity to handle and defend the same at the Company's own expense.

ARTICLE III

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

A maximum of one million (1,000,000) shares of Common Stock shall be issuable under the Plan; provided, such amount shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Article VIII herein. Shares issuable under the Plan may include authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Common Stock. If a Stock Option or portion thereof shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject to such Option may again be issuable under the Plan.


ARTICLE IV

ELIGIBILITY

Key employees of the Company who are performing, or who have been engaged to perform services, of special importance to the management, operation or development of the Company are eligible to participate in this Plan. Such key employees include, but are not limited to, officers of the Company who are members of the Board. Nonemployee members of the Board are not eligible to participate in this plan. Any Optionee may be granted such additional Stock Options as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

ARTICLE V

RESTRICTIONS ON THE GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS

Stock Options granted under this Plan shall be subject to the restrictions set forth below.

5.1 Committee's Discretion. Stock Options shall be granted only to such key employees eligible to participate in this Plan, at such times, and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine, subject to the restrictions set forth in this Plan.

5.2 Persons other Than Employees. No Stock Option shall be granted to a person who is not an employee of the Company on the date of grant of the option.

5.3 Ten Year Rule. No Stock Option may be granted after the expiration of 10 years from the date of the adoption of this Plan.

5.4 Ten Percent Shareholders. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to an individual who, at the time the option is granted, is a Ten Percent Shareholder, unless, at the time the option is granted, the option price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option and such option, by its terms, is not exercisable after the expiration of 5 years from the date such option is granted.

5.5 Maximum Dollar Amount. The aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the time an ISO is granted, of the Common Stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by an individual during any calendar year (under this Plan or any other such plan of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000.00.


ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTION TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Each Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement in form approved by the Committee, and shall be subject to the following provisions and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine:

6.1 Price. The Option price per share shall be determined by the Committee and, in the case of an ISO, shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of the granting of the option.

6.2 Period. A Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Stock Option was granted.

6.3 Time of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the period or periods during which a Stock Option may be exercised. The Committee may permit or require a Stock option to be exercisable in installments.

6.4 Exercise. A Stock Option, or any portion thereof, shall be exercised by delivery to the Company by the Optionee of a written notice of exercise, and shall be contingent upon payment by the Optionee, in accordance with Section 6.5 below, of the full option price for the shares being purchased. Neither an Optionee nor his executors, administrators, heirs, or legatees shall have any rights or privileges of a shareholder in respect of the shares transferable upon exercise of a Stock option, unless and until certificates representing such shares of Common Stock are issued and delivered to such Optionee.

6.5 Payment. The option price of an exercised Stock option, or any portion thereof, shall be paid either:

(a) in cash, in United States Dollars, or by check, bank draft, or money order payable to the order of the Company;

(b) in the sole discretion of the Committee, by the delivery of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market value equal to the Option price; or

(c) in the sole discretion of the Committee, by any combination of (a) and (b) above, or by any other method as the Committee in its sole discretion shall approve.

The Committee shall determine the acceptable methods of payment of the Option price for each Stock Option and may impose such limitations and prohibitions on the use of Common Stock to exercise a Stock Option as it deems appropriate.


6.6 Termination of option. Each Stock Option shall terminate on the earlier of:

(a) the expiration date set forth in the Option Agreement to which such Option is subject;

(b) on the date of termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason other than death or retirement, whether such termination of employment is by reason of resignation, dismissal, or otherwise, and whether or not such Stock Option has become exercisable;

(c) one year following the death of an Optionee who dies while in the employ of the Company; and

(d) when termination of employment is due to normal retirement or early retirement (with Committee consent) under a formal plan or policy of the Company, upon the earlier of
(i) the expiration date set forth in the option Agreement to which such option is subject, or (ii) the date on which the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that, within five (5) years following such termination of employment, the retired Optionee directly or indirectly (A) owns Twenty-Five (25%) percent or more of any stock, equity, financial, or other interest in, (B) operates, advises, or assists in the establishment or operation of, or (C) is employed by, any firm or enterprise which competes with any business conducted by the Company and is located within a 50-mile radius of any location in which the Company maintains an office, operation, branch, or facility.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, prescribe alternative termination provisions with respect to the exercise of an option.

For purposes of subsections 6.6(b) and (d), an Optionee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment or retired during any leave of absence of the Optionee authorized by the Company under the Company's standard personnel practices.

6.7. Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Options. Stock Options granted under the Plan shall not be transferable by an Optionee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during such Optionee's lifetime, only by the Optionee. No right or interest of any Optionee shall be subject to any lien, obligation or liability of such Optionee.

(b) Common Stock. Any Optionee who disposes of shares of Common Stock transferred to the Optionee pursuant to the exercise of an ISO within two (2) years after the date of the granting of the Option or within one (1) year after the transfer of such


shares to the Optionee shall notify the Company of such disposition and of the amount realized upon such disposition.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 Terms and Conditions. Simultaneously with the grant of any Option under the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant to an Optionee Stock Appreciation rights in connection with any Option granted to such Optionee. Each SAR shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Stock Option to which it is attached, provided that each SAR shall be exercisable only if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise exceeds the Option price.

Each SAR shall grant to the Optionee the right to surrender, unexercised, the Stock Option (or any portion thereof which the Optionee designates) to which the SAR is attached and receive in exchange therefor, subject to the provisions of the Plan and such rules and regulations as may be established by the Committee, a payment in an amount equal to the product of,(a) the amount by which the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock as of the exercise date exceeds the price per share at which the option may be exercised, times (b) the number of shares issuable pursuant to the Stock Option, or portion thereof, which are surrendered. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine whether, upon exercise of an SAR, payment shall be made in the form of all cash, all shares, or any combination thereof.

If the Optionee is to receive a portion of such payment in shares, the number of shares shall be determined by dividing the amount, in dollars, of such portion to be received in shares by the Fair Market Value of a share on the exercise date. No fractional shares may be issued.

7.2 Transferability. SARs granted under the Plan shall not be transferable by an Optionee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during an Optionee's lifetime, only by the Optionee. No right or interest of any Optionee shall be subject to any lien, obligation or liability of such Optionee.

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

If there shall be any increase or reduction in the number of shares of common Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividends, stock splits, or other readjustments, or if there is any material change in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any reclassification,


reorganization, recapitalization, merger, or consolidation, or otherwise, there shall be a proportionate and equitable adjustment of the amount and class of shares available for Options and of the amount and class of shares remaining subject to any outstanding options and the Option price to be paid therefor, as determined by the Committee; provided, however, any fractional shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated.

ARTICLE IX

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL

9.1 Merger or Consolidation. If the Company shall merge or consolidate with another company or reorganize or sell substantially all its assets, each outstanding Stock Option shall entitle the holder thereof to receive upon exercise the same securities and property, or either of them, which a share owner of Common Stock of the same number of shares as that subject to the Stock option would be entitled to receive pursuant to such merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale of assets.

9.2 Change of Control. In the event that:

(a) any person or entity other than the Company shall acquire more than 25% of the Common Stock through a tender offer, exchange offer or otherwise; or

(b) a change in the "control" of the Company occurs of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 16(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or

(c) the Company shall sell substantially all of its assets;

any Optionee who is then holding an outstanding Stock Option and who is deemed by the Committee to be a statutory officer ("insider") for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be entitled to surrender any option, or portion thereof, which is then exercisable, in exchange for a cash payment in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price of such Option, or portion thereof, and , (i) in the event of an offer or similar event, the final offer price per share paid for Common Stock, or such lower price as the Committee may determine is necessary to preserve the qualified status of an Incentive Stock Option, times the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option or portion thereof, or (ii) in the event of a change in control, as defined above, or a sale of substantially all of the Company's assets, the Fair Market value of the shares subject to the Stock Option.

Any payment which the Company is required to make pursuant to the above shall be made within fifteen business days following the event which results in the Optionee's right to such payment. In the event of a tender offer in which fewer than all the shares which are validly tendered in compliance with such offer are purchased or exchanged, then only a fraction of the


shares to which the Stock Option is subject shall be used in the formula to determine the amount of such payment. The numerator of such fraction shall be the number of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the offer and the denominator of such fraction shall be the number of shares of Common Stock tendered in compliance with such offer. Any Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered in accordance with this Section 9.2, shall be terminated upon surrender.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.2 the Committee may, at any time, by unanimous vote, revoke the benefits of this Section 9.2.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

10.1 Power to Amend and Terminate Plan. The Board may, at any time, without further approval of the shareholders, by an instrument in writing, suspend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, or amend it in such respects as the Board, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate and in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no amendment shall be made without approval of the shareholders which would:

(a) materially modify the eligibility requirements set forth herein for the granting of Stock Options; or

(b) increase the total number of shares of Common Stock which may be issuable under the Plan, except to the extent permitted in Article VIII;

10.2 Restriction on Amendment and Termination. Notwithstanding tee-provisions of Section 10.1, no amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan may reduce or impair any of the rights or obligations under any then outstanding Stock Option granted to- an Optionee under the Plan, without the Optionee's consent.

ARTICLE XI

GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The granting of Stock Options and the obligation of the Company to issue or transfer and deliver shares for Stock Options exercised under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, regulations, rules, orders and approvals which shall be in effect at the time such grant is to be made or obligation arises and which are required by governmental entities or by the stock exchanges, if any, on which the Common Stock is traded.


ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.1 Right to Continued Employment. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted a Stock option or SAR under the Plan, and the grant of a Stock option or SAR under the Plan shall not be construed as giving an Optionee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company. Further, the Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss an Optionee with or without cause, such dismissal to be free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, except as provided herein or in an option agreement.

12.2 Other Benefit Plans. No awards, payments or benefits under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any retirement, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan to which the Company contributes.

12.3 Plan Expenses. Expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.

12.4 Use of Exercise Proceeds. Payments received from Optionees in connection with the-exercise of Stock options under the Plan shall be used for the general corporate purposes of the Company.

12.5 Construction of Plan. The Plan shall be administered in the State of Alabama, shall be governed and interpreted solely in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama and shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company.

12.6 Exemption From Registration of Shares. In the event the shares issuable pursuant to any Option are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and if the Company so requests prior to the delivery of such shares, in connection with the availability of an exemption from Registration of such shares under Federal or State securities laws or otherwise, then the Optionee or other person exercising such Option, shall agree to hold any shares issued under the said option solely for investment and without any present intention to resell or distribute the same, and to dispose of such shares only in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations, and shall execute and deliver to the Company an agreement to this effect.

12.7 Withholding Taxes. Each participant shall, no later than the date as of which the gross income of the participant is recognized for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, any Federal, state, or local income taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the exercise of a non-ISO or SAR. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements and the Company (and, where applicable, its Subsidiaries), shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise


due to the participant. A participant may elect to have the minimum withholding tax obligations with respect to any non-ISO or SAR granted hereunder satisfied by having the Company withhold shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to the participant with respect to such non-ISO. Additionally, if the Committee so determines, the participant may elect to deliver to the Company unrestricted shares which have been held by the participant for at least six (6) months to satisfy any additional tax obligations owed by the participant.

12.8 Headings. The headings and subheadings in this Plan have been inserted for convenience and reference only and are not to be used in construing the instrument or any provisions hereof.

12.9 Number and Gender. The masculine pronoun used shall include the feminine pronoun and the singular number shall include the plural number unless the context of the Plan requires otherwise.

ARTICLE XIII

SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL AND EFFECTIVE DATES

Upon approval by the shareholders of the Company, this Plan shall become effective as of January 20, 1988. The Plan and all outstanding Stock options and SARs shall remain in effect until such Stock Options and SARs have expired or have been cancelled. If the shareholders shall not approve the Plan, it shall not be effective, and any and all actions taken hereunder shall be null and void or, if necessary, shall be deemed to have been fully rescinded.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officers to affix their signatures and the seal of the corporation to this Plan on this the 20th day of January, 1988.

ATTEST:                                FIRST ALABAMA BANCSHARES, INC.



BY: /s/ L. Burton Barnes  III          /s/ W.L. Hurley
   --------------------------------    -----------------------------------------
   L. Burton Barnes III                W.L. Hurley
   Secretary                           Chairman of the Board
   and General Counsel


EXHIBIT 10.5

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 1999


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                ----
ARTICLE I -- PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE..........................................................
               1.1           Title...............................................................
               1.2           Purpose.............................................................
               1.3           Effective Date and Relationship to Existing Contracts...............

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PLAN DOCUMENT...................................
               2.1           Beneficiary.........................................................
               2.2           Board...............................................................
               2.3           Change of Control...................................................
               2.4           Committee...........................................................
               2.5           Company.............................................................
               2.6           Executive...........................................................
               2.7           Gender and Number...................................................
               2.8           Named Fiduciary.....................................................
               2.9           Merger of Equals....................................................
               2.10          Participant.........................................................
               2.11          Plan................................................................
               2.12          Plan Year...........................................................
               2.13          Retirement Plan.....................................................
               2.14          Titles..............................................................

ARTICLE III -- ELIGIBILITY.......................................................................
               3.1           Eligibility.........................................................

ARTICLE IV -- BENEFITS...........................................................................
               4.1           Benefits subject to the conditions set out in Section 4.2...........
                             (A)            Retirement...........................................
                             (B)            Disability...........................................
                             (C)            Early Retirement.....................................
                             (D)            Death................................................
                             (E)            Certain Termination of Employment....................
               4.2           Payment Conditions..................................................

ARTICLE V -- BENEFICIARY.........................................................................
               5.1           Beneficiary Designation.............................................

i

               5.2           Proper Beneficiary..................................................
               5.3           Minor or Incompetent Beneficiary....................................

ARTICLE VI -- ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.........................................................
               6.1           Majority Vote.......................................................
               6.2           Finality of Determination...........................................
               6.3           Certificates and Reports............................................
               6.4           Indemnification and Exculpation.....................................
               6.5           Expenses............................................................

ARTICLE VII -- CLAIMS PROCEDURE..................................................................
               7.1           Written Claim.......................................................
               7.2           Denied Claim........................................................
               7.3           Review Procedure....................................................
               7.4           Committee Review....................................................

ARTICLE VIII -- NATURE OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATION...................................................
               8.1           Company's Obligation................................................
               8.2           Creditor Status.....................................................

ARTICLE IX -- CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS.......................................................
                             ....................................................................
               9.1           Additional Payments on Change of Control............................
               9.2           ....................................................................

ARTICLE X -- MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................................
               10.1          Written Notice......................................................
               10.2          Change of Address...................................................
               10.3          Merger, Consolidation or Acquisition................................
               10.4          Amendment and Termination...........................................
               10.5          Employment..........................................................
               10.6          Non-transferability.................................................
               10.7          Legal Fees..........................................................
               10.8          Tax Withholding.....................................................
               10.9          Acceleration of Payment.............................................
               10.10         Applicable Law......................................................
               10.11         Independence of Benefits............................................
               10.12         Leaves of Absence...................................................

ii

ARTICLE I -- PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

I.1 TITLE. This Plan shall be known as the Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan").

I.2 PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to permit certain members of management and highly compensated employees to receive retirement benefits that supplement retirement benefits payable from the Regions Financial Corporation Retirement Plan.

I.3 EFFECTIVE DATE AND RELATIONSHIP TO EXISTING CONTRACTS.

(a) The effective date of this Plan shall be January 1, 1999.

(b) For Participants in the Plan as of December 31, 1998, the Plan amends and restates -- in one document -- the terms of the supplemental retirement contracts previously executed by and between Regions Financial Corporation and each such Participant. By participating in this Plan, each such Participant in the Plan as of December 31, 1998, agrees that such supplemental retirement contract shall cease to have any force or effect as of January 1, 1999, and that such Participant's rights to supplemental retirement benefits on and after January 1, 1999, whether accrued before or after January 1, 1999, will be determined exclusively by the terms of this document, as amended from time to time.

(c) For Participants who first enter the Plan on or after January 1, 1999, each such Participant agrees that, by participating in this Plan and accruing benefits hereunder, any benefits paid under this Plan as a result of a Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals shall supersede and be in lieu of any and all benefits that would otherwise be payable under any Change of Control Agreement between the Participant and the Company. For this purpose, the term "Change of Control Agreement" shall mean any agreement entitled a Change of Control Agreement or otherwise designated by the Company's Incumbent Board (as defined in Section 2.3) as a Change of Control Agreement.

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PLAN DOCUMENT

II.1 BENEFICIARY. "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons or the estate of a Participant entitled to receive any benefits under this Plan.

II.2 BOARD. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of Regions Financial Corporation.

1

II.3 CHANGE OF CONTROL. A "Change of Control" means any of the following:

(i) an acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for the purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) immediately after which such Person has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether or not a Change of Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would constitute a Change of Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean
(A) an acquisition by (A) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, (B) by the Company or (C) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined).

(ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(iii) The consummation of:

(A) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company in which securities of the Company are issued, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization is a "Non-Control Transaction". A "Non-Control Transaction" is a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued where:

(I) the stockholders of the Company immediately before such merger, consolidation, or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger, consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization,

2

(II) the individuals who were members of the Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation or a corporation owning directly or indirectly fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation, and

(III) no person other than (i) the Company, (ii) any subsidiary, (iii) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or reorganization by the Company owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then-outstanding voting securities;

(B) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(C) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) and after such acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities, then a Change of Control shall occur.

II.4 COMMITTEE. "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

II.5 COMPANY. "Company" shall mean Regions Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies. The term "Company" shall also mean any successor to Regions Financial Corporation by way of merger, asset purchase, or any other business combination.

II.6 EXECUTIVE. "Executive" shall mean any member of management or highly compensated employee who is eligible to participate in the Company's Retirement Plan.

II.7 GENDER AND NUMBER. Wherever the context so requires, masculine pronouns include the feminine and singular words shall include the plural.

II.8 NAMED FIDUCIARY. "Named Fiduciary", for purposes of the claims procedure of this

3

Plan, shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board.

II.9 MERGER OF EQUALS. The term "Merger of Equals" shall mean any Change of Control transaction approved by the Company's Incumbent Board (as defined in Section 2.3 above) and specifically designated by the Incumbent Board as a merger of equals.

II.10 PARTICIPANT. "Participant" means an Executive who is participating in the Plan pursuant to a resolution of the Committee.

II.11 PLAN. "Plan" means this Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as in effect from time to time.

II.12 PLAN YEAR. The "Plan Year" is the twelve month period commencing January 1 and ending on December 31.

II.13 RETIREMENT PLAN. "Retirement Plan" shall mean the Regions Financial Corporation Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time, or any successor of such plan.

II.14 TITLES. Titles of the Articles of this Plan are included for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purpose of construing any portion or provision of this Plan document.

ARTICLE III -- ELIGIBILITY

III.1 ELIGIBILITY. Eligibility for participation in this Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, but all Participants must be members of a select group of management or highly-compensated employees of the Company.

ARTICLE IV -- BENEFITS

IV.1 BENEFITS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SET OUT IN SECTION 4.2. The Company agrees to pay each Participant the following amounts:

(A) RETIREMENT. If the Participant remains in the employ of the Company until attainment of normal retirement age ("Retirement Age") under the Retirement Plan and thereafter retires, the Company shall on the first day of the month after the Participant's retirement, commence monthly payments in an amount computed as follows:

STEP 1. Determine the amount equal to the product of (i) and
(ii) below:

(i) two (2%) percent of the Participant's average monthly compensation (as defined in the Retirement Plan without

4

regard, however, to the limits on compensation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) for the most recent 36-month period during which he was employed and received compensation; and,

(ii) whichever of (a) or (b) below is applicable:

(a) for Participants in the Plan as of December 31, 1998, the number of the Participant's years of employment with the Company or a predecessor employer that was acquired by the Company (regardless of whether such employment is recognized as Credited Service under the Retirement Plan); or,

(b) for Participants first entering the Plan on January 1, 1999, or later, the number of the Participant's years of Credited Service under
Section 3.02 of the Retirement Plan attributable to periods of employment with the Company (that is, excluding all employment with a prior employer even if recognized as Credited Service under the Retirement Plan).

No more than 30 years of employment or Credited Service, as the case may be, will be recognized for purposes of calculating the Participant's benefit under this Step 1.

STEP 2. From the amount determined in Step 1, subtract an amount equal to whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) for Participants in the Plan as of December 31, 1998, the monthly benefit payable at the time of determination under the Retirement Plan assuming payment in the form of a joint and 50% survivor annuity; or,

(ii) for Participants first entering the Plan on or after January 1, 1999, the monthly benefit payable at the time of determination under the Retirement Plan -- to the extent attributable to service with the Company -- assuming payment in the form of a joint and 50% survivor annuity.

STEP 3. From the monthly amount determined in Step 2, subtract an amount equal to the monthly joint and 50% survivor annuity benefit option then available to such Participant under the Participant's Executive Life

5

Insurance Program ("ELIP"), if any, in effect as of the date of the Participant's retirement, after excluding the amount of any recovery by the Company (or the trustee of any trust established to provide benefits under the Plan) of amounts that are owed to the Company or trustee (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Payee") under the ELIP. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Payee shall be deemed to be owed, as of the Participant's date of retirement, an amount equal to the total amount of premiums that the Company has paid under the ELIP, regardless of whether the Payee is in fact entitled to recover such premium payments at the time of the Participant's retirement. Cash values accumulated under any ELIP shall be converted to comparable joint and 50% annuity amounts using the actuarial equivalence factors applicable under the Retirement Plan as of the date on which this Step 3 is applied or such other reasonable actuarial factors as are specified by the Committee.

Payments will be made to the Participant as long as he shall live; after the Participant's death, one-half of the benefit will be continued to the Participant's spouse, if then living, for as long as she shall live. At the sole discretion of the Company, a lump sum payment of the Participant's entire benefit may be made to the Participant. The lump sum benefit shall be computed by using the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table (applied on a 100% male and 0% female unisex basis) and an interest rate equal to the average monthly rate on 30-year U.S. Treasury securities as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release for the month prior to the participant's separation from employment with the Company.

(B) DISABILITY. If, prior to Retirement Age, the Participant becomes totally and permanently disabled as a result of injury or sickness while employed by the Company, and such total disability prevents the Participant from performing all of the substantial and material duties of his employment with the Company, the Company agrees to pay the Participant monthly payments equal to the amount that the Participant would have been entitled to receive under
Section 4.1(A) of this Plan as of his Retirement Age had he remained in the employ of the Company from the date of onset of his disability to his Retirement Age at the same rate of average monthly compensation in effect as of the date of onset of his disability, less any benefits payable under the Employer's group long term disability plan and any additional benefits which would have been payable under the group long term disability plan if the Participant had elected to purchase the maximum amount of coverage available under such plan. The Company will continue the monthly payments for the duration of the Participant's disability or until the Participant's attainment of Retirement Age, whichever occurs first. If attainment of Retirement Age occurs first, the Participant's benefit under this Plan shall be recalculated under
Section 4.1(A) (modified, as appropriate, by this paragraph B), in order to take into account the offsets under Steps 2 and 3 of Section 4.1(A).

6

(C) EARLY RETIREMENT. If the Participant has attained age 55 he may retire early and receive the benefit that he has accrued under Steps 1, 2, and 3 of Section 4.1(A) as of his early retirement date based on average monthly compensation and years of employment or years of Credited Service (whichever is applicable) as of such early retirement date.

(D) DEATH.

(1) If, prior to Retirement Age, the Participant dies while actively employed by Company, the Company shall make monthly payments to the Participant's spouse, if then living, beginning on the first day of the month following the Participant's death and continuing as long as she lives. The amount of such monthly payments shall equal the benefit that would have been payable to the Participant under Section 4.1(A) of this Plan if the Participant had (i) continued in the employ of the Company until his Retirement Age at the same rate of average compensation in effect as of the date of his death (ii) thereafter immediately retired with a joint and 50% survivor annuity form of payment, and (iii), thereafter immediately died.

(2) If, prior to Retirement Age, the Participant dies while receiving disability payments pursuant to
Section 4.1(B) above, the Company shall make monthly payments to the Participant's spouse, if then living, beginning on the first day of the month following the Participant's death and continuing as long as she lives. The amount of such monthly payments shall be 50% of the monthly benefit that was being paid to the Participant as of the date of his death.

(E) CERTAIN TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. If, prior to the Participant's attaining age 55, the Company terminates the Participant's employment for any reason other than Cause (as defined in
Section 9.1(B)(1) below), the Company agrees to pay the Participant, commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the month in which the Participant attains age 55, the monthly benefit that the Participant accrued under Steps 1, 2, and 3 of
Section 4.1(A) as of the date of his termination of employment, based on average monthly compensation and years of employment or Credited Service (whichever is applicable) as of such date.

IV.2 PAYMENT CONDITIONS. The payment of benefits to the Participant or his designated recipient(s) under this Agreement is conditioned upon the following:

(A) Participant's non-breach of the provisions of any employment agreement in effect between the Participant and the Company, including, but not limited to, any non-competition provisions thereof.

7

ARTICLE V -- BENEFICIARY

V.1 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. A Participant shall designate a Beneficiary to receive benefits under the Plan by completing the appropriate space on the Beneficiary designation form. If more than one Beneficiary is named, the shares and/or precedence of each Beneficiary shall be indicated. A Participant shall have the right to change the Beneficiary by submitting to the Committee a Change of Beneficiary form. However, no change of Beneficiary shall be effective until acknowledged in writing by the Committee.

V.2 PROPER BENEFICIARY. If the Company has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments hereunder, the Company shall have the right to withhold such payments until the matter is finally adjudicated. However, any payment made by the Company, in good faith and in accordance with this Plan, shall fully discharge the Company from all further obligations with respect to that payment.

V.3 MINOR OR INCOMPETENT BENEFICIARY. In making any payments to or for the benefit of any minor or an incompetent Beneficiary, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion may make a distribution to a legal or natural guardian or other relative of a minor or court appointed Committee of such incompetent. Or, it may make a payment to any adult with whom the minor or incompetent temporarily or permanently resides. The receipt by a guardian, Committee, relative or other person shall be a complete discharge to the Company. Neither the Committee nor the Company shall have any responsibility to see to the proper application of any payments so made.

ARTICLE VI -- ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

VI.1 MAJORITY VOTE. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee shall be by vote of a majority of those present at a meeting at which a majority of the members are present, or in writing by all the members at the time in office if they act without a meeting.

VI.2 FINALITY OF DETERMINATION. The Committee shall, from time to time, establish rules, forms and procedures for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have the exclusive right to interpret the Plan and to decide any and all matters arising thereunder or in connection with the administration of the Plan, and it shall endeavor to act, whether by general rules or by particular decisions, so as not to discriminate in favor of or against any person. The decisions, actions and records of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all persons having or claiming to have any right or interest in or under the Plan.

VI.3 CERTIFICATES AND REPORTS. The members of the Committee and the officers and directors of the Company shall be entitled to rely on all certificates and reports made by any duly appointed accountants, and on all opinions given by any duly appointed legal counsel, which legal counsel may be counsel for the Company.

8

VI.4 INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of membership on the Committee. Expenses against which a member of the Committee shall be indemnified hereunder shall include, without limitation, the amount of any settlement or judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred in connection with a claim asserted, or a proceeding brought or settlement thereof. The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to any other rights to which any such member of the Committee may be entitled as a matter of law.

VI.5 EXPENSES. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

ARTICLE VII -- CLAIMS PROCEDURE

VII.1 WRITTEN CLAIM. Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. The Participant, or a designated recipient or any other person claiming through the Participant shall make a written request for benefits under this Plan. This written claim shall be mailed or delivered to the Named Fiduciary. Such claim shall be reviewed by the Named Fiduciary or a delegate.

VII.2 DENIED CLAIM. If the claim is denied, in full or in part, the Named Fiduciary shall provide a written notice within ninety (90) days setting forth the specific reasons for denial, and any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and appropriate information and explanation of the steps to be taken if a review of the denial is desired.

VII.3 REVIEW PROCEDURE. If the claim is denied and a review is desired, the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall notify the Named Fiduciary in writing within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notice of denial. In requesting a review, the Participant or Beneficiary may request a review of the Plan document or other pertinent documents with regard to the Plan, may submit any written issues and comments, may request an extension of time for such written submission of issues and comments, and may request that a hearing be held, but the decision to hold a hearing shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee.

VII.4 COMMITTEE REVIEW. The decision on the review of the denied claim shall be rendered by the Committee within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request for review (if no hearing is held) or within sixty (60) days after the hearing if one is held. The decision shall be written and shall state the specific reasons for the decision including reference to specific provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based.

9

        ARTICLE VIII -- NATURE OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATION

VIII.1   COMPANY'S OBLIGATION.

(a)      The Company's obligations under this Agreement shall be an
         unfunded and unsecured promise to pay. The Company shall not
         be obligated under any circumstances to fund its obligations
         under this Agreement. The Company may, however, as its sole
         and exclusive option, elect to fund this Agreement in whole or
         in part. If the Company shall elect to fund this Agreement, in
         whole or in part, the manner of such funding, and the
         continuance or discontinuance of such funding shall be the
         sole and exclusive decision of the Company. Any payments to
         Participant from such a funding source -- for example, a
         grantor-type trust commonly known as a rabbi trust -- shall
         fully discharge, to the extent thereof, the Company's
         obligations under the Plan.

(b)      Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this
         Section 8.1, upon the retirement (regardless of whether a
         normal, early, or disability retirement) of a person who first
         became a Participant in the Plan on or after January 1, 1999,
         the Company shall, as soon as is practicable following the
         date of retirement, make a lump sum contribution to the trust
         created under that certain trust agreement (hereinafter called
         the "Rabbi Trust") dated November 9, 1993, as amended, in an
         amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the discounted
         present value of all benefits projected to be payable under
         the Plan to all such Participants who have retired or who are
         no longer employed by the Company over (ii) the fair market
         value of assets in the Rabbi Trust as of the date of such
         Participant's retirement.

VIII.2   CREDITOR STATUS. Any assets which the Company may acquire or

set aside to help cover its financial liabilities are and must remain general assets of the Company subject to the claims of its creditors. Neither the Company nor this Plan gives the Participant any beneficial ownership interest in any asset of the Company. All rights of ownership in any such assets are and remain in the Company.

ARTICLE IX -- CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS

IX.1 ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS ON CHANGE OF CONTROL. This Section 9.1 provides for additional payments under the Plan upon certain terminations of employment occurring within certain time frames following a Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals. No benefit payable under the Plan by reason of any other Section of the Plan shall be considered contingent upon a Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals. The only provisions of the Plan that provide for payments contingent upon a Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals are

10

contained in this Article IX.

(A) If the Participant's employment with the Company shall be terminated within the 24 month period following a Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals for reasons other than
(a) by the Company for Cause or Disability, (b) by reason of the Participant's death, or (c), by the Participant other than for Good Reason, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment within 30 days of his termination of employment equal to the excess, if any, of (a) two hundred and ninety nine percent (299%) of the Participant's base amount under Section 280G(b)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"), as amended, calculated as of the date of the Participant's termination of employment, over (b), the total of all payments (discounted to a present value if made over time) from the Company that constitute payments in the nature of compensation required to be taken into account under Code Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) when determining whether the Participant owes any excise tax under Code Section 4999.

(B) For purposes of Section 9.1(A) above, the following phrases shall have the following meanings:

(1) "Cause" shall mean:

(a) the willful and continued failure of the Participant to perform substantially the Participant's reasonably assigned duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness or from the assignment to the Participant of duties with the Company that would constitute Good Reason), which failure continued for a period of at least thirty (30) days after a written demand for substantial performance, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, has been delivered to the Participant specifying the manner in which the Participant has failed substantially to perform, or

(b) the willful engaging by the Participant in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company; provided, however, that no termination of the Participant's employment shall be for Cause as set forth in this
Section 9.1(B)(1) until (i) there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a written notice, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, setting forth that the Participant was guilty of the conduct described in this Section 9.1(B)(1) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and (ii) the Participant shall have been provided an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board.

11

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Participant, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Participant's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything set forth in this
Agreement to the contrary, no failure to
perform by the Participant after a Notice of
Termination is given to the Company by the
Participant shall constitute Cause for the
purposes of this Plan.

(2) "Disability" shall mean that the Participant has become eligible to participate in the Company's long term disability plan.

(3) "Good Reason" shall mean:

(a) the occurrence, after a Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals, of any of the following events or conditions:

(i) a change in the Participant's status, title, position or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) which, in the Participant's reasonable judgement, represents a materially adverse change from his status, title, position or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior thereto; the assignment to the Participant of any duties or responsibilities which, in the Participant's reasonable judgement, are materially inconsistent with his status, title, position, responsibilities; or any removal of the Participant from or failure to reappoint or reelect him to any such offices or positions, except in connection with the termination of employment of the Participant for Disability, Cause, as a result of the Participant's death or by the Participant other than for Good Reason;

(ii) a reduction in aggregate of the Participant's annual base salary and bonus below the aggregate of the Base Amount and the Bonus Amount;

(iii) the required relocation of the Participant's principal

12

employment location to a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Participant's principal employment location immediately prior to the Change of Control;

(iv) the failure by the Company to pay to the Employee any portion of the Participant's current compensation or to pay to the Employee any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred compensation program of the Company in which the Participant participated, within seven (7) days of the date such compensation is due;

(v) the failure by the Company to (I) continue in effect (without reduction in benefit level, and/or award opportunities) any material compensation or employee benefit plan in which the Participant was participating prior to the Change of Control, unless a substitute or replacement plan has been implemented which provides substantially the same compensation or benefits to the Participant or
(II) provide the Participant with compensation and benefits, in the aggregate, at least equal (in terms of benefit levels and/or award opportunities) to those provided for under each compensation or other employee benefit plan, program and practice in which the Participant was participating immediately prior to the Change of Control;

(vi) any purported termination of the Participant's employment by the Company which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the terms set forth in the definition of Notice of Termination (and, if applicable, the terms set forth in the definition of Cause); or

(vii) a termination of employment by the Employee for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the Change of Control.

(b) Any event described in subsection (3)(a)(i) through (vi) above which occurs within six months prior to a Change of Control and which the Participant reasonably demonstrates was at the request of a third party of otherwise arose in connection with or in anticipation of a Change of Control which has been threatened or proposed and which actually occurs, shall constitute Good Reason for the purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding that it occurred prior to a Change of Control.

13

(4) "Base Amount" shall mean the Participant's annual base salary at the rate in effect at the date hereof or, if greater, at any time thereafter, determined without regard to any salary reduction or deferred compensation elections made by the Participant.

(5) "Bonus Amount" shall mean the highest bonus or bonuses paid or payable under the Company's Management Incentive Bonus Plan in respect of any of the three (3) full fiscal years ended prior to the Termination Date or, if greater, the three (3) full fiscal years ended prior to the Change of Control.

(6) "Notice of Termination" shall mean written notice, following a Change of Control, of termination of the Participant's employment signed by the Participant if to the Company or by a duly authorized officer of the Company if to the Participant, which indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement, if any, relied upon and which sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide the basis for termination of the Participant's employment under the provision so indicated.

IX.2 FUNDING OBLIGATIONS ON CHANGE OF CONTROL. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals, the Company shall be required to make a lump sum payment to the Rabbi Trust (as defined in Section 8.1(b), above) which, when added to the fair market value of assets in the Rabbi Trust at such time, equals the discounted present value of all benefits that all Participants have accrued under Section 4.1 above as of the date of the Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals. Such lump sum payment shall be made to the Rabbi Trust within 30 days following the date of the Change of Control that is not a Merger of Equals.

ARTICLE X -- MISCELLANEOUS

X.1 WRITTEN NOTICE. Any notice which shall be or may be given under the Plan shall be in writing and shall be mailed by United States mail, postage prepaid. If notice is to be given to the Company, such notice shall be addressed as follows:

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
417 North Twentieth Street
Birmingham, Alabama 35203

Telecopy Number: (205) 326-7751

Attention: General Counsel

X.2 CHANGE OF ADDRESS. Any party may, from time to time, change the address to

14

which notices shall be mailed by giving written notice of such new address.

X.3 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR ACQUISITION. The Plan shall be binding upon the Company, its assigns, and any successor Company which shall succeed to substantially all of its assets and business through merger, acquisition or consolidation, and upon an Executive, the Beneficiary, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

X.4 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. Following 10 days prior written notice to all Participants in the Plan, the Company may terminate, amend, modify, or supplement this Plan, in whole or part. However, no Company action under this right shall reduce the accrued benefit of any Participant or Beneficiary or reduce benefits that are in payment status. In addition to the foregoing, (i) no amendment to Article IX of the Plan shall be effective without the Participant's written consent, and (ii), absent the Participant's written consent, the provisions of Article IX shall survive any termination of the Plan.

X.5 EMPLOYMENT. This Plan does not provide a contract of employment between the Company and the Participant, and the Company reserves the right to terminate the Participant's employment for any reason, at any time, notwithstanding the existence of this Plan.

X.6 NON-TRANSFERABILITY. No sale, transfer, alienation, assignment, pledge, collateralization or attachment of any benefits under this Plan shall be valid or recognized by the Company. Neither the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or designated Beneficiary shall have any power to hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify, or otherwise encumber, in advance, any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony maintenance, owed by the Participant or Beneficiary, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or otherwise.

X.7 LEGAL FEES. All reasonable legal fees incurred by any Participant (or former Participant) to successfully enforce valid rights under this Plan shall be paid by the Company in addition to sums due under this Plan.

X.8 TAX WITHHOLDING. The Company may withhold from a payment any federal, state, or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment and such sum as the Company may reasonably estimate as necessary to cover any taxes for which the Company may be liable and which may be assessed with regard to such payment.

X.9 ACCELERATION OF PAYMENT. The Company reserves the right to accelerate the payment of any benefits payable under this Plan at any time without the consent of the Participant, the Participant's estate, a Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through the Participant.

X.10 APPLICABLE LAW. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state of Alabama, except to the extent preempted by federal law.

15

X.11 INDEPENDENCE OF BENEFITS. The Benefits payable under this Agreement shall be independent of, and in addition to, any other benefits or compensation, whether by salary, or bonus or otherwise, payable under any employment agreements that now exist or may hereafter exist from time to time between the Company and the Participant.

X.12 LEAVES OF ABSENCE. The Company may, in its sole discretion, permit the Participant to take leaves of absence in accordance with the Company's standard personnel practices for periods not to exceed one year for each such leave of absence. During such leave, the Participant will still be considered to be in the continuous employment of the Company for purposes of the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this 30th day of April, 1999, effective as of the 1st day of January, 1999.

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                       BY /s/ Richard D. Horsley
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Its: Vice Chairman and Executive
                                              Financial Officer


ATTEST:



By /s/ Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr.
  ------------------------------
  Its: Corporate Secretary

16

EXHIBIT 10.6

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

DIRECTORS' DEFERRED STOCK INVESTMENT PLAN

EFFECTIVE: JANUARY 11, 1996


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

DEFINITIONS

(A) Authorization for Participation

(B) Board 2

(C) Change of Control

(D) Committee

(E) Common Stock

(F) Company or Companies

(G) Deferred Account

(H) Director

(I) Director's Fees

(J) Fractional Share Account

(K) Participant

(L) Plan

(M) Plan Year

(N) Purchasing Agent

(O) Regions

(P) Stock Account

(Q) Trust

(R) Trustee

PARTICIPATION


PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS

COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

STOCK PURCHASE

STOCK ACCOUNTS

ASSIGNMENTS

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

VOTING RIGHTS

REPORTS TO PARTICIPANTS

WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN

WITHHOLDING

TIME OF PAYMENT

TERMINATION OF SERVICE

MISCELLANEOUS

EXPENSES

LIMITATION ON THE SALE OF STOCK

CHANGE OF CONTROL

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN

SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION IF STOCK PURCHASE IS PROHIBITED

NATURE OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATION


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

DIRECTORS' DEFERRED STOCK INVESTMENT PLAN

WHEREAS, Regions Financial Corporation ("Regions") desires to adopt the Regions Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Stock Investment Plan (the "Plan") to enable Regions to provide to its directors a convenient means of deferring compensation through the purchase of Common Stock of Regions, and thereby encourage stock ownership and promote interest in Regions' success, growth, and development;

WHEREAS, Regions recognizes the value to its Directors of a plan of deferred compensation;

WHEREAS, the Plan shall allow such Directors to defer receipt of income through the purchase of Regions Common Stock;

WHEREAS, the obligations under this Plan shall be an unfunded liability of Regions; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the Regions Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Stock Investment Plan shall contain the following terms and conditions, and only the following terms and conditions.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

When used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context of the Plan.

(A) Authorization for Participation shall mean the form which an individual must submit to the Secretary of the Board in order to participate in the Plan. Such form shall contain the individual's election to defer receipt of future income, the amount of the deferred income or the percentage of deferred Director's Fees, and shall set forth the Participant's beneficiaries and contingent beneficiaries designated to receive any benefits to which the Participant may be entitled in the event of the Participant's death.

(B) Board shall mean the Board of Directors of Regions.

(C) Change of Control shall mean: (i) an acquisition (other than directly from the Company) by an individual, entity or a group (excluding the Company or an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation controlled by the Company's shareholders) of 20% or more


of the Company's Common Stock; (ii) a change in a majority of the current Board (the "Incumbent Board") (excluding any persons approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Board other than in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest); (iii) consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (collectively, a "Business Combination") other than a Business Combination in which all or substantially all of the stockholders of the Company receive 50% or more of the stock of the company resulting from the Business Combination, at least a majority of the board of directors of the resulting corporation were members of the Incumbent Board, and after which no person owns 20% or more of the stock of the resulting corporation, who did not own such stock immediately before the Business Combination.

(D) Committee shall mean the persons appointed by the Board pursuant to Article V to administer the Plan.

(E) Common Stock shall mean the shares of common stock, $.625 par value, of Regions and any shares which may, at any time prior to the date on which such term is applicable, be issued in exchange for shares of such Common Stock, whether in subdivision or in combination thereof and whether as part of a classification or reclassification thereof, or otherwise.

(F) Company or Companies shall include Regions and each affiliate, subsidiary, or local division thereof, and shall mean any one or more of such entities as the context requires.

(G) Deferred Account shall mean a separate bookkeeping account with respect to each Participant for the purpose of accounting for Participant deferrals, Company deferred contributions and cash dividends attributed to both, and any other amounts attributable to the Participant's Deferred Account in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

(H) Director shall mean any person serving on the Board.

(I) Director's Fees shall mean the total amount to be paid by Regions to a Participant as retainer for services as a Director and fees for attending meetings of the Board, including any fees received by such Participant for attending meetings of any committee of the Board.

(J) Fractional Share Account shall mean the amount to be paid, as provided herein, for a Participant's deferred fractional share interest in Common Stock attributable to such Participant's Stock Account, which said amount shall be calculated by multiplying the Participant's deferred fractional share interest by the average price per share at which Common


Stock is purchased by the Purchasing Agent in the purchase transaction immediately preceding payment to the Participant of such amount.

(K) Participant shall mean a person who is participating in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article II and whose participation in the Plan has not terminated.

(L) Plan shall mean "Regions Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Stock Investment Plan," as set forth herein, together with any amendments thereto.

(M) Plan Year shall mean the period commencing on the effective date of the Plan in 1996 and ending on December 31, 1996; and, thereafter, the period commencing January 1st of each year and ending on December 31 of such year.

(N) Purchasing Agent shall mean the person, or persons, or entity appointed by Regions from time to time to serve as Purchasing Agent for any Trust established by the Regions to help Regions fund its obligations under the Plan, which said Purchasing Agent shall not be an affiliate of Regions.

(O) Regions shall mean Regions Financial Corporation, or any successor thereto.

(P) Stock Account shall mean the separate account maintained with respect to each Participant for the purpose of accounting for Common Stock promised to the Participant under the Plan.

(Q) Trust shall mean any trust established by the Company to provide a source of funds to pay the amounts deferred through stock purchase under the Plan, such as a trust commonly referred to as a rabbi trust.

(R) Trustee shall mean the First Alabama Bank, or any successor thereto, or any successor duly appointed hereunder which is employed to hold and manage the Trust.

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

Any person who is a Director and who is not an employee of any Company is eligible to participate in the Plan. Such person's participation in the Plan shall commence on the first day of the calendar quarter next following the date on which he has submitted an Authorization for Participation to the Secretary of the Board and the Trustee. A Director may submit such Authorization for Participation (1) in the first year in which the Plan is implemented, within 30


days after the effective date of the Plan; (2) in the first year in which a Director shall become eligible to participate in the Plan, within 30 days after the date the Director becomes so eligible; and (3) in any other year, before the January 1 of the succeeding calendar year. In no event may such participation begin before the date the Authorization for Participation is submitted to the Secretary of the Board and the Trustee.

A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan upon withdrawal from the Plan, in accordance with the provisions of Article XII herein, or termination of service, as set forth in Article XV herein.

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS

A Participant may defer Director's Fees under the Plan in amounts equal to all or any part of the Director's Fees paid to such Participant. A Participant's Authorization for Participation shall specify the monthly or quarterly (according to the basis of payment) amount, in whole dollars or in specified percentages, of Director's Fees which are to be deferred under the Plan on behalf of such Participant. The deferral specified by each Participant making monthly deferrals must be an equal amount or percentage for each month, except for the month, if any, for which the Participant has authorized deferral of all or part of his retainer. The amount each Participant defers under the Plan shall be deducted from the Director's Fees such Participant would otherwise have received. If a Participant's Director's Fees for any deferral period (month or, in the case of Participants paid on a quarterly basis, quarter) are less than the amount the Participant has authorized to be deferred under the Plan for such deferral period, then, in such event, the actual amount of Director's Fees to which such Participant is entitled for such deferral period shall be the maximum amount deferred to the Plan for such deferral period. The difference between the deferral authorized and the actual deferred amount for such deferral period for such Participant may not be carried forward or back to any other deferral period.

Participant deferrals may be initially authorized or the amount or percentage thereof altered at any time preceding the first day of the calendar year for which the authorization or alteration is to become effective, and only by the Participant's submission of an original or revised Authorization for Participation under the terms of this Article III. Participant deferrals may be terminated by Participants pursuant to Article XII. Participant contributions may be terminated by Regions pursuant to Articles XX and XXI herein.

The Trustee will keep a separate accounting for each Participant of the amount of the Participant's deferred Director's Fees by crediting the Deferred Account. Deferred amounts shall be invested in Common Stock, and each Participant's Stock Account shall be credited to reflect


the number of shares or fractional share interests which have inured to the credit of such Participant.

ARTICLE IV

COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

The Company promises to pay an additional amount (referred to herein as a "contribution") to the Deferred Accounts of Participants who defer Director's Fees under the Plan. The Company's contribution for each Participant will be 25% of the amount of such Participant's deferred Director's Fees under the Plan. The Deferred Accounts of the Participants shall reflect such credit.

ARTICLE V

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

The Plan will be administered by a Committee comprised of three or more members, who may or may not be members of the Board and who shall be appointed from time to time by the Board and shall serve at the pleasure of such Board. The Committee may, from time to time, adopt rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan for carrying out the Plan or for providing for matters not specifically covered herein. The Committee shall conduct its business and hold meetings as determined by it from time to time. The Committee may act without a meeting by unanimous consent, in writing, of the action so taken. Committee members may participate in a meeting of the Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.

The Committee shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to enable it properly to carry out its duties in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:

(A) To construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan;

(B) To authorize the execution on behalf of the Company of any documents required in the administration of the Plan;

(C) To establish rules for the administration of the Plan;


(D) To make determinations from the Company's records of any facts concerning Participants which are pertinent to the operation of the Plan, such as Director's Fees, eligibility to participate and other information;

(E) To develop forms to be used in connection with the Plan;

(F) To supervise the maintenance of records, including those with respect to Participant deferrals, Company contributions, stock purchased and distributed to Participants, and dividends paid to the Trust;

(G) To file with the appropriate government agencies any and all reports and notifications required of the Plan and to provide all Participants and designated beneficiaries with any and all reports and notifications to which they are entitled by law;

(H) To perform any and all other functions reasonably necessary to administer the Plan.

The Committee may appoint a delegate to assume any one or more of the responsibilities set out above, except those set forth in subsection (B). The Company shall indemnify any person involved in the administration of the Plan against all costs, expenses and liabilities, including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding instituted against such person alleging any act of commission or omission performed by such person while acting in good faith in discharging his or her duties with respect to the Plan. This indemnification is limited to such costs and expenses that are not covered under insurance that may now or hereafter be provided by the Company.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK PURCHASE

The purchase of Common Stock of Regions, as provided herein, shall be the responsibility of the Purchasing Agent, which shall not be an affiliate of any Company. The Trustee shall notify the Purchasing Agent of the amount attributed to the Participants' Deferred Accounts to be invested as soon as practical after the amounts are determined. The Purchasing Agent shall exercise reasonable care in applying said amount to the purchase of shares of Common Stock of Regions and shall apply said amount promptly after such notification and, in any event, within thirty (30) days after such notification, unless a longer period is necessary to comply with federal securities laws. Common Stock of Regions may be purchased by the Purchasing Agent on the open market; in privately negotiated transactions; or upon exercise of any conversion privileges or other options with respect to any and all Common Stock held as part


by the Trustee. Immediately upon the purchase of Common Stock of Regions, the Purchasing Agent shall notify the Trustee of the amount of funds invested in such Common Stock and the Trustee shall promptly remit said amount to the Purchasing Agent.

Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Purchasing Agent shall have no authority over, or responsibility for, the management and investment of the assets of the Plan or any Trust. The Purchasing Agent shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to enable it to properly carry out its duties in connection with the purchase of Common Stock of Regions pursuant to this Plan, including, but not limited to, the following powers and duties:

(A) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Purchasing Agent to carry out the powers herein granted;

(B) To employ suitable agents and counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), subject to the approval of Regions; and to pay the reasonable expenses and compensation of such agents and counsel; and

(C) To exercise any conversion privileges or other options with respect to Common Stock of Regions held as a part of the Trust and to make any payments incidental thereto.

The Purchasing Agent shall be paid by Regions such reasonable compensation as shall from time to time be agreed upon by Regions and the Purchasing Agent. In addition, the Purchasing Agent shall be reimbursed by Regions for any reasonable expenses incurred in connection with its duties herein.

Neither the Committee, the Trustee, nor any Company shall have any direct or indirect control or influence over the times when, or the prices at which, the Purchasing Agent may purchase Common Stock of Regions, the amounts of such Common Stock to be purchased, the manner in which such Common Stock is to be purchased, or the selection of a broker or dealer through which purchases may be executed.

Neither the Purchasing Agent, the Committee, the Trustee, nor any Company shall have any responsibility as to the value of Company Stock of Regions acquired by the Trust and attributable to any Participant's Stock Account. If the Purchasing Agent reasonably believes that any purchase of shares of the Common Stock of Regions would violate any legal requirement, restriction, or limitation imposed at any time by any governmental authority, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Purchasing Agent may request Regions to furnish an opinion of counsel that such purchase would be permissible under the applicable


circumstances, and, in the absence of the receipt of a requested opinion, the Purchasing Agent will have no duty to purchase Common Stock under such circumstances. Accordingly, neither the Purchasing Agent, the Committee nor any Company shall be liable in any way, if, as a result of such restrictions or limitations, the whole amount of funds available in a Participant's Deferred Stock Account for purchase of Common Stock of Regions is not applied to the purchase of such shares at the times herein otherwise provided or contemplated.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK ACCOUNTS

After each purchase of Common Stock for the Plan by the Purchasing Agent, the Purchasing Agent will advise the Trustee of the number of shares purchased and of the average cost per share of such Common Stock. The Trustee will then make a bookkeeping charge against each Participant's Deferred Account in the amount of the average cost of the Common Stock to be allocated to the Participant's Stock Account. The accounting for the Stock Accounts shall include full shares and any fractional share interest in a share (to four decimal places).

ARTICLE VIII

ASSIGNMENTS

No claim, right, or interest of any Participant under the Plan may be transferred or assigned by voluntary or involuntary act of the Participant or beneficiary hereunder, nor shall they be subject to anticipation, alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, receivership, execution, sale, transfer, pledge, encumbrance, or levy by creditors of the Participant or the Participant's beneficiary hereunder.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Cash dividends attributable to the Common Stock attributable to a Participant's Stock Account will be accounted for in such Participant's Deferred Account for reinvestment in Common Stock. Stock dividends and stock splits attributable to the Common Stock attributable to a Participant's Stock Account will be accounted for in such Participant's Stock Account.

The Trustee, subject to instructions by the Committee, shall have full discretion to sell or allow to expire, as the case may be, any stock rights, warrants, or other property applicable to Common Stock held in anticipation of payments under the Plan. The Purchasing Agent, in its


discretion, may exercise any or all of such stock rights or warrants applicable to Common Stock held for payment under the Plan for which sufficient funds are available in the Trust, and the Trustee may sell or allow to expire the balance, if any, of such rights or warrants. Cash received by the Trustee from the sale of any stock rights, warrants or other property will be accounted for in each Participant's Deferred Account to the extent such property is attributable to Common Stock in such Participant's Stock Account. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article IX or in the Plan, no Participant shall have any right to sell, allow to expire, or exercise, whichever is applicable, any rights, warrants, or other property relating to Common Stock held for payment under the Plan.

ARTICLE X

VOTING RIGHTS

The Company shall vote any stock purchased by the Trust and held for purposes of satisfying the Company's obligations under the Plan in any manner the Company deems advisable subject to the terms of the Trust.

ARTICLE XI

REPORTS TO PARTICIPANTS

As soon as is practicable following the end of each Plan Year, or more often at the direction of the Committee, the Committee will send to each Participant a written report of any transactions attributable to such Participant's Deferred Account and Stock Account and of the balance to the credit of such Participant's Deferred Account and Stock Account as of the date of the report.

ARTICLE XII

WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN

A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by notice to the Secretary of the Board and to the Trustee. A Participant may re-enter the Plan by submitting a revised Authorization for participation to the Secretary in accordance with the provisions of Article II of the Plan.

ARTICLE XIII

WITHHOLDING


The Company or the Trustee of any Trust established to help the Company fund its obligations under the Plan shall make required reporting and withholding of any applicable federal, state or local taxes with respect to benefit distributions under the Plan, and shall pay such amounts to the appropriate taxing authorities. Not withstanding the preceding, to the extent that withholding of such taxes is not required for distributions of stock under the Plan, no such withholding shall be made.

ARTICLE XIV

TIME OF PAYMENT

The payment of benefits deferred under the Plan will commence on the later of.

(A) thirty (30) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 65, or

(B) thirty (30) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant ceases service as a director of Regions.

ARTICLE XV

TERMINATION OF SERVICE

Participation in the Plan by a Participant shall automatically terminate, without notice, upon termination of the Participant's services for which the Participant receives Director's Fees, whether such termination is by reason of resignation, replacement or death. If termination is other than by reason of death, the former Participant shall receive, at the time specified in Article XIV, a certificate for any number of full shares attributable to said Participant's Stock Account and not previously distributed, together with a check for any Fractional Share Amount and any remaining amounts to the balance of his or her Deferred Account. If termination is by reason of death, settlement will be made at the same time and in the same manner but will be made with the Participant's beneficiary or contingent beneficiary designated on such Participant's Authorization for Participation. If the Participant has not so designated a beneficiary or contingent beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary or contingent beneficiary does not survive the Participant, settlement will be made with the Participant's duly appointed legal representative after satisfaction of any applicable legal requirements; or, if there is no duly appointed legal representative, settlement will be made with the Participant's surviving spouse, if any; or if there is no surviving spouse, in equal shares to the Participant's children, if any; and, if there are no surviving spouse or children, settlement will be made with the Participant's next of kin.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS


The provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Alabama.

ARTICLE XVII

EXPENSES

Regions will bear the cost of administering the Plan, including any transfer taxes incurred in transferring Common Stock held for payment under the Plan to Participants. Expenses which an individual would normally pay upon the purchase of stock from a broker, including any broker's fees, commissions, postage or other transaction costs actually incurred, will be included in the amount charged against the Participant's Deferred Account for the purchase of the Common Stock.

ARTICLE XVIII

LIMITATION ON THE SALE OF STOCK

No Common Stock will be sold under the Plan to any person in any state where the sale of such Common Stock is not permitted under the applicable law of such state. For purposes of this Article XVIII, the sale of Common Stock is not permitted under the applicable laws of a state if, inter alia, the securities laws of such state would require this Plan or the Common Stock offered pursuant hereto, to be registered in such state and the Plan or Common Stock is not registered therein.

ARTICLE XIX

CHANGE OF CONTROL

Upon a Change of Control, the Common Stock attributable to a Participant's Deferred Stock Account, any amounts attributable to the Participant's Deferred Account, and any amounts attributable to the Participant's Fractional Share Account shall be immediately distributable to the Participant or to his beneficiary.

ARTICLE XX

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN


Regions reserves the right, by action of the Board, to amend the Plan at any time; provided, that no amendment shall affect or diminish any Participant's right to the deferrals made by such Participant or contributions by the Company prior to the date of such amendment.

Regions reserves the right, by action of the Board, to terminate the Plan. In the event of such termination, there will be no further Participant deferrals and no further Company contributions to the Plan.

Regions reserves the right to suspend all Company contributions to the Plan for such period that the Board determines that the financial condition of Regions warrants such suspension. Upon such suspension of contributions, no Company contributions shall be made by the Company. During the time Company contributions are suspended, the Committee shall determine whether Participant deferrals are to be continued or suspended. If the Committee permits the continuance of Participant deferrals, each Participant may elect to continue or suspend deferrals on his or her own behalf as of the end of the then current calendar year. If a Participant elects to continue deferrals, those deferrals shall be made as provided in Article III, and, in such event, neither Regions nor the Company shall be under any obligation at any future date to make contributions with respect to such Participant's deferrals made during such period of suspension of Company contributions. During any period of suspension described in this Article XX, the Plan shall continue normal operation to the extent such normal operation is practicable.

ARTICLE XXI

SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION IF STOCK
PURCHASE IS PROHIBITED

In addition to all rights to terminate or suspend the Plan otherwise reserved herein, the Plan may be suspended or terminated by Regions, at the option of the Regions, if the Plan's continuance would, for any reason, be prohibited under any federal or state law, even though such prohibition arises because of some act on the part of Regions, such as Regions engaging in a distribution of securities. If the Plan is suspended under this Article XXI, no contributions will be made by the Company and no deferrals will be made by a Participant and no Common Stock will be purchased until operation of the Plan is restored by Regions. If the Plan is terminated pursuant to this Article XXI, there will be no further Company contributions and no further Participant deferrals and there will be no additional Common Stock purchases by the Purchasing Agent. Within sixty (60) days after termination pursuant to this Article XXI, the Committee shall deliver to each former Participant who was participating in the Plan on the date of termination a certificate for all the full shares allocated to his or her Stock Account, plus a check for the proceeds of sale of the Participant's Fractional Share Account, and any remaining balance in his or her Deferred Account.


ARTICLE XXII

NATURE OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATION

The Company's obligations under this Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay benefits in the future. It is the intention of the Company that the Plan shall be unfunded for purposes of federal and state income tax and for purposes of ERISA. The Company shall not be obligated under any circumstances to fund its obligations under this Plan. The Company may, however, as its sole and exclusive option, elect to fund this Plan, in whole or in part. If the Company shall elect to fund the Plan, in whole or in part, the manner of such funding, and the continuance or discontinuance of such funding shall be the sole and exclusive decision of the Company. Any payments to Participant from such a funding source shall be made from a trust such as a trust commonly described as a rabbi trust and shall fully discharge, to the extent thereof, the Company's obligations under the Plan.

Any assets which the Company may acquire or set aside to help cover its financial liabilities under the Plan are and must remain general assets of the Company subject to the claims of its creditors. Neither the Company nor this Plan gives a Participant any beneficial ownership interest in any asset of the Company. All rights of ownership in any such assets are and remain in the Company. Participants in the Plan therefore have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Regions has caused this Plan to be executed and attested by its officers thereunto duly authorized and its corporate seal to be affixed hereto as of the 11th day of January, 1996.

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                       By: /s/ J. Stanley Mackin
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          J. Stanley Mackin
                                          Its Chairman of the Board
                                          and Chief Executive Officer



ATTEST:



/s/ Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr.
-----------------------------
Its Corporate Secretary


FIRST ALABAMA BANK
AS TRUSTEE

                                       By: /s/ Mildred Grove
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Its:  Trust Officer



ATTEST:



 /s/ Brock Harris
------------------------------------------
Its: Vice President and Trust Officer


EXHIBIT 10.17

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT by and between Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr. ("Executive"), dated as of the 1st day of January, 2003.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company. The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable distraction of Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage Executive's full attention and dedication to the Company currently and in the event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of Executive will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations. Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. Certain Definitions.

(a) The "Effective Date" shall mean the first date during the Change of Control Period (as defined in Section l(b)) on which a Change of Control (as defined in Section 2) occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Change of Control occurs and if Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which the Change of Control occurs, and if it is reasonably demonstrated by Executive that such termination of employment (i) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of a Change of Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment.

(b) The "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof; provided, however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Renewal Date"), unless previously terminated, the Change of Control Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give notice to Executive that the Change of Control Period shall not be so extended.


2. Change of Control. For the purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for the purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) immediately after which such Person has Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether or not a Change of Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would constitute a Change of Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any affiliate of the Company, (ii) by the Company, or (iii) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);

(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company in which securities of the Company are issued, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization is a "Non-Control Transaction". A "Non-Control Transaction" is a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued where:

A. the shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger, consolidation, or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting form such merger, consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization,

2

B. the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation or a corporation owning directly or indirectly fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation, and

C. no person other than (i) the Company, (ii) any subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or reorganization owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then-outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) and after such acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities, then a Change of Control shall occur.

3. Employment Period. The Company hereby agrees to continue Executive in its employ, and Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the "Employment Period").

4. Terms of Employment.

(a) Position and Duties.

(i) During the Employment Period, (A) Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date and (B) Executive's services shall be performed

3

at the location where Executive was employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or any office or location less than 35 miles from such location.

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which Executive is entitled, Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Executive hereunder, to use Executive's reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities to the Company.

(b) Compensation.

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary") at a rate at least equal to the rate of base salary in effect on the date of this Agreement or, if greater, on the Effective Date, paid or payable (including any base salary which has been earned but deferred) to Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies. During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed no more than 12 months after the last salary increase awarded to Executive prior to the Effective Date and thereafter at least annually. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term Annual Base Salary as used in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased. As used in this Agreement, the term "affiliated companies" shall include any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

(ii) Annual Bonus. In addition to Annual Base Salary, Executive shall be awarded, for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Period, an annual bonus (the "Annual Bonus") in cash at least equal to Executive's highest bonus under the Company's Management Incentive Bonus Plan, or any comparable bonus under any predecessor or successor plans, for the last three full fiscal years prior to the Effective Date (annualized in the event that Executive was not employed by the Company for the whole of such fiscal year) (the "Recent Annual Bonus"). Each such Annual Bonus shall be paid no later than the end of the third month of the fiscal year next following the fiscal

4

year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded, unless Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Annual Bonus.

(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide Executive with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and special incentive opportunities, to the extent, if any, that such distinction is applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Company and its affiliated companies for Executive under such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or if more favorable to Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive's eligible dependents, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company and its affiliated companies (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide Executive with benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such plans, practices, policies and programs in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits, including, without limitation, tax and financial planning services, payment of club dues, and, if applicable, use of an automobile and payment of related expenses, in accordance with the most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for Executive

5

at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(vii) Office and Support Staff. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to exclusive personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided to Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as provided generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(viii) Vacation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

5. Termination of Employment.

(a) Death or Disability. Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice in accordance with
Section 13(b) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate Executive's employment. In such event, Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of Executive from Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 180 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive's legal representative.

(b) Cause. The Company may terminate Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

(i) the willful and continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive's reasonably assigned duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental

6

illness or from the assignment to Executive of duties that would constitute Good Reason under Section 5(c)(i), and specifically excluding any failure by Executive, after reasonable efforts, to meet performance expectations), which failure continues for a period of at least 30 days after a written demand for substantial performance, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, has been delivered to Executive which specifically identifies the manner in which Executive has failed to substantially performed his duties; provided, however, that no failure to perform by Executive after a Notice of Termination is given to the Company by Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement, or

(ii) the willful engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to Executive and Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive is guilty of the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c) Good Reason. Executive's employment may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean:

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 4(a) of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

(ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4(b) of this Agreement, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

7

(iii) the Company's requiring Executive to be based at any office or location other than as provided in Section 4(a)(i)(B) hereof or the Company's requiring Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Effective Date;

(iv) any purported termination by the Company of Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

(v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 12(c) of this Agreement;

(vi) any other material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement; or

(vii) a termination of employment by the Executive for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the Change of Control.

Good Reason shall not include Executive's death or Disability. Executive's continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of this Section 5(c), any good faith determination of "Good Reason" made by Executive shall be conclusive.

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company or Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 13(b) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date. If a dispute exists concerning the provisions of this Agreement that apply to Executive's termination of employment, the parties shall pursue the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Within five (5) days of such a resolution, any party owing any payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall make all such payments together with interest accrued thereon at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.

8

(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if Executive's employment is terminated other than by reason of death or Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, or (ii) if Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

6. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

(a) Termination by Executive for Good Reason; Termination by the Company Other Than for Cause or Disability. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate Executive's employment other than for Cause or Disability, or Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:

A. the sum of (1) Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid,
(2) the product of (x) the higher of (I) the Recent Annual Bonus or (II) the Annual Bonus paid or payable, including any bonus or portion thereof which has been earned but deferred (and annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than twelve full months or during which Executive was employed for less than twelve full months), for the most recently completed fiscal year during the Employment Period, if any (such higher amount being referred to as the "Highest Annual Bonus") and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, (3) any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid, and (4) unless Executive has elected a different payout date in a prior deferral election, any compensation previously deferred by Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Accrued Obligations"); and

B. the amount equal to the product of
(1) three and (2) the sum of (x) Executive's Annual Base Salary and (y) the Highest Annual Bonus;

(ii) for three years after the Date of Termination, or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program, practice or policy, the Company shall continue benefits to Executive and/or Executive's eligible dependents at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the plans, programs, practices and policies described in Section 4(b)(iv) of this Agreement if Executive's employment had not been terminated or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer

9

executives of the Company and its affiliated companies and their families, provided, however, that if Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive medical or other welfare benefits under another employer provided plan, the medical and other welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, Executive shall be considered to have remained employed until three years after the Date of Termination and to have retired on the last day of such period;

(iii) the Company shall, at its sole expense as incurred, provide Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be selected by Executive in his sole discretion; and

(iv) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits").

(b) Death. If Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive's legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive's estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(b) shall include without limitation, and Executive's estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits at least equal to the most favorable benefits provided by the Company and affiliated companies to the estates and beneficiaries of peer executives of the Company and such affiliated companies under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as in effect with respect to other peer executives and their beneficiaries at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive's estate and/or Executive's beneficiaries, as in effect on the date of Executive's death.

(c) Disability. If Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(c) shall include, and Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable of those generally

10

provided by the Company and its affiliated companies to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any, as in effect generally with respect to other peer executives and their families at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive and/or Executive's family, as in effect at the Date of Termination.

(d) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive other than the obligation to pay to Executive (x) his Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (y) the amount of any compensation previously deferred by Executive, and (z) Other Benefits, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid. If Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period, excluding a termination for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. In such case, all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination.

(e) Expiration of Employment Period. If Executive's employment shall be terminated due to the normal expiration of the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits.

7. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 13(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

8. Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others. In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other employment.

11

9. Costs of Enforcement. The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code. Executive shall also be entitled to be paid all reasonable legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit hereunder. Such payments shall be made within five (5) business days after delivery of Executive's respective written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require.

10. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 10) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 10(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 10, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Ernst & Young LLP or such other certified public accounting firm as may be designated by Executive (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder

12

(which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 10, shall-be paid by the Company to Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 10(c) and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

(c) Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of

13

such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(d) If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 10(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), a determination is made that- Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall-be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

11. Confidential Information. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by Executive during Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by Executive or representatives of Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated

14

by it. In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 11 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement.

12. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive's legal representatives.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than-by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Executive:           417 20th Street North
                           12th Floor
                           Birmingham, AL 35203

If to the Company:         Regions Financial Corporation
                           P.O. Box 10247
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                           Attention: General Counsel

15

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(e) Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c)(i)-(v) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

(f) Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between Executive and the Company, the employment of Executive by the Company is "at will" and, subject to Section 1(a) hereof, Executive's employment and/or this Agreement may be terminated by either Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement. From and after the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has hereunto set Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

      /s/ Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr.
-----------------------------------------
          SAMUEL E. UPCHURCH, JR.

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Carl E. Jones, Jr.
   --------------------------------------
        CARL E. JONES, JR.

16

EXHIBIT 10.18

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT by and between Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and D. Bryan Jordan ("Executive"), dated as of the 1st day of January, 2003.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company. The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable distraction of Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage Executive's full attention and dedication to the Company currently and in the event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of Executive will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations. Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. Certain Definitions.

(a) The "Effective Date" shall mean the first date during the Change of Control Period (as defined in Section l(b)) on which a Change of Control (as defined in Section 2) occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Change of Control occurs and if Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which the Change of Control occurs, and if it is reasonably demonstrated by Executive that such termination of employment (i) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of a Change of Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment.

(b) The "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof; provided, however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Renewal Date"), unless previously terminated, the Change of Control Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give notice to Executive that the Change of Control Period shall not be so extended.


2. Change of Control. For the purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for the purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) immediately after which such Person has Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether or not a Change of Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would constitute a Change of Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any affiliate of the Company, (ii) by the Company, or (iii) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);

(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company in which securities of the Company are issued, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization is a "Non-Control Transaction". A "Non-Control Transaction" is a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued where:

A. the shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger, consolidation, or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting form such merger, consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization,

2

B. the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation or a corporation owning directly or indirectly fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation, and

C. no person other than (i) the Company, (ii) any subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or reorganization owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then-outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) and after such acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities, then a Change of Control shall occur.

3. Employment Period. The Company hereby agrees to continue Executive in its employ, and Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the "Employment Period").

4. Terms of Employment.

(a) Position and Duties.

(i) During the Employment Period, (A) Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date and (B) Executive's services shall be performed

3

at the location where Executive was employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or any office or location less than 35 miles from such location.

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which Executive is entitled, Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Executive hereunder, to use Executive's reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities to the Company.

(b) Compensation.

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary") at a rate at least equal to the rate of base salary in effect on the date of this Agreement or, if greater, on the Effective Date, paid or payable (including any base salary which has been earned but deferred) to Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies. During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed no more than 12 months after the last salary increase awarded to Executive prior to the Effective Date and thereafter at least annually. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term Annual Base Salary as used in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased. As used in this Agreement, the term "affiliated companies" shall include any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

(ii) Annual Bonus. In addition to Annual Base Salary, Executive shall be awarded, for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Period, an annual bonus (the "Annual Bonus") in cash at least equal to Executive's highest bonus under the Company's Management Incentive Bonus Plan, or any comparable bonus under any predecessor or successor plans, for the last three full fiscal years prior to the Effective Date (annualized in the event that Executive was not employed by the Company for the whole of such fiscal year) (the "Recent Annual Bonus"). Each such Annual Bonus shall be paid no later than the end of the third month of the fiscal year next following the fiscal

4

year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded, unless Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Annual Bonus.

(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide Executive with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and special incentive opportunities, to the extent, if any, that such distinction is applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Company and its affiliated companies for Executive under such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or if more favorable to Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive's eligible dependents, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company and its affiliated companies (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide Executive with benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such plans, practices, policies and programs in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits, including, without limitation, tax and financial planning services, payment of club dues, and, if applicable, use of an automobile and payment of related expenses, in accordance with the most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for Executive

5

at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(vii) Office and Support Staff. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to exclusive personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided to Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as provided generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(viii) Vacation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

5. Termination of Employment.

(a) Death or Disability. Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice in accordance with
Section 13(b) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate Executive's employment. In such event, Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of Executive from Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 180 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive's legal representative.

(b) Cause. The Company may terminate Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

(i) the willful and continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive's reasonably assigned duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental

6

illness or from the assignment to Executive of duties that would constitute Good Reason under Section 5(c)(i), and specifically excluding any failure by Executive, after reasonable efforts, to meet performance expectations), which failure continues for a period of at least 30 days after a written demand for substantial performance, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, has been delivered to Executive which specifically identifies the manner in which Executive has failed to substantially performed his duties; provided, however, that no failure to perform by Executive after a Notice of Termination is given to the Company by Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement, or

(ii) the willful engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to Executive and Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive is guilty of the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c) Good Reason. Executive's employment may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean:

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 4(a) of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

(ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4(b) of this Agreement, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

7

(iii) the Company's requiring Executive to be based at any office or location other than as provided in Section 4(a)(i)(B) hereof or the Company's requiring Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Effective Date;

(iv) any purported termination by the Company of Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

(v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 12(c) of this Agreement;

(vi) any other material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement; or

(vii) a termination of employment by the Executive for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the Change of Control.

Good Reason shall not include Executive's death or Disability. Executive's continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of this Section 5(c), any good faith determination of "Good Reason" made by Executive shall be conclusive.

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company or Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 13(b) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date. If a dispute exists concerning the provisions of this Agreement that apply to Executive's termination of employment, the parties shall pursue the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Within five (5) days of such a resolution, any party owing any payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall make all such payments together with interest accrued thereon at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.

8

(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if Executive's employment is terminated other than by reason of death or Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, or (ii) if Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

6. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

(a) Termination by Executive for Good Reason; Termination by the Company Other Than for Cause or Disability. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate Executive's employment other than for Cause or Disability, or Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:

A. the sum of (1) Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid,
(2) the product of (x) the higher of (I) the Recent Annual Bonus or (II) the Annual Bonus paid or payable, including any bonus or portion thereof which has been earned but deferred (and annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than twelve full months or during which Executive was employed for less than twelve full months), for the most recently completed fiscal year during the Employment Period, if any (such higher amount being referred to as the "Highest Annual Bonus") and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, (3) any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid, and (4) unless Executive has elected a different payout date in a prior deferral election, any compensation previously deferred by Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Accrued Obligations"); and

B. the amount equal to the product of
(1) three and (2) the sum of (x) Executive's Annual Base Salary and (y) the Highest Annual Bonus;

(ii) for three years after the Date of Termination, or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program, practice or policy, the Company shall continue benefits to Executive and/or Executive's eligible dependents at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the plans, programs, practices and policies described in Section 4(b)(iv) of this Agreement if Executive's employment had not been terminated or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer

9

executives of the Company and its affiliated companies and their families, provided, however, that if Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive medical or other welfare benefits under another employer provided plan, the medical and other welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, Executive shall be considered to have remained employed until three years after the Date of Termination and to have retired on the last day of such period;

(iii) the Company shall, at its sole expense as incurred, provide Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be selected by Executive in his sole discretion; and

(iv) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits").

(b) Death. If Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive's legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive's estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(b) shall include without limitation, and Executive's estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits at least equal to the most favorable benefits provided by the Company and affiliated companies to the estates and beneficiaries of peer executives of the Company and such affiliated companies under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as in effect with respect to other peer executives and their beneficiaries at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive's estate and/or Executive's beneficiaries, as in effect on the date of Executive's death.

(c) Disability. If Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(c) shall include, and Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable of those generally

10

provided by the Company and its affiliated companies to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any, as in effect generally with respect to other peer executives and their families at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive and/or Executive's family, as in effect at the Date of Termination.

(d) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive other than the obligation to pay to Executive (x) his Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (y) the amount of any compensation previously deferred by Executive, and (z) Other Benefits, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid. If Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period, excluding a termination for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. In such case, all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination.

(e) Expiration of Employment Period. If Executive's employment shall be terminated due to the normal expiration of the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits.

7. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 13(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

8. Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others. In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other employment.

11

9. Costs of Enforcement. The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code. Executive shall also be entitled to be paid all reasonable legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit hereunder. Such payments shall be made within five (5) business days after delivery of Executive's respective written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require.

10. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 10) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 10(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 10, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Ernst & Young LLP or such other certified public accounting firm as may be designated by Executive (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder

12

(which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 10, shall-be paid by the Company to Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 10(c) and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

(c) Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of

13

such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(d) If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 10(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), a determination is made that- Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall-be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

11. Confidential Information. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by Executive during Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by Executive or representatives of Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated

14

by it. In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 11 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement.

12. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive's legal representatives.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than-by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Executive:          940 Lake Colony Run
                          Vestavia Hills, AL   35242

If to the Company:        Regions Financial Corporation
                          P.O. Box 10247
                          Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                          Attention: General Counsel

15

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(e) Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c)(i)-(v) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

(f) Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between Executive and the Company, the employment of Executive by the Company is "at will" and, subject to Section 1(a) hereof, Executive's employment and/or this Agreement may be terminated by either Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement. From and after the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has hereunto set Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

/s/  D. BRYAN JORDAN
----------------------------------
         D. BRYAN JORDAN

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By:  /s/  CARL E. JONES, JR.
   --------------------------------
          CARL E. JONES, JR.

16

EXHIBIT 10.19

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT by and between Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and David C. Gordon ("Executive"), dated as of the 1st day of January, 2003.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company. The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable distraction of Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage Executive's full attention and dedication to the Company currently and in the event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of Executive will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations. Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. Certain Definitions.

(a) The "Effective Date" shall mean the first date during the Change of Control Period (as defined in Section l(b)) on which a Change of Control (as defined in Section 2) occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Change of Control occurs and if Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which the Change of Control occurs, and if it is reasonably demonstrated by Executive that such termination of employment (i) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of a Change of Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment.

(b) The "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof; provided, however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Renewal Date"), unless previously terminated, the Change of Control Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give notice to Executive that the Change of Control Period shall not be so extended.


2. Change of Control. For the purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for the purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) immediately after which such Person has Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether or not a Change of Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would constitute a Change of Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any affiliate of the Company, (ii) by the Company, or (iii) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);

(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company in which securities of the Company are issued, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization is a "Non-Control Transaction". A "Non-Control Transaction " is a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued where:

A. the shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger, consolidation, or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting form such merger, consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization,

2

B. the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation or a corporation owning directly or indirectly fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation, and

C. no person other than (i) the Company, (ii) any subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or reorganization owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then-outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) and after such acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities, then a Change of Control shall occur.

3. Employment Period. The Company hereby agrees to continue Executive in its employ, and Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the "Employment Period").

4. Terms of Employment.

(a) Position and Duties.

(i) During the Employment Period, (A) Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date and (B) Executive's services shall be performed

3

at the location where Executive was employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or any office or location less than 35 miles from such location.

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which Executive is entitled, Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Executive hereunder, to use Executive's reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities to the Company.

(b) Compensation.

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary") at a rate at least equal to the rate of base salary in effect on the date of this Agreement or, if greater, on the Effective Date, paid or payable (including any base salary which has been earned but deferred) to Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies. During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed no more than 12 months after the last salary increase awarded to Executive prior to the Effective Date and thereafter at least annually. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term Annual Base Salary as used in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased. As used in this Agreement, the term "affiliated companies" shall include any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

(ii) Annual Bonus. In addition to Annual Base Salary, Executive shall be awarded, for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Period, an annual bonus (the "Annual Bonus") in cash at least equal to Executive's highest bonus under the Company's Management Incentive Bonus Plan, or any comparable bonus under any predecessor or successor plans, for the last three full fiscal years prior to the Effective Date (annualized in the event that Executive was not employed by the Company for the whole of such fiscal year) (the "Recent Annual Bonus"). Each such Annual Bonus shall be paid no later than the end of the third month of the fiscal year next following the fiscal

4

year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded, unless Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Annual Bonus.

(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide Executive with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and special incentive opportunities, to the extent, if any, that such distinction is applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Company and its affiliated companies for Executive under such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or if more favorable to Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive's eligible dependents, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company and its affiliated companies (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide Executive with benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such plans, practices, policies and programs in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits, including, without limitation, tax and financial planning services, payment of club dues, and, if applicable, use of an automobile and payment of related expenses, in accordance with the most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for Executive

5

at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(vii) Office and Support Staff. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to exclusive personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided to Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as provided generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(viii) Vacation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

5. Termination of Employment.

(a) Death or Disability. Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice in accordance with
Section 13(b) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate Executive's employment. In such event, Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of Executive from Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 180 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive's legal representative.

(b) Cause. The Company may terminate Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

(i) the willful and continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive's reasonably assigned duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental

6

illness or from the assignment to Executive of duties that would constitute Good Reason under Section 5(c)(i), and specifically excluding any failure by Executive, after reasonable efforts, to meet performance expectations), which failure continues for a period of at least 30 days after a written demand for substantial performance, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, has been delivered to Executive which specifically identifies the manner in which Executive has failed to substantially performed his duties; provided, however, that no failure to perform by Executive after a Notice of Termination is given to the Company by Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement, or

(ii) the willful engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to Executive and Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive is guilty of the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c) Good Reason. Executive's employment may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean:

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 4(a) of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

(ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4(b) of this Agreement, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

7

(iii) the Company's requiring Executive to be based at any office or location other than as provided in Section 4(a)(i)(B) hereof or the Company's requiring Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Effective Date;

(iv) any purported termination by the Company of Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

(v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 12(c) of this Agreement;

(vi) any other material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement; or

(vii) a termination of employment by the Executive for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the Change of Control.

Good Reason shall not include Executive's death or Disability. Executive's continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of this Section 5(c), any good faith determination of "Good Reason" made by Executive shall be conclusive.

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company or Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 13(b) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date. If a dispute exists concerning the provisions of this Agreement that apply to Executive's termination of employment, the parties shall pursue the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Within five (5) days of such a resolution, any party owing any payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall make all such payments together with interest accrued thereon at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.

8

(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if Executive's employment is terminated other than by reason of death or Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, or (ii) if Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

6. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

(a) Termination by Executive for Good Reason; Termination by the Company Other Than for Cause or Disability. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate Executive's employment other than for Cause or Disability, or Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:

A. the sum of (1) Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid,
(2) the product of (x) the higher of (I) the Recent Annual Bonus or (II) the Annual Bonus paid or payable, including any bonus or portion thereof which has been earned but deferred (and annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than twelve full months or during which Executive was employed for less than twelve full months), for the most recently completed fiscal year during the Employment Period, if any (such higher amount being referred to as the "Highest Annual Bonus") and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, (3) any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid, and (4) unless Executive has elected a different payout date in a prior deferral election, any compensation previously deferred by Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Accrued Obligations"); and

B. the amount equal to the product of
(1) three and (2) the sum of (x) Executive's Annual Base Salary and (y) the Highest Annual Bonus;

(ii) for three years after the Date of Termination, or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program, practice or policy, the Company shall continue benefits to Executive and/or Executive's eligible dependents at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the plans, programs, practices and policies described in Section 4(b)(iv) of this Agreement if Executive's employment had not been terminated or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer

9

executives of the Company and its affiliated companies and their families, provided, however, that if Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive medical or other welfare benefits under another employer provided plan, the medical and other welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, Executive shall be considered to have remained employed until three years after the Date of Termination and to have retired on the last day of such period;

(iii) the Company shall, at its sole expense as incurred, provide Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be selected by Executive in his sole discretion; and

(iv) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits").

(b) Death. If Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive's legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive's estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(b) shall include without limitation, and Executive's estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits at least equal to the most favorable benefits provided by the Company and affiliated companies to the estates and beneficiaries of peer executives of the Company and such affiliated companies under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as in effect with respect to other peer executives and their beneficiaries at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive's estate and/or Executive's beneficiaries, as in effect on the date of Executive's death.

(c) Disability. If Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(c) shall include, and Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable of those generally

10

provided by the Company and its affiliated companies to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any, as in effect generally with respect to other peer executives and their families at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive and/or Executive's family, as in effect at the Date of Termination.

(d) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive other than the obligation to pay to Executive (x) his Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (y) the amount of any compensation previously deferred by Executive, and (z) Other Benefits, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid. If Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period, excluding a termination for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. In such case, all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination.

(e) Expiration of Employment Period. If Executive's employment shall be terminated due to the normal expiration of the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits.

7. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 13(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

8. Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others. In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other employment.

11

9. Costs of Enforcement. The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code. Executive shall also be entitled to be paid all reasonable legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit hereunder. Such payments shall be made within five (5) business days after delivery of Executive's respective written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require.

10. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 10) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 10(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 10, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Ernst & Young LLP or such other certified public accounting firm as may be designated by Executive (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder

12

(which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 10, shall-be paid by the Company to Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 10(c) and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

(c) Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of

13

such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(d) If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 10(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), a determination is made that- Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall-be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

11. Confidential Information. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by Executive during Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by Executive or representatives of Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated

14

by it. In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 11 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement.

12. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive's legal representatives.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than-by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Executive:           P.O. Box 5176
                           Montgomery, AL   36103

If to the Company:         Regions Financial Corporation
                           P.O. Box 10247
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                           Attention: General Counsel

15

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(e) Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c)(i)-(v) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

(f) Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between Executive and the Company, the employment of Executive by the Company is "at will" and, subject to Section 1(a) hereof, Executive's employment and/or this Agreement may be terminated by either Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement. From and after the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has hereunto set Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

   /s/     DAVID C. GORDON
-----------------------------------------
           DAVID C. GORDON

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By:  /s/  CARL E. JONES, JR.
   --------------------------------------
          CARL E. JONES, JR.

16

EXHIBIT 10.20

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT by and between Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Robert A. Goethe ("Executive"), dated as of the 1st day of January, 2003.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company. The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable distraction of Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage Executive's full attention and dedication to the Company currently and in the event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of Executive will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations. Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. Certain Definitions.

(a) The "Effective Date" shall mean the first date during the Change of Control Period (as defined in Section l(b)) on which a Change of Control (as defined in Section 2) occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Change of Control occurs and if Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which the Change of Control occurs, and if it is reasonably demonstrated by Executive that such termination of employment (i) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of a Change of Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment.

(b) The "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof; provided, however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Renewal Date"), unless previously terminated, the Change of Control Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give notice to Executive that the Change of Control Period shall not be so extended.


2. Change of Control. For the purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for the purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) immediately after which such Person has Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether or not a Change of Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would constitute a Change of Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any affiliate of the Company, (ii) by the Company, or (iii) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);

(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company in which securities of the Company are issued, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization is a "Non-Control Transaction". A "Non-Control Transaction " is a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued where:

A. the shareholders of the Company immediately before such merger, consolidation, or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting form such merger, consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization,

2

B. the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation or a corporation owning directly or indirectly fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation, and

C. no person other than (i) the Company, (ii) any subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or reorganization owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then-outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) and after such acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities, then a Change of Control shall occur.

3. Employment Period. The Company hereby agrees to continue Executive in its employ, and Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the "Employment Period").

4. Terms of Employment.

(a) Position and Duties.

(i) During the Employment Period, (A) Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date and (B) Executive's services shall be performed

3

at the location where Executive was employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or any office or location less than 35 miles from such location.

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which Executive is entitled, Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Executive hereunder, to use Executive's reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities to the Company.

(b) Compensation.

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary") at a rate at least equal to the rate of base salary in effect on the date of this Agreement or, if greater, on the Effective Date, paid or payable (including any base salary which has been earned but deferred) to Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies. During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed no more than 12 months after the last salary increase awarded to Executive prior to the Effective Date and thereafter at least annually. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term Annual Base Salary as used in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased. As used in this Agreement, the term "affiliated companies" shall include any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

(ii) Annual Bonus. In addition to Annual Base Salary, Executive shall be awarded, for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Period, an annual bonus (the "Annual Bonus") in cash at least equal to Executive's highest bonus under the Company's Management Incentive Bonus Plan, or any comparable bonus under any predecessor or successor plans, for the last three full fiscal years prior to the Effective Date (annualized in the event that Executive was not employed by the Company for the whole of such fiscal year) (the "Recent Annual Bonus"). Each such Annual Bonus shall be paid no later than the end of the third month of the fiscal year next following the fiscal

4

year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded, unless Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Annual Bonus.

(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide Executive with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and special incentive opportunities, to the extent, if any, that such distinction is applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Company and its affiliated companies for Executive under such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or if more favorable to Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive's eligible dependents, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company and its affiliated companies (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide Executive with benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such plans, practices, policies and programs in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits, including, without limitation, tax and financial planning services, payment of club dues, and, if applicable, use of an automobile and payment of related expenses, in accordance with the most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for Executive

5

at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(vii) Office and Support Staff. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to exclusive personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided to Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as provided generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

(viii) Vacation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.

5. Termination of Employment.

(a) Death or Disability. Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice in accordance with
Section 13(b) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate Executive's employment. In such event, Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of Executive from Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 180 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive's legal representative.

(b) Cause. The Company may terminate Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

(i) the willful and continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive's reasonably assigned duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental

6

illness or from the assignment to Executive of duties that would constitute Good Reason under Section 5(c)(i), and specifically excluding any failure by Executive, after reasonable efforts, to meet performance expectations), which failure continues for a period of at least 30 days after a written demand for substantial performance, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, has been delivered to Executive which specifically identifies the manner in which Executive has failed to substantially performed his duties; provided, however, that no failure to perform by Executive after a Notice of Termination is given to the Company by Executive shall constitute Cause for purposes of this Agreement, or

(ii) the willful engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to Executive and Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive is guilty of the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c) Good Reason. Executive's employment may be terminated by Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean:

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 4(a) of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

(ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4(b) of this Agreement, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive;

7

(iii) the Company's requiring Executive to be based at any office or location other than as provided in Section 4(a)(i)(B) hereof or the Company's requiring Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Effective Date;

(iv) any purported termination by the Company of Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

(v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 12(c) of this Agreement;

(vi) any other material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement; or

(vii) a termination of employment by the Executive for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the Change of Control.

Good Reason shall not include Executive's death or Disability. Executive's continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of this Section 5(c), any good faith determination of "Good Reason" made by Executive shall be conclusive.

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company or Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 13(b) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date. If a dispute exists concerning the provisions of this Agreement that apply to Executive's termination of employment, the parties shall pursue the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Within five (5) days of such a resolution, any party owing any payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall make all such payments together with interest accrued thereon at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.

8

(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if Executive's employment is terminated other than by reason of death or Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, or (ii) if Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

6. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

(a) Termination by Executive for Good Reason; Termination by the Company Other Than for Cause or Disability. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate Executive's employment other than for Cause or Disability, or Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:

A. the sum of (1) Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid,
(2) the product of (x) the higher of (I) the Recent Annual Bonus or (II) the Annual Bonus paid or payable, including any bonus or portion thereof which has been earned but deferred (and annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than twelve full months or during which Executive was employed for less than twelve full months), for the most recently completed fiscal year during the Employment Period, if any (such higher amount being referred to as the "Highest Annual Bonus") and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, (3) any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid, and (4) unless Executive has elected a different payout date in a prior deferral election, any compensation previously deferred by Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Accrued Obligations"); and

B. the amount equal to the product of
(1) three and (2) the sum of (x) Executive's Annual Base Salary and (y) the Highest Annual Bonus;

(ii) for three years after the Date of Termination, or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program, practice or policy, the Company shall continue benefits to Executive and/or Executive's eligible dependents at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the plans, programs, practices and policies described in Section 4(b)(iv) of this Agreement if Executive's employment had not been terminated or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer

9

executives of the Company and its affiliated companies and their families, provided, however, that if Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive medical or other welfare benefits under another employer provided plan, the medical and other welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, Executive shall be considered to have remained employed until three years after the Date of Termination and to have retired on the last day of such period;

(iii) the Company shall, at its sole expense as incurred, provide Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be selected by Executive in his sole discretion; and

(iv) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits").

(b) Death. If Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive's legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive's estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(b) shall include without limitation, and Executive's estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits at least equal to the most favorable benefits provided by the Company and affiliated companies to the estates and beneficiaries of peer executives of the Company and such affiliated companies under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as in effect with respect to other peer executives and their beneficiaries at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive's estate and/or Executive's beneficiaries, as in effect on the date of Executive's death.

(c) Disability. If Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as used in this Section 6(c) shall include, and Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable of those generally

10

provided by the Company and its affiliated companies to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any, as in effect generally with respect to other peer executives and their families at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive and/or Executive's family, as in effect at the Date of Termination.

(d) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive other than the obligation to pay to Executive (x) his Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (y) the amount of any compensation previously deferred by Executive, and (z) Other Benefits, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid. If Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period, excluding a termination for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. In such case, all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination.

(e) Expiration of Employment Period. If Executive's employment shall be terminated due to the normal expiration of the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits.

7. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 13(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

8. Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others. In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other employment.

11

9. Costs of Enforcement. The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code. Executive shall also be entitled to be paid all reasonable legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit hereunder. Such payments shall be made within five (5) business days after delivery of Executive's respective written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require.

10. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 10) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 10(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 10, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Ernst & Young LLP or such other certified public accounting firm as may be designated by Executive (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder

12

(which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 10, shall-be paid by the Company to Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 10(c) and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

(c) Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of

13

such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(d) If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 10(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), a determination is made that- Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall-be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

11. Confidential Information. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by Executive during Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by Executive or representatives of Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated

14

by it. In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 11 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement.

12. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive's legal representatives.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than-by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Executive:           9848 Wyncrest Circle
                           Montgomery, AL 36117

If to the Company:         Regions Financial Corporation
                           P.O. Box 10247
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                           Attention: General Counsel

15

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(e) Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c)(i)-(v) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

(f) Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between Executive and the Company, the employment of Executive by the Company is "at will" and, subject to Section 1(a) hereof, Executive's employment and/or this Agreement may be terminated by either Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement. From and after the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has hereunto set Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

           /s/ Robert A.Goethe
-----------------------------------------
           ROBERT A.GOETHE

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By:        /s/ Carl E. Jones, Jr.
   --------------------------------------
              CARL E. JONES, JR.

16

Exhibit 21 - List of Subsidiaries at December 31, 2002:

Regions Bank (1)
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. (5)
MK Asset, Inc. (7)
MK Licensing, Inc. (7)
Southpoint Structured Assets, Inc. (7)
MK Holding Inc. (2)
Athletic Resource Management, Inc. (5)
Family Office Services Corporation (15)
Morgan Keegan Fund Management, Inc. (5)
Morgan Asset Management, Inc. (5)
Hester Capital Management, LLC (5)
Wealthtrust, Inc. (5)
Merchant Bankers, Inc. (5)
Morgan Keegan Mortgage Company, Inc. (5)
Morgan Keegan Municipal Products, Inc. (7)
Morgan Keegan Municipal Products II, Inc. (7)
Morgan Properties LLC (5)
Regions Morgan Keegan Trust Company, FSB (14)
Morgan Keegan Insurance Agency of Alabama, Inc. (2)
Morgan Keegan Insurance Agency of Louisiana, Inc. (6)
Morgan Keegan Insurance Agency of Arkansas, Inc. (8)
MK Investment Management, Inc. (7)
Morgan Keegan Funding Corporation (5)
Cumberland Securities Company, Inc. (5)
Regions Financial Leasing, Inc. (2)
Regions Agency, Inc. (2)
Regions Mortgage, Inc. (2)
Regions Acceptance, LLC (2)
Regions Life Insurance Company (3)
Regions Agency, Inc. (Louisiana) (6)
Regions Title Company, Inc. (5)
MCB Life Insurance Company (5)
Credit Source, Inc. (5)
Lincoln County Life Insurance Company, Inc. (5)
Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc. (2)
Regions Asset Management Company, Inc. (2)
RAMCO - FL Holding, Inc. (2)
Regions Asset Holding Company (2)
Regions Asset Company (7)
Regions Licensing Company (7)
Regions Investment Management Holding Company (7)
Regions Investment Management Company (7)
Regions Financial (DE) Inc. (7)
Regions Insurance Agency of Arkansas (8)
Rebsamen Insurance, Inc. (8)
Rebsamen Insurance / Fort Smith, Inc. (8)
Rebsamen Insurance / Springdale, Inc. (8)
Newell and Company, Inc. (8)
Palmetto Service Corporation (9)
PALFED Investment Services, Inc. (9)
EFC Holdings Corporation (10)
EquiFirst Corporation (10)
EquiFirst Mortgage Corporation (10)


Money America, Inc. (10) EquiFirst Mortgage Corporation of Minnesota (11) Regions Reinsurance Corporation (12) Regions Financing Trust I (13) Regions Financing Trust II (13) Regions Financing Trust III (13) Regions Financing Trust IV (13) Park Meridian Statutory Trust (13)

(1) Affiliate state bank in Alabama chartered under the banking laws of Alabama.

(2) Bank-related subsidiary organized under the Business Corporation Act of the state of Alabama.

(3) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Arizona and doing business principally in the state of Alabama.

(4) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Georgia.

(5) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Tennessee.

(6) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Louisiana.

(7) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware.

(8) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Arkansas.

(9) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of South Carolina.

(10) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of North Carolina.

(11) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Minnesota.

(12) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Vermont.

(13) Delaware statutory business trust.

(14) Federal Savings Bank incorporated under the laws of the United States.

(15) Bank-related subsidiary incorporated under the laws of the state of Florida.


EXHIBIT 23 -- CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 28, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2002 in the following Registration Statements and in the related Prospectuses:

Form S-8 No. 33-24370 pertaining to the 1988 Stock Option Plan; Form S-8 No. 33-40728 pertaining to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan; Form S-8 No. 33-58469 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of First Community Bancshares,Inc. and the stock options assumed in the acquisition of Union Bank and Trust Company; Form S-8 No. 33-58979 pertaining to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan; Form S-3 No. 33-59735 pertaining to the registration of $200,000,000 subordinated debt securities;
Form S-8 No. 333-05281 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of Metro Financial Corporation; Form S-8 No. 333-05335 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the combination with First National Bancorp; Form S-8 No. 333-21651 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of Florida First Bancorp, Inc.; Form S-8 No. 333-24265 pertaining to the Regions Financial Corporation Profit Sharing Plan;
Form S-8 No. 333-28091 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of First Mercantile National Bank; Form S-8 No. 333-29685 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of First Bankshares, Inc.; Form S-8 No. 333-30643 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of The New Iberia Bancorp, Inc.; Form S-8 No. 333-43675 pertaining to the Regions Financial Corporation Directors' Stock Investment Plan;
Form S-8 No. 333-43943 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of GF Bancshares, Inc.; Form S-8 No. 333-49909 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of Greenville Financial Corporation; Form S-8 No. 333-50665 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of PALFED, Inc.;
Form S-8 No. 333-53019 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of First State Corporation; Form S-8 No. 333-60497 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the combination with First Commercial Corporation; Form S-8 No. 333-69759 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of First Community Banking Services, Inc.; Form S-3 No. 333-70421 pertaining to shares issued in the acquisition of EFC Holdings Corporation;
Form S-8 No. 333-72161 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of Bullsboro BancShares, Inc.; Form S-8 No. 333-72389 pertaining to the stock options and warrants assumed in the acquisition of VB&T Bancshares Corp.; Form S-8 No. 333-86969 pertaining to the 1999 Long Term Incentive Plan; Form S-3 No. 333-86975 pertaining to additional shares issued in connection with the acquisition of EFC Holdings Corporation; Form S-8 No. 333-86977 pertaining to additional stock options assumed in the acquisition of PALFED, Inc.;
Form S-8 No. 333-95325 pertaining to the stock options assumed in the acquisition of Minden Bancshares, Inc.; Form S-8 No. 333-52406 pertaining to the Directors' Stock Investment Plan; Form S-8 No. 333-52764 pertaining to the Supplemental 401(K) Plan; Form S-3 No. 333-54552 pertaining to the registration of $1,000,000,000 debt and equity securities;
Form S-8 No. 333-58638 pertaining to the 2000 Equity Compensation Plan of Morgan Keegan, Inc. and the 1994 Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan of Morgan Keegan, Inc. assumed in connection with the acquisition of Morgan Keegan, Inc.;
Form S-3 No. 333-74102-01 pertaining to the registration of $1,500,000,000 debt and equity securities;
Form S-8 No. 333-74974 pertaining to stock options assumed in the acquisition of Park Meridian Financial Corporation; and Form S-8 No. 333-75530 pertaining to the 1999 Long Term Incentive Plan

                                                    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
March 20, 2003